Chapter 60

The orphanage opening had not been a joyous thing.

Such institutions were not, Angharad learned, paid for by the Lord Rector or the local ruling lord but by whoever cared to offer coin to them. It was a very disorganized method, which she thought was sure to allow some of the orphaned to slip through the cracks. No wonder crime had such a grip on the capital, with these ‘basileias’ sprouting everywhere. Failure below could always be traced back to failure above.

At least it had proved an opportunity to speak with Lord Menander Drakos, something that had risen high in her priorities. The sooner this infernal forge business had an answer, the sooner she could begin climbing out of the pit. The older lord was just as eager for a private talk and it proved remarkably easy to get from him an invitation to the manse Lord Gule had mentioned.

The reason why could be summed up in two words: Song Ren.

Song’s heroics were the talk of the entire city, deservedly. She was said to have slain so many assassins her dress turned red and taken a shot for the Lord Rector that nearly killed her. Angharad knew the truth of the story, of course, having been told by a mellow Song the afternoon’s genuine events. A mellowness Angharad had deduced was not unrelated to the love bites the Tianxi should raise her collar higher to fully hide.

Scandalous, if not exactly unexpected. No woman spent as much time talking about someone as Song had about Lord Rector Palliades without having some sort of interest in them. It had been either sex or murder, and murder would have been messy.

Either way, for lack of the proper lineage Menander Drakos had not been one of the lords attending the Landing Day feast. He was thus keen to learn the details of what took place and knew that Angharad, as a watchwoman, would be able to provide them. The consequence of that was that she found herself received in the Drakos manse early in the afternoon of her thirtieth day on Asphodel instead of needing to wait until the regular dinner that Lord Gule had mentioned to her.

A pretext was even arranged for it, given how the ploy with the inheritance rumors would only go so far in erasing the taint on her reputation her visit to the country had left. Lord Menander was one of the patrons for the orphanage, which made him one of the men to speak with should one seek to arrange a charitable donation.

Song had even been willing to loosen the purse strings for it, though rather than out of philanthropic instinct it was because reclaimed brigade funds not spent directly on cabalists were often repaid in full by the bureaucrats of the Conclave. It would make no difference to the children.

Angharad avoided directly sponsoring one despite the offer and it apparently being the common practice, as such a commitment would tie her to return to Asphodel and she was not sure she would be able to. No, instead she donated to the cause of furnishing the children with an education. A more practical application of the funds, in her opinion.

Lord Menander seemed surprised when she sat with him over tea and asked questions as to the nature of the books and tutors that would be acquired, which was puzzling. All the more that he did not seem all that well informed on the particulars and had to send for his majordomo for answers. She hid her disapproval at his taking such a serious commitment so lightly, and let the subject pass after she was satisfied the coin would not be improperly used.

Lord Menander was much more taken with talk of the Landing Day massacre, most interested when Angharad hinted that there might have been Izcalli involvement. In truth there was little doubt those had been the same assassins Tristan warned them of. The Watch had obtained some of the flaky false faces the assassins had worn, and officers in Black House identified the substance as a kind of lemure corpse ash that could be used to make very convincing false skin.

The trick was, it was rumored, a favorite of the Obsidian Order. Between these getting on the wrong side of Song’s wrath and Yaretzi dying to her hand on the Dominion, she was viciously pleased to see the pack of assassins having a lousy year.

Still, now that the mustachioed lord was happily garnished with hints and secrets it was time to pull the rug from under him. Angharad set down her porcelain cup – Tianxi-made, its unique imperfections and details showing it had been crafted by hand in a display of wealth – on the matching saucer and smiled at the man across the table. Agreeable and empty, the way Father had taught her.

“Pleasant as this conversation has been,” Angharad said, “I am afraid that this time I came on Watch business.”

Lord Menander’s brow rose.

“By all means, I am at the disposal of the Watch,” he said. “How may I be of service?”

“It has come to our attention that you might be in possession of an artifact whose ownership is forbidden under the Iscariot Accords,” she smilingly replied.

The older man stilled, then swallowed.

“I suspect you were taken in by a false rumor,” he claimed with false calm. “All my dealings in the artifact trade have been legal and on record, I assure you. My account books are open for perusal if there is need.”

Angharad sipped at her cup. Let him stew.

“You did not buy the artifact in question,” she said. “It is part of the shipyard trove you… salvaged through the hidden passage. The one we assume was first found by your forebears around the reign of Hector Lissenos.”

Part of her, she would admit, enjoyed watching him go white as a sheet. After all the wheeling and dealing, how he had known he was too useful to refuse insights into Watch matters, to now tighten the screws on the man was a petty but distinct pleasure. Lord Menander licked his lips, eyes flicking to the door. Angharad sipped at her tea again.

“You are,” Menander Drakos said in a strangled voice, “formidably well informed.”

“Our brigade has proved to have some skill in matters of investigation,” Angharad mildly said. “Access to palace archives helped, admittedly.”

She drummed her fingers against the table, the small movement drawing the man’s wary eyes.

“While it is within the authority of the Watch to demand access to your collection for inspection,” Angharad said, “such a thing would be an official process. One involving the office of the Lord Rector, given that the justification for the demand invokes an article of the Iscariot Accords.”

And now Angharad had given him two things: first, a reason to fear a formal demand. Bringing in the palace would involve revealing to Evander Palliades that one of his nobles had helped himself to the treasures beneath Tratheke, and that the path to his shipyard was not nearly as secret as he might have wanted. Odds were even that Menander Drakos would die for this, Angharad would wager. Even should he not, he would be ruined.

On the other hand, a formal process would also publicly reveal the identities of at least some the Thirteenth Brigade since the cabal would be the one making the demand. Song, at the very least, would be definitively outed as a watchwoman. It might be that Angharad’s cover would survive the ensuing scrutiny, it might not. Either way the Thirteenth had good reason to want to keep the matter unofficial, and thus Menander Drakos had good reason to trust in their discretion.

It was best when reward and punishment were cut from the same cloth, Father had often said. It helped people grasp the swing of consequence.

“There is no need for such a thing,” Menander Drakos firmly said. “As I told you, I am at the disposal of the Watch. If a dangerous artifact inadvertently made its way onto my hands, it is my civic duty to remand it to the custody of the Watch.”

“A most praiseworthy attitude,” Angharad said, her tone only slightly ironic. “I expect that discretionary funds have been set aside by the Conclave to acknowledge such dutiful behavior, though I would understand if you felt such pecuniary matters to be beneath…”

“I would not risk giving offense to the Conclave by refusing its largesse,” Lord Menander hastily intervened.

It would be unkind, she reminded herself, to judge him too harshly for being so grasping. His house had nearly been driven out of the ranks of the nobility under the Lissenos dynasty, only claiming back a place at court under the Palliades – and reaching a new apex of influence under Menander Drakos himself, by the talk around the capital. Whatever his vices, the man had toiled long and harshly to restore the name of his house.

A respectable enterprise, if undertaken through less than respectable means. What kind of a man robbed his own liege lord?

“It may be that, as you said, this is mere erroneous rumor,” Angharad said. “It should be a simple matter to dismiss the possibility upon an inspection.”

He blinked.

“Today?” he asked, hesitating. “I was not prepared for…”

Of course you aren’t, Angharad thought. That is precisely why I am asking. She said nothing, only smiling pleasantly, and the man’s eyes eventually tightened.

“Of course,” Lord Menander said. “Allow me to make the arrangements, I’ll have a servant refill the pot.”

“That would be courteous of you,” Angharad replied.

It took the man half an hour to prepare, long enough she finished the second pot and some fine finger cakes with it. She’d never tasted that sugary almond cream before, it was a delight to the tongue. When a servant came to fetch her it was to bring her to a parlor on the first floor. Lord Menander was waiting there with a torch in hand, which he pressed against a burning candle to light up.

“Kindly lock the door, Lady Angharad,” he requested.

She did, turning to watch him slide open a wooden panel in the wall that was obscuring a dark and cramped stairway leading down.

“Careful with the steps,” he advised. “Despite my best efforts the stone insists on dampness.”

“Much obliged,” she replied, inclining her head.

Angharad gingerly made her way down the stairs, leaning on her cane. They spiraled downwards on a steep slope, until they reached a level that must broadly be equal to beneath the mansion. She found Lord Menander waiting at the bottom with his torch in hand. Telling that it was not another man doing it for him even when the smell of smoke was sure to cling to his oiled hair. The older lord did not trust even his servants with knowledge of the crypt.

“Come,” Menander Drakos said. “Let me show you the inventory.”

It was a walk of mere steps through the threshold and into a broader space. Though the insides were but a single room, work had been done here to turn some decrepit basement crypt into a showcase of stolen wealth. Red drapes covered the walls and beautiful panels of wood and glass kept pristine the riches obtained from far below Tratheke. Lord Menander lit the four braziers in the room one after another while Angharad limped across a thick Izcalli carpet, combing through the loot.

Much of what was on display here were mere trinkets of Antediluvian make, though even these were often worth a fortune. If not for the wealthy collectors buying them then simply for the materials from which they were made – Angharad found a brooch whose accents were in brumal silver, for example, and thus almost certainly worth thousands of ramas.

Rings and necklaces, bracelets and buckles. A spread of glass pearls containing colored, ever-shifting air. A pendulum whose weight went all the way around, uncaring of gravity. Two sculpted monkeys in Tratheke brass that moved the needles of an obsidian clock without hours. The further back she went, the larger the finds became. Some sort of glittering machine that knit the air in visible braids, though for what purpose she could only guess. A brass writing desk with shifting cogs inside.

And then, tucked away near the corner, the second-largest piece on display: a thing of gray iron, a too-large printing press with corkscrew handles pressing a large slab down on another adorned with so many cryptoglyphs it looked smooth at first glance. The infernal forge. It could be nothing else. Despite its size straining Angharad’s ability to believe it had been brought up through a crevasse, there was no sign of it being scuffed or damaged.

“Is that the one?” Lord Menander asked from her side, stroking his mustache nervously.

“Almost certainly,” Angharad replied. “If I may ask, how did you get it in here? The stairs are too narrow.”

“There is a passage to the Tratheke sewers behind one of the tapestries,” he informed her. “Much broader than the stairway, though I had it sealed to avoid the stink.”

She nodded, mind already spinning. It would be child’s play to obtain a map of the sewers in this part of Tratheke from the palace archives, she thought. And without being seen, too, if she used her daily vision to acquire the knowledge discreetly. She could accompany Maryam on one of her near-daily visits to the palace, find some excuse requiring her presence.

After that it would just be a matter of confirming the path to this crypt and coming here with the right tools. Tools, she thought, that Uncle Osian could obtain without trouble. It is in my grasp, she thought. Ancestors, but it is. She was not sure if the breath that rattled out of her was fearful or relieved. When you stood on the edge of the precipice, the line between the two could be thinner than one liked to admit.

“I believed it some manner of Antediluvian printing press,” Lord Menander spoke into the silence, as if afraid of leaving it empty. “Would be it indiscreet to ask what it truly is?”

Angharad almost told him it was but decided otherwise. Telling him of infernal involvement meant he would be most wary of trying to get rid of the forge or allow it to be stolen – it might be seen as colluding with Hell.

“The device is called an infernal forge and it is illegal under the Iscariot Accords for anyone but the Watch, or Pandemonium, to possess one,” she told him.

The older man swallowed.

“Is it… dangerous?” he ventured.

“Not unless it is used,” Angharad said then paused and clarified. “Not any more than the possession of a rare artifact others might desire generally is, anyhow.”

Especially when Lord Locke and Lady Keys had hinted at Song that the latter was a devil. Angharad might well be looking at the reason those two had come to Asphodel in the first place. If the Watch could hear rumor of such a device being on the loose, why not Pandemonium? Though it does seem passing strange that a treasure tucked away in a basement would cause any rumor at all, she thought.

Lord Menander shot her a wary look.

“I must rely, then, on your discretion,” he said.

“I have no intention of spreading the knowledge any further than I must,” she precisely replied. “Though once it is on a written report, that will be out of my hands.”

“Understandable,” he grudgingly said, the coughed into his hand. “When might I rely on the Watch to take custody of the artifact, do you think?”

“Discretion will be paramount,” she said. “I will personally see to this matter, but it might well be days before you receive word. Until then, I would advise you to forget you ever saw the device.”

“Would that I had never obtained it,” Lord Menander grimly said. “My thanks for your assistance, Lady Tredegar.”

“It was a pleasure,” Angharad replied, inclining her head.

A pleasure to finally know for sure, mostly, but a pleasure nonetheless.

Lord Menander escorted her back up after, visibly eager to have her out of his home under the smooth manners. She did not fight it, allowing herself to be bundled off back into a carriage with absent-minded courtesies. She had much to think on, after all. She had the location of the infernal forge, a discreet way to get to it and two ufudu who wanted it. Now all that Angharad needed was a way to settle all her debts without dragging the Thirteenth into it.

She told Song, that night, not to send the report to Brigadier Chilaca immediately. That the Watch might be tempted to grab it immediately, thus interfering with Angharad’s infiltration of the Golden Ram cult. Song accepted, not thinking twice of it.

Angharad found she avoided her own gaze in the mirror that night. She dreamt of unlocked doors and creatures howling in the night.

Today was the tenth attempt, and she had learned much.

By the third try Angharad had begun relying on blowing open the door with a powder barrel, which neatly sidestepped her lack of lockpicking skills. By the fourth she had, mostly, learned to do this without killing herself. Difficulties unfortunately did not cease there. The fifth attempt taught her that too much powder set everything inside the room on fire, which was not ideal when attempting to read correspondence, then the sixth that too little powder only blew up parts of the door.

Which was a problem, as the Sign anchored in it would then keep functioning and eat through whatever flesh passed the threshold. Angharad was getting a little tired of having her arm devoured by Gloam, to be frank.

(The powder smoke tasted thick against the roof her mouth as Angharad limped in.

Chunks of the door had torn up the desk where Captain Domingo’s private papers were stashed but most of the papers were fine, if strewn all over the floor. There was nothing truly useful in the drawers anyhow: only paperwork, formal correspondence and some derivative attempts at poetry.

The locked drawer had cost her the seventh attempt, only to learn that beyond the vicious warding Sign was only a flat stone put there to add weight. She ignored the mess, heading straight for the trunk by the bed. Padlocked and barded with iron, the dead end of her eighth attempt.

She wedged a metal spike into the lock and waited until the warding Sign ate through it – ninth attempt – but the second spike settled in fine. Twice she swung the hammer, wincing at the way it pulled on her leg, and the padlock broke. Having learned her lesson from the locked drawer she lifted the trunk open with a long wooden spoon from the kitchens instead of even a gloved hand.

Nothing. No other Sign. Noticeable one, anyhow. Tristan had warned her of tracking marks.

Inside the trunk were silken clothes, tasteful jewelry, several books bearing no titles but whose first pages bore the sigil of the Akelarre Guild and finally a pouch of documents. Angharad touched that last with the spoon first, but it did not prove trapped either. She went through the papers then and there, reading them in the light from the hall – it was only a matter of time until Captain Domingo arrived, she must hurry.

The first paper was some sort medical recipe, she set it aside. The second was a formal document with a Rookery stamp serving as a promissory note good at any Watch branch for a significant but not unreasonable sum of money. Navigators were said to get some of the most lucrative contracts. The last however, was finally progress: a formal assignment from the ‘Lesser Committee for the Trebian Northwest’.

Skimming through, Angharad stopped cold when she got to the core of the duties outlined. Namely, assessing Brigadier Chilaca for undue influences. In particular that of the ‘Ivory Library’, an informal Watch research association and correspondence society.

Running in the hall. Time had run out.

“What manner of madness is-”)

Angharad breathed out, emerging from the vision, and frowned at the closed door.

That Captain Domingo had been given that assignment by the roster of officers who effectively ruled Scholomance implied either staggering incompetence on their part or good reason to believe that Domingo Santos was not a member of the Ivory Library. Considering that she was used to competence in the upper ranks of the Watch, if also an unfortunate degree of graft and intrigue, that likely meant Song’s deduction that the Navigator was the traitor was false.

Either Song’s other suspect was the one or the real traitor had gone unnoticed.

Rolling her shoulder, Angharad resumed limping down the hall on her way to breakfast. Now that she had answers, something to hold up as a favor done to Song for all the favors she had received in turn, she was finally comfortable having a conversation she had put off too long. Not that Song had broached the subject since her return either.

The captain of the Thirteenth Brigade was not difficult to find. Now that even Brigadier Chilaca had been forced to admit that sending her back to the palace would be effectively sabotaging the Thirteenth on their yearly test, she had been spending much of her free time looking into Lord Hector Anaidon as a prelude to grabbing him for interrogation. In an hour Song would thus be gone in the wind, but at the moment it was time for breakfast.

That rather simplified finding her.

Angharad limped into the eating hall, easing herself into the seat next to Song – opposite a scowling Maryam begrudging the world having been robbed a longer night’s rest – and leaning in for a whisper.

“Not Santos,” she said. “The Obscure Committee has him watching Chilaca for common interests with Tristan’s… acquaintances.”

Song stilled, then slowly nodded.

“I’ll want a full report,” she whispered back.

“Come up to the roof after breakfast,” Angharad told her.

She then leaned forward, helping herself to the plate of sausages. The Asphodelian seasoning had grown on her and using the vision always left her feeling strangely starved.

Angharad liked to oil her sword up here.

The view of the city was stunning, the great panes of the Collegium like a waterfall of glass under the light of the Glare, and it was rare for anyone but Navigators to visit and break the quiet. Hard to eavesdrop, as well, given the open grounds. Truly, the great difficulty of it was Angharad having to make her way up the stairs. These days she was no longer out of breath at the end, her lungs almost returned to her, but the weakness in the legs remained.

Waiting for Song, she lost herself in the work. Hers was an artfully crafted blade and Angharad intended to treat it accordingly. She had replaced her old washing cloth with soft sheepskin leather and now oiled the saber every two days instead of three. It was soothing, running the leather down the span of steel to rub the oil into it. Ritual and functional all at once, keeping the hand and mind busy.

She only looked up the once when she heard the steps, long enough to confirm it was Song sitting down by her side on the bench.

“Tell me everything,” the captain ordered.

It was not a long report. She could have recited the exact text of the Obscure Committee’s assignment, but Song was more interested in the contents than the phrasing.

“Not him, then,” the silver-eyed woman conceded. “I misread Shu Gong.”

“What had you set on Captain Santos, anyhow?” Angharad idly asked.

A moment of silence.

“General lack of conspiratorial acumen,” Song finally said. “Watching her be taken for a ride by every street merchant she encountered had me doubting her as an agent on the ground for the Ivory Library.”

“Likely she isn’t,” Angharad mused. “Their society seems influential, but it is hardly all-powerful – given the importance of the delegation to Asphodel, it may be that she was merely the only member they could get into the roster.”

“The reigning theory, now that Santos is discredited as a suspect,” Song acknowledged, leaning back into her seat. “She will at least be significantly easier to intimidate.”

Sleeping God, she ought to be. If Domingo Santos could kill her repeatedly using nothing but traps, she shuddered to think what he might be like in a genuine fight. Oh, signifiers had their weaknesses – direct Glare, for one, which was why so few rose to prominence in Malan – but there were few things that could strip them of their entire power. It seemed intrinsically bound to them in some way.

Sliding her hand down the blade, Angharad took a long breath and broke what was turning into a comfortable silence.

“Before I left,” she said, “I spoke of a conversation overdue between us.”

A moment passed.

“So you did,” Song acknowledged.

She did not raise her eyes from the blade, but then she hardly needed to. The noblewoman could almost hear Song tense, like an already-taut string being pulled to the edge of the snap.

“What truly happened that night, Song?” Angharad asked.

A silence followed, broken only by the sound of the mirror-dancer smoothing the oiled leather down the length of her saber. There was an odd sort of beauty to an oiled blade, she had always thought. One born as much from the satisfaction of the work as the lustrous tint leant to the steel. Song rose to her feet, by the sound of it folding her arms under her chest.

“What you are really asking,” Song finally said, “is how Isabel Ruesta died.”

Angharad’s fingers clenched, only the prospect of slicing leather onto the sharp blade mastering the twitch.

“Do not put words into my mouth,” she warned. “I asked what I asked, nothing more or less.”

There were things she regretted about the aftermath of that vicious trial, but to this day walking away from the Thirteenth was not one of them. She envied what had formed without her, the thought that she could have been part of it instead, but Angharad also knew better. Things had not simply changed after she left. They had changed in no small part because she left.

Not because she had been so beloved of all – ha! – but because her departure was simply too large a hole for the brigade to keep papering over.

“I shot her,” Song Ren suddenly said.

Angharad sharply breathed in, the hand on her blade stopping as her eyes rose to find a silver gaze shying away from her own. She had not expected so blunt a confession. Or for Song to suddenly turn into the sort of woman flinching away from the consequences of the choices she made. If anything, the Tianxi was prone to the arrogance of believing all the choices were hers to make and thus the consequences equally so.

“That is not the whole of it,” she said. “What else?”

Song hesitated and Angharad felt something cold sliding down her veins, halfway between rage and seawater.

“Oh, but would you just end this?” she bit out. “All of this, these… tiresome plays of half-truths and tricks. What is it you are so afraid of, Song? I will not commit violence on you, you ought to know that, and you have already survived standing low in my esteem.”

The Tianxi’s jaw clenched.

“I do not know if I killed Isabel Ruesta,” Song said.

For half a heartbeat Angharad felt like calling her a liar, but then she parsed through the sentence. The spoken and unspoken. I do not know if ‘I’ killed Isabel Ruesta, that was what was being said. Song had not been the only one trying. And Tupoc’s words were yet fresh in her mind. There had been more than one person up on the stairs before the tower, aiming a musket.

“Ferranda shot her as well,” Angharad whispered in horrified realization.

“A heartbeat before I did,” Song quietly admitted. “I shot through the smoke, so I do not know whose bullet slew her.”

The other woman’s tone was small, as if… Angharad didn’t know as if what. And was not sure she cared, because all she could think about was how it had felt that night, to turn and find Isabel Ruesta dead on the ground. How it had not even occurred to her that they might not all be on the same side when facing hollow cultists attempting to murder them all.

How, in that company surrounding her afterwards, there had been more liars than not.

“You watched me go to Ferranda,” Angharad finally said, tone dangerously mild, “and spoke not a word. Even as I tried to make a place with the Thirty-First you said nothing. Knowing what you just told me all this time, you still said nothing.”

Song’s jaw set.

“I knew Ferranda would not ill-use you,” she said. “That she would take-”

“Am I a child, Song?” Angharad softly asked.

The other woman frowned, then shook her head.

“I-”

“You must believe me a lackwit, then,” Angharad coldly interrupted. “Else why would you ever come under the impression that you should get to make that choice for me?”

Ancestors, she had left the Thirteenth believing it to be poison only to reach for another tainted cup without batting an eye. Made a fool again. And again, when Ferranda then judged her too much trouble and cast her out. And again, when she was forced to return to the Thirteenth a beggar. Every time she thought she saw a clear sky there was a storm in it, a bleak spot of Gloam her eye somehow missed. It was as if all of Vesper was conspiring to prove her the worst kind of fool.

Sleeping God, perhaps she was. She had been led around like one for long enough it might be half a lie to deny it.

“I have done you insult,” Song cast into the silence.

Tone resolute. As if this were a task to approach, a labor to undertake. And that was the droplet that tipped it, really. That Song still thought of this as work. Upkeep for the Thirteenth Brigade, not any kind of relation between the two of them.

“I don’t even care about the insult,” Angharad bleakly replied. “It is the disregard, Song. The… lack of respect.”

She let out a dark laugh.

“You know, even as we parted ways I struggled,” she said. “Because lowered as my esteem of you might have been, there was still respect there – enough to wonder at your reasons, at your choices. You earned that on the Dominion, and I thought I’d earned the same from you.”

Slowly, carefully, she set the saber down on the bench besides her. She itched to make fists, to scream, and though control stayed the impulse the levees would break. All levees did.

“I thought that because you treated me with kindness that meant you were kind,” Angharad said. “Or that because you had lied you were a liar. But you are neither. You were just… taming a horse, weren’t you?”

Neither the carrot nor the stick were a lie, they were just a method. Fool she once again, not to have seen them for what they were.

“Oh, get over yourself.”

The anger in Song’s voice startled her enough that she did not spit out what rested on the edge of her lips. Not until she turned and found Song Ren looking at her with cold anger in those silver eyes – brumal pools, unflinching in the face of her own anger. Good, she thought. Anger, at least, was honest.

“I shot Isabel Ruesta because she had a manipulation contract that she constantly and liberally used on the strongest fighter in our group,” Song harshly said. “I shot Isabel Ruesta because she was a useless parasite who schemed to get rid of other trial-takers and was growing increasingly desperate in her attempts to secure safety at any cost.”

“And you did not think to simply offer that safety instead of murdering her?” Angharad bit back, voice rising.

“No, Angharad, I didn’t volunteer to put my life on the line keeping a mind-altering leech feeling happy,” Song retorted just as loudly. “Mainly, I assume, because unlike you I wasn’t trying to fuck the leech.”

“No, just the Lord Rector of Asphodel,” Angharad scorned.

Song did not bat an eye. Or even acknowledge the hypocrisy.

“Tawang as my witness, but if Ruesta had lived through that I would have still killed her,” Song said. “She was too much of a problem to be allowed to fester.”

“She just wanted to live, Song,” Angharad shouted.

She did not remember getting on her feet, had not noticed before the ache in her knee.

“We all wanted to live!” Song shouted back. “Only either she could not control her contract, which made her a threat, or she would not control her contract – which made her even more of a threat!”

“We were mere days away from Cantica,” Angharad said. “She did not have to die, Song. You just decided that I needed protecting from myself, so you made another choice for me. You wanted a trophy mirror-dancer without attachments you disapproved of.”

She bared her teeth.

“So you shot the attachment.”

Song went red, flushed with anger, and her fists balled.

“Maybe it was not as cleanly tactical a decision as I told it,” she bit out. “I resented her, it’s true, for making a mess of the whole situation. But if you think for a moment I would kill out of resentment alone, then I wonder why you are bothering with this conversation.”

“Because I thought you were my friend,” Angharad hissed. “I thought I had left behind the smiling liars that were using me on the Dominion, only now I find that you were laughing at me the whole time! You never trusted me, Song. Not with any of the secrets you told Maryam, or even Tristan – who even when you looked at him like filth on your boots, you still treated like a man who made his own fucking choices.”

Her breathing was ragged, her hands trembling.

“This entire time, the secrets I have kept have been eating me up,” Angharad raged. “And I blamed myself, I blamed Tristan for being who the world made him into and Maryam for how I could not look her in the eye without seeing my home burning writ a thousand times – but, Ancestors, I looked everywhere but the right place.”

Even through red fury she laughed, the sound ripped right out of her throat like a sob with teeth.

Sleeping God, Song, the poison was you the whole time.”

But not Song alone. Even with the rage in her blood, she remembered that. And she was so tired of it, the lies and the deception. Let it end. Let it be made clean.

“The Lefthand House is leveraging me,” she said, “like the Yellow Earth is you. They claim my father lived, that he is being held in Tintavel and only they can help me get him out.”

She shook her head.

“They are lying, I expect,” Angharad admitted out loud for the first time. “If not about his survival, then about helping me. But I will give them what they want anyway.”

Because it might be the truth. Because the hope was better than nothing, even if it was a fool’s hope.

“What did they ask?” Song quietly said.

She snorted.

“In what mad world do I trust you enough to answer that?” Angharad replied.

Like a forest fire, the rage had swept through her and left little behind. Ashes, exhaustion, the sense that something beautiful had been snatched away forever. She just felt tired now, too old in a too-broken body and a world that could not seem to croak out a truth no matter how hard you squeezed it demanding one. Song breathed out, smoothed her hands down her sides.

“I have been arrogant,” she said. “And you…”

The Tianxi licked her lips.

“You’re right,” Song said. “I had no right to decide for you. I should have told you everything from the start.”

That was not nothing. And Song had not lied to her, not outright. But the words were so very late in the telling.

“If you had told me that before we reached Scholomance, fool me, I might well have forgiven you,” Angharad bitterly said. “But you sat on it for months. Watched me make a fool of myself with Villazur, halfway kill myself in a layer achieving nothing.”

She clenched her fist.

“Would it have been so hard,” Angharad asked in an all too brittle voice, “to fight for me like you did the others?”

There was no apology in that silver gaze.

“I fought the battles I believed I could win,” Song quietly replied. “You were not one of them.”

The Tianxi passed a hand through her hair.

“It was not a kindness on either of us, for you to be forced back to the Thirteenth,” she said. “We were… you looked happier, when you lived with the Thirty-First.”

“That cottage felt like a prison,” Angharad bleakly said. “It was relief to leave it. But that relief was a lie.”

Song said nothing for a while, then breathed out.

“I won’t ask you to forgive me.”

That is what people say, Angharad thought, when they want you to forgive them anyway.

“You don’t forgive a wound,” she simply replied. “It heals or it kills you.”

She turned, snatched up her blade from the bench and sheathed it.

“I have work to do,” Angharad said. “A meeting to arrange with Lord Gule. It would be best if we did not speak beyond the necessary for a time, I think.”

Song silently nodded. Angharad belted her saber and took her walking stick, beginning the winding path down the stairs. She left Song to drown in that silence, alone on the roof. And though that talk had been a wretched thing – left a scar of disappointment where she had thought the skin too rough for scarring – some part of her felt lighter for it.

A little less like a wolf and a little more like Angharad Tredegar.

Chapter 59

It was for the best.

By morning tomorrow Maryam would arrive at Black House, and with the signifier’s return the secret Song had kept would finally out. Evander Palliades would be told of the coup brewing beneath his feet and, inevitably, that Song had kept silent on the matter even when looking him in the eye. She was not sure what she expected from that yet, but a sense of betrayal on his part would not be unwarranted.

It would not be a clean break, but it would be a break – and that, as she kept thinking, was for the best.

She chewed on that thought even as the carriage shook beneath her, catching a loose stone. Evander himself seemed pensive this afternoon, something she had learned to recognize as him practicing a speech inside his mind. As well he should, for from what she had been told he would have to give no fewer than four speeches today.

Landing Day was a feast day particular to Asphodel, and far removed enough from the timing of traditional seasonal festivals that its root might well be genuine. The claim was that, on this day centuries ago, King Oduromai first made shore on the isle. While for most the people of Asphodel the sole celebration was that the temples of Oduromai gifted meals of wine and meat to all who attended the feasts thrown by the priesthood, the nobles had their own custom.

In Tratheke that custom was for a mighty feast to be thrown by the Lord Rector for all the descendants of King Oduromai and his officers in the same district where the great temple of the deity sat, the Collegium. As all the ruling dynasties of Asphodel had claimed descent from King Oduromai in the flesh as means of legitimacy, they took the king’s seat in such celebrations and were expected to foot the bill for such celebrations.

Which were not inexpensive, as centuries of royal houses needing to awe their nobles into submission had made the affair increasingly elaborate and extravagant.

There was a knock on the side of the carriage, the lictor besides the driver leaning close to the window to address them.

“We will be arriving momentarily, Your Excellency.”

Evander Palliades stirred out of his thoughts, straightening.

“Thank you, lieutenant,” he replied. “As you will.”

He was sharply dressed today, Song thought not for the first time. A high-collared gray doublet in brocade with elaborate golden scrollwork was paired with an equally high-collared brown overcoat whose scrollwork perfectly matched. Hose and netherstock in gray flattered his claves, ending in slender calfskin shoes, and he wore no jewelry save for the heavy gold chain hanging on his neck. Freshly shaved and his glasses polished, he cut a fine figure whose clothing somewhat evoked a sea captain’s stylings.

His feathered bicorn certainly was not being born to protect from any rain.

Song tugged at her collar, for she was not dressed poorly today either. Though her formal clothing should have sufficed, Evander had insisted on providing clothes as a gesture of appreciating for Song attending the Landing Day festivities as his escort. She would have declined, if not for the tempting promise that the provided clothes would have provisions made to hide weapons. Surely that made the gift equipment, she told herself. Said equipment happened to have the shape of a splendid white, black and golden gown tailored to her, coincidentally. Still, it lived up to the promises: neither of the gown’s two layers impeded her movement, the skirts were slender and made with running in mind.

The waistline around the hip was ridged to give the illusion of a belt, but also so that she could keep a knife hidden in a fold of the cloth as well as three powder charges and shots. On the side of her skirts, hidden by braided golden rope, was an opening through which she could draw the pistol holstered at her hip. There had, unfortunately, been no way for her to carry her jian. She’d asked Angharad’s help to put her hair up in a high bun kept in place by a small golden cloth but also golden needle with a butterfly-shaped head.  A gift from Mother, who had told her it was only a gold coating over steel but no lesser for it.

The change in hairstyle kept drawing Evander’s eyes to the bare nape of her neck, which she chose not to notice.

“It suits you,” the problem in question quietly said.

“It would have been an egregious waste of coin if it did not,” Song told him.

His lips twitched.

“I must wonder at how little you must be complimented, for you to be so terrible at taking compliments,” Evander said, tone teasing.

“Was that a compliment?” she drily replied. “I could not tell.”

His eyes caught hers through the spectacles.

“You look stunning,” he said. “It is an effort not to stare.”

Ugh. Did he have to be so genuine about it? Song looked away, pleased that the cosmetics hiding the last of her black eye should be hiding the heat on her cheeks.

“Thank you,” she forced out, then turned to cock an eyebrow at him.

See, she silently said. I have no trouble taking compliments, Palliades.

“Masterfully done,” Evander replied, not batting an eye.

He was clearly making sport of her, his face much too serious. This island’s veritable epidemic of planned regicide was, Song Ren mused, perhaps not entirely unwarranted. Before she could decide on a way to put him in his place that did not sound like it had been dreamed up by a drunken Pingyang Zong, the carriage began to slow. The Lord Rector was out first, and offered her his hand in stepping down on the pavement. Song accepted, purely to avoid the risk of her hidden knife making noise.

As he withdrew the warm touch, she looked up at the den of debauchery where the Landing Day feast was to take place this evening. No edifice in the Collegium was left empty, considering the absurd worth of even a speck of room in that part of the capital, but this one came closer to most: the four-story building, an elongated oval of brass, was almost entirely a water reservoir. Antediluvian machinery inside pumped and sucked out water that, beneath the streets, helped the canals of Tratheke flush and flow. It was on the roof of that edifice the feast would take place, a place that was normally inaccessible and for which a temporary lift had been built on the side wall.

Song did not walk in with the Lord Rector of Asphodel, merely as one of his party. The lift, an intricate mass of pulleys and metal, was of clear Tianxi make and operated by some of Song’s countrymen – not a ringing endorsement of Asphodelian engineering, but perhaps less likely to get someone killed. Being of the Lord Rector’s party meant that unlike other guests they were not politely frisked by the lictors to ensure they bore no weapons.

Nobles would and no doubt would complain, but less so when told that the precaution and the inaccessible nature of the roof meant that the feast would not be swarming with lictors – merely a dozen on the roof, spread around.

Emerging upstairs with Evander, a pair of lictors and a happily humming Perfect Nestor gave her a glimpse of why the location had been chosen – though not before she noted with approval that, as at the bottom of the lift, a pair of lictors checked the guests for weapons. The Landing Feast was an inevitable pit of nautically inspired décor, she’d been told, but this year was almost impressive: with a bit of clever piping the water from the reservoirs below had been brought to the roof so that it could be turned into a makeshift island chain.

Platforms of varying sizes – most only six feet by six, others large enough to serve as a feats tables or a dance floor – had been decorated with shapes in silk, evoking not only trees and mountains but many of the cities mentioned in the Oduromeia. Brass passages connected everything, and the water was not as deep as it looked: Song’s eyes could see through the trick employed, which was painting the roof blue to give the illusion of depth.

Knee length at the deepest, she figured, which was still impressive for a roof that had been a smooth surface of brass two months ago.

Taking in the furnishings had her eyes off Evander for a moment, long enough that when she returned the man who’d been smiling in the carriage was gone and Lord Rector Palliades stood in his place. An easy smile and cold eyes, smooth manners paired with knowing just a little too much – she’d seen him like that before, after the play when he mingled, but never before had the difference seemed quite so stark. Not my trouble, Song reminded herself.

He got to work and Song followed in his shadow with the pair of lictors who’d come up with her. Much of the Tratheke Valley nobility was here, but there were also some who claimed descent from King Oduromai and his crew from further out. Lord Cordyles and Lord Arkol, Angharad’s frequent companions, as well as the inevitable Minister Apollonia Floros. The stern, unsmiling older woman had arguably a better claim to royal blood than Evander.

That might just get her killed before the years was out. A failed coup always saw the traitors turn on each other like jackals.

There were maybe sixty nobles on the roof, a dozen lictors and at least as many servants handling drinks and food. Prefect Nestor discreetly pointed her to a structure on the opposite side of the roof, a bronze house that was meant to represent Asphodel – and could, she was informed, serve as a safe place to stash the Lord Rector if an attempt was made on his life. She resisted the urge to reminder the old man that she was not contracted to safeguard Evander Palliades, only use her contract on his behalf. He’d forget in a moment anyhow, best to let him nod along.

Her eyes did linger on the servants, while Lord Rector Palliades rose on a dais and made his first speech of the night. None had contracts, and neither did any of the lictors. Among the nobles, only contracts she had already seen – there were few new guests, and none with either boon or contract. That bled some tension out of her and she let her gaze wander.

The guests had been herded at the feet of the dais, a crowd of nobles in rich dress and varying degrees of nautical accuracy. Song wondered if the captain Lady Doukas alleged descent from would have been amused at the row of egg-sized gold anchors she wore as a necklace making press up a very generous necklace. Perhaps they would have been proud, that their descendants could indulge in such pointless pageantry and not become impoverished for it.

Either way, there was only so long she could look at peacocks without tiring of it. Her attention wandered, then she stilled. Across the street, on a roofless tower adorned by half a dozen ships’ figureheads, a figure sat and watched them. A man with black hair ruffled by the wind, crowned in flowery gold and purple. His eyes were a burning blue, an oil fire in azure, and on his lap lay a jagged sword of bronze. His clothes were… a sailor’s leathers, one moment, then the purple robes of some ancient king.

He pointed a finger upwards, silent.

Song swallowed and respectfully bowed her head to the god Oduromai. By the time she raised her head he was gone.

“Asphodelians claim it brings good luck when he shows himself.”

Song recognized the voice, and it almost had her reaching for her knife as she turned. Lord Locke and Lady Keys looked the same as when she had first met them in the palace: a tall, thin woman with austere features under spectacles and a portly man with a mustache beneath which twitched a jolly smile. The clothes had changed – they were in matching red and white tonight – but neither the smiles nor the lurking, almost nonchalant sense of malice around them had dimmed.

Song was on the side of the dais, close to a lictor but not so close she would be overheard. It was still highly unsettling she had not caught either of them leaving the crowd to join her. That they did not care they might risk offending the Lord Rector by chatting during his speech, however, she was less surprised.

“Come now, dear,” Lady Keys chuckled. “Our good friend Captain Ren knows better than to put stock into such superstitions.”

“It is no superstition to be wary of the powers behind the curtains,” Song cautiously replied.

She had never introduced herself to them as a member of the Watch or a brigade’s captain. Hage’s stern warning to keep the pair smiling and avoid meddling in their business was kept close in her thoughts.

“They can never resist taking a peek past the cloth,” Lord Keys told her, balancing what had to be entire serving place of crab legs on one hand.

He was freely helping himself too it, too. The plump man took a bite, letting out a little moan of pleasure.

“Amada you must try the crab. It is almostas delectable as you.”

“You know I dislike eating any creature with a shell, dear,” the tall woman said, winking at Song as she said it. “I’ve always held great sympathy with their kind.”

The Tianxi swallowed. The Thirteenth had been suspecting her of being a devil for some time. Confirmation or some kind of game being played?

“Manifold apologies, darling, I’d forgot,” Lord Locke mused, taking another bite and barley chewing before it disappeared down his gullet. “Asphodelian cuisine does have its limits, I am sad to admit. It might be for the best we will be departing soon.”

“Will you? I am sad to hear that,” Song lied.

“Oh, our little adventure in these parts will soon come to… a natural end,” Lady Keys idly replied.

The following chuckle was all too sinister.

“We still need to pick up a souvenir,” Lord Locke enthusiastically said, “but we have seen most of the sights on the isle.”

Song’s eyes narrowed. Were they hinting at the infernal forge? Was that why the devil and her helper had come to these shores?

“Did anything catch your eye?” she risked.

“I’d pocket an entire principality if I could,” the jolly man mused, thumbing his mustache. “But I expect I will have to settle for something regional.”

“One can never go wrong with the nautical,” Lady Keys opined. “But I must say, Lady Song, that I am surprised.”

She tensed.

“Why is that?”

“Is the Lord Rector not your escort?”

“He is,” Song warily said.

“Ah,” Lord Locke said, flicking a glance into the crowd to her right. “In that case, I must agree with my dearest – it does seem a mite ungrateful on your part to then allow his brutal murder.”

Song turned to follow his look, and found among the crowd a man in servant’s livery who was removing a pistol from under his serving platter – some short, stubby thing. He raise his hand to aim it at Evander, the lady behind him noticing and gasping, but Song was quicker. Her own pistol was in hand, aimed, and she fired first.

The body dropped. The crowd screamed.

Fear and surprise washed over Song like a tide: in and through, receding back into itself. Hand on the chisel. Her hands moved, calm and sure, reloading the pistol without need for thought. Evander leapt down from the dais, taking cover down in the water behind it. Lictors were drawing weapons. There would be more than one, of that she was sure.

How many?

Shouts behind, hoarse. Lictors dying and her gaze strayed long enough to see the billowing explosion – flesh and wood strewn, a mass of smoke. They had blown the lift and now the nobles were turning into beasts, screaming and tripping over themselves as they scattered like a flock of birds. She found Prefect Nestor, caught his eye.

“Get him out,” she shouted, gesturing at the brass house.

The old man looked startled, as if he could not understand what was happening, but what he saw on her face steadied him. The iron went back into his spine and he leapt down the dais, onto the water behind, where Evander had taken cover. They would make a run for it, Song thought, and soon.

She moved past the standing Locke and Key, yet grinning devils’ grins and eating crab. Through the nobles that were shouting and elbowing each other, stepping on the backs of the fallen in their haste to get away from the danger to – nowhere. The enemy was here, and as Song leapt up onto the dais she found them.

Song blinked, saw it all as she sucked in a breath.

Flicker. A man, dark-haired in servant’s livery. A short and stubby pistol, cobbled together. Aimed at the edge of the dais, from where Evander and the lictors would run out. Her hand moved without thought, arm steady and the trigger clicked. Snap, smoke, the man’s face a red ruin and he spun and fell. Fresh screams, but she was not listening.

The dead man’s face crumbled beyond the killing wound, falling apart in flakes. Some kind of ash? It was an Izcalli beneath, with a swath teeth filed to a point.

Click, snap: Song threw herself down, the bullet whizzed past her – tore a hole in her skirts. She hit the wooden dais hard, chin bouncing off, but grit her teeth and snatched out her knife. Boots on wood, another servant climbing up with a knife in hand but Song was already moving. She shouted, slamming into the assassin just as she reached the apex of the climb, and they tumbled down onto brass.

The killer tried to plunged the dagger into her back but she rammed the point of her elbow in the creased of her opponent’s. A swallowed moan of pain and Song slammed her forehead into the nose, feeling it break. Her skin came off wet with blood and sticking, too-warm flakes. The woman was dazed, and that was enough. She rammed her knife her throat, gored her messily, and rose while ripping it out.

That made three. How many more? There were dead lictors by the lift, but others had muskets and there were only so many assassins. Two more dead on the ground, one fighting, and –

HUI YU, the golden letters spelled out above the woman’s head.

The contractor pulled the trigger on her musket, but she missed. The shot only skimmed past Evander’s shoulder, though it burst through Prefect Nestor’s chest and he dropped. The two remaining lictors put themselves between him and the killer, dragging him along, but the contractor was reloading.

Song moved. Through the scrabbling, squalid crowd drowning in the weight of the rich clothes and jewels, through water touched with swirls like red ink, past a fallen lictor whose throat was cut – she dipped low, awkwardly dragging the dead man’s sword out of his sheath. Heavier than she was used to, shorter. Yet the weight of steel in her hand was like the weight of certainty.

She caught a reflection of herself in the water, a heartbeat before her foot broke that reddening mirror. So did the killer, and she pivoted with her musket held high. Reloaded, finger on the trigger. And for a moment Song, skirts heavy around her feet as she held a dead man’s sword, looked death in the eye.

Death blinked first.

She saw it come down through the arm, the twitch before the trigger pull. She moved low, right and heat licked at her face and she was half deaf but then she was in. She slashed, quick and brutal to the neck, but the contractor caught her wrist. Song rammed a knife in her side but caught mostly cloth, for she’d been kicked in the belly. She tumbled backward long enough for the assassin to pull out a long knife.

“You again,” the stranger snarled.

“We will not,” Song replied, “meet thrice.”

A flash of hate led the steel and Song parried – too slow, from this misbegotten sword, but the weight and thickness had the knife slapped back further. In the water, with skirts, Song had all the elegance of a drunk but the killer moved as quicksilver. A feint had her parrying air and then the assassin’s blade was slicing at her shoulder, caught in the padding.

Hand on the– Song snarled, leaping at the assassin. She was not in the business of elegant deaths. Sword and knife dropped in the water, Song slamming the killer’s head against the border of a brass island as her throat was squeezed until she felt it would snap. She bit the killer’s wrist until she tasted red and was slammed in the water for it.

Under the tide, not even silver eyes saw clear.

She fought against the killer’s grasp keeping her down, kicking and screaming, but the other woman was strong. Song felt her hair come loose, her fine gown turn into a coffin and – and she reached back, groping blindly, until she found her mother’s gift. Her fingers closed around it as Hui Yui pressed her against the bottom, the assassin’s reflection-distorted face just above the water line.

Under gold there was steel, and the steel pin was what killed the assassin when Song rammed it in her neck.

She ripped free of the twitching grip, kicking the gurgling assassin down, and gasped free air. Her knife was by the edge of island, glittering in the Asphodelian light, and she made sure she would not prove a liar: it went into the contractor’s heart, and she twisted it to make sure. Gasping, exhausted, Song dragged herself onto solid ground as plumes of red spread in the water. A hand came for her and she almost stabbed it, but the lictor stepped back warily.

“Your pistol, ma’am,” he said, presenting her with it.

She took it, and reached in her dress to find her last powder charge was dry. The leather it was in had not let the water through. Relieved, she reloaded even as the lictor cleared his throat.

“The Lord Rector is safe and the assassins are dead, ma’am,” he told her. “You got the last of them.”

Song wearily got up. The words brought no relief, for she could not help as if something was missing. Like she had forgotten something. Dead bodies, nobles not yet sure whether to be relieved. Only a handful of lictors left. Song slid the bullet into the barrel of her gun.

“How were they going to live?” she murmured.

“Ma’am?” the lictor asked.

They’d blown the lift at the start to keep reinforcement from coming up and Evander from going down. But how were they going to leave, afterwards? Were they even intending do? She began to walk towards the brass house without quite knowing why. The lictor followed, mercifully silent. The Obsidian Order were assassins, but they were also cultists. Had they been intending to sacrifice themselves for the kill the entire time?

If they had, then their plan had been too weak. The moment Evander got to safety and barricaded himself they were finished, for eventually enough of the crowd would slip loose the shackles of fear and realize the killers did not even number ten. She was mere feet away from the door of the house now, and doubt was like an itch. Why had they not prepared for the possibility that…

“Oh,” Song breathed out.

They had.

And Oduromai, god of sailors and heroes but most of all patron of Asphodel, had even told her where to look. She looked above the house, where the god had pointed. Where a man in servant’s livery was finishing his work: positioning a barrel of powder on the roof, a small lamp already in hand. Song met those eyes and was flashed a grin of partially filed teeth.

“Too late,” the assassin said, and lit the wick.

Breathe in, breathe out. Steady.

Song raised her pistol and pulled the trigger.

“You missed, Tianxi,” the man laughed. “Bless be She, and carry me on her wings to the deathless lands.”

“I don’t miss,” Song Ren said.

And he realized it when he looked down: that she had not been aiming for the him or the lamp but the wick. Snarling he reached for the lamp, trying to set the barrel directly aflame, but she’d bought the lictor long enough. They were well-drilled soldiers, skilled at arm. The musket shot took the assassin in the chest, and he tumbled past the edge of the house. And the edge of this entire edifice, screaming as he fell.

Song panted, letting her pistol face the floor at last.

“There,” she said. “That was the last of them.”

The inside of the brass house was sparse. A table, a pair of seats and stretcher.

Song had been allowed in only after the lictors swept roof one more time and dropped the powder barrel in water. Now the scared and bloodied nobles were being brought down from here with ropes and ladders while a sea of lictors flooded the roof. In here, however, she was alone save for a lamp and Evander Palliades. His soldiers had flatly refused to let him leave the house, afraid there might be another ambush waiting for him in the street.

“It did cut skin a little,” Evander told her, picking at her shoulder with a wet cloth.

Song swallowed a hiss of pain, sitting on the table. She’d not felt it with the fight in her, or even after, but the cut being dabbed at was quite unpleasant.

“I’ve had worse,” she said. “Leave it alone, would you?”

He humphed at her.

“Even small wounds can take badly,” he said.

Still, he did as she’d asked. Outside the walls, she thought, were most likely the cooling corpses of an entire cell of the Obsidian Order. There had been ten of them in whole, that were caught at least. As she watched Evander brush back his hair, folding the cloth before placing it back in the medicine kit, it occurred to her she would not escort him again.

Tristan had reported finding a contract with the Order, and those assassins were dead. In particular the contractor who could fool eyes, who was the reason Song had been requested as an escort in the first place. It meant, she thought, that tonight might well be the last time she saw Evander Palliades before leaving Asphodel. At most once more, when the contract was fulfilled.

Which meant she could give the Yellow Earth what little outdated information she had and then, truthfully, tell them she would no longer have access to the palace. She could be free of them as well, in the process. It was soon done, she realized. She would soon be gone from this isle, and the feeling was so liberating she felt like a giddy child.

“Song?”

She met his gaze and swallowed, then pushed off the table. He rose to his feet as well.

“I suppose you should report to Black House,” Evander acknowledged.

And she did go to the door. To lock it. She turned to find his eyes gone wide. She was too tired still to be smooth or seductive, so instead she crossed the distance between them – he stepped back, until he was pressed against the wall and their noses were almost touching. She had solved it all without anyone bleeding, Song thought. She was allowed to take some pleasure from the world.

He was the one to kiss her, glasses knocking against her nose as he threaded a hand through her loose hair and she moaned against warm, soft lips. He had such slender and artful fingers, it stoked embers in her belly. They parted ways only when they were out of breath.

“I,” he swallowed. “Are you sure?”

She drew back, and almost laughed at the disappointment on his face. After all she had only done it to turn around.

“You’ll have to help me take the gown off,” she said, looking over her shoulder.

The look that put in his eyes had her belly clenching, and a heartbeat later his mouth was on her neck as he pulled her against him.

It took them forever to get the dress off, but at no point did she complain.

It’d take days before the last of the drugs left her, but finally Maryam back in the capital.

To her surprise, even as the Watch carriages rolled into the courtyard of Black House a glance through the shutters – mercifully open, after all that time in a box – revealed the delegation were not the only ones returning that morning. There was already a carriage in there, four servants in Watch livery wrestling with the giant serpentine head strapped to its back.

The dangling twin retractable crests going up its nose told her she was most likely looking at the head of a Ladonite dragon, who pressed out those crests when they blew fire. Something about the gases involved? Maryam’s interest in teratology did not run deep.

Confirming her guess was the man standing by the struggling servants, a long-haired Izcalli with perfectly partitioned hair and matching round earrings. Tupoc Xical was more interested in heckling them than helping, apparently, and he spared a look their way when the carriage doors open. His brow rose when he saw Maryam emerge, gaze sliding over the rest of the delegation.

“Khaimov,” he amiably called out. “You managed not to melt your brain in my absence, I see. Shame, it would have made for fine humor going forward.”

Captain Cervantes raised an eyebrow at his word, but someone who did not know either of them could take that for banter between comrades. Commander Osian Tredegar, though, knew better. The tall Pereduri swung his bag over his shoulder and, ignoring the majority of the vacant courtyard, walked up straight to Tupoc. In front of the Izcalli he paused, then let out a noise of impatience. Tupoc’s face went blank.

“Sir,” he said. “What can I do for you?”

“Are you blind?” Osian Tredegar asked. “You are standing in my way to the door. Move aside, boy.”

The Izcalli’s gaze moved across the empty courtyard grounds, through the detour Commander Tredegar had taken so Tupoc would stand between him and the door. There was an unkind chortle from the Deuteronomicon tinker while Maryam simply folded her arms and enjoyed the play being put on for her. To Tupoc’s honor, though was a slight tightening around his eyes he managed to put on a smile.

“Of course,” he said, moving out of the superior officer’s way. “My apologies.”

“You should pay closer attention to your surroundings,” Osian Tredegar mildly said. “It will do wonders for your life expectancy.”

Attaining a level of pettiness that what Maryam could only yet aspire to, the commander still made sure to shoulder Tupoc on his way to the door. Tupoc could probably have ducked, she thought, but he must have decided that taking his lumps and let Angharad’s occasionally delightful uncle get his way. The rest of the delegation filed out of the courtyard after Commander Tredegar, Captain Cervantes pausing by Maryam to remind her that while she was not expected to report directly to Chilaca there wouldbe a general debrief tonight she was expected to attend.

“Don’t play around for too long,” she then added, glancing at Tupoc. “Your captain should have heard of your arrival by now.”

Maryam simply nodded, matching gazes with the Izcalli, and after the last of the delegation left she cocked an eyebrow at him.

“Xical,” she belatedly replied. “Alone, I see. Already got your cabal killed?”

“Only the one,” he shrugged. “Acceptable Losses lived up to her name.”

Maryam paused, startled into silence. And while there were condolences on the tip of her tongue, Tupoc had spoken of the death so casually she could not bring herself to speak them. One did not bare their neck to a leopard unless they wanted to get bitten.

“So does the Death Brigade,” she said instead. “Finally found something for the Fourth to be the best at, I see.”

The Izcalli turned pale eyes on her, face expressionless, and though he hardly moved she could almost taste the violence in the air. She itched to have a hatchet in hand, or at least a fourth ring, but going for either would have been showing weakness. Suddenly he grinned, and the suffocating tension was gone like morning mist.

“Cold,” he appreciatively said. “I’ll have to remember that one.”

Maryam only grunted.

“That is your Ladonite dragon, I take it?” she asked, gesturing at the head.

It must have not have been as heavy as it looked, given that four servants were capable of taking it down without anyone getting crushed. She’d confess to some curiosity about where they were going to stash that. Not the stables, surely? It would scare the horses. Then again this was a Watch estate, odds were it had been built with the notion of storing the corpses of giant lemures in mind.

It’d certainly explain why the front gates were so unnecessarily large,

“That it is,” Tupoc proudly said. “A devil to catch, it was. Traipsing through wheat fields out east for days, the local lord’s men shadowing every step and making enough of a racket for thrice their number.”

Maryam raised an eyebrow.

“You took reinforcements from the nobles?”

“Gods no,” Tupoc snorted. “The steward in charge feared we’d anger the beast without killing it, so he wanted soldiers out there to finish the job after…”

He traced a finger across his throat. The Izcalli clearly still smarted at the remembered inconvenience, but Maryam could understand how lords might be skeptical of a small cabal of Scholomance students proving capable of killing a Ladonite dragon. It was all too easy to imagine a wounded dragon going wild and setting wheat fields aflame in a rampage, miles of it burning.

“You got it done regardless, evidently,” Maryam shrugged.

Tupoc slyly smiled.

“We gave them the slip,” he said. “And even found a little something of interest out in the Nitari Heights.”

She cocked her head to the side.

“Did you now?”

The Izcalli wiggled his eyebrows suggestively.

“I heard the Thirteenth’s been up to some interesting things as well,” he said. “Go fetch someone with actual bargaining power and it might be I’ll trade tit for tat.”

Ah, he had been staying too pleasant for too long a stretch of time. Some piss on her boots was only to be expected.

“You, of course, being the tit,” she innocently smiled back.

She turned a clean pair of heels to the Izcalli before he could reply, satisfied with having seized the last word. Condolences would wait for someone who deserved them, like the rest of the Fourth.

Like everything else about Song Ren her kindness was methodical, so by the time Maryam got back to her room she found that a warm bath was already drawn for her and a meal of her Asphodelian favorites being prepared. Song spared her the need to report until she got out of the tub scrubbed clean and pleasantly warmed, and even then they made small talk over the meal instead of diving straight into it. Tristan’s absence was easy enough to explain, but she asked as to Angharad’s.

“She is out in the city,” Song explained. “Attending the dedication of an orphanage in the southeastern district at the invitation of Lord Menander.”

“So the man is still squeezing us for information,” Maryam mused. “Makes sense, he has to be worried that since the Watch went down to the shipyard we figured out he had a route there.”

Her captain seemed to take that as a sign that the conversation was shifting to the report, which was fair enough. As if to draw some invisible line Song rose to fetch the teapot waiting on Maryam’s dressed where the servants had left it, bringing it over with two cups before pouring in that measured Tianxi way.

“Tell me about the shipyard,” Song ordered after she finished, slipping back into her seat.

“It’s go going to be a mess,” Maryam told her. “That shipyard’s some kind of masterpiece, apparently: at the moment it could spit out a warship-grade aether engine every five months or so, but the Asphodelians are still repairing parts of the machinery.”

Her focus had waned during the afternoon part of the visit, due to a pounding migraine, but she’d still seen that though the inner ring of the shipyard was mostly up and running a lot of the outlying machinery was still inert or broken. No doubt because it would cost a veritable fortune to get it back in shape and the Lord Rector’s coffers were already mightily strained.

“How bad would it be?” Song asked.

“The Deuteronomicon tinker that had a look, he was of the opinion that it could be brought up to one every two months,” Maryam said. “Commander Tredegar argues three, because part of the reason the construction’s so quick is they use tomic alloys like they’re never going to run out.”

The silver-eyed woman drummed her fingers against the table.

“But they will, so they will have to water their wine even before the cache runs out,” she said. “Mix in lesser metals.”

“Tredegar is betting they’ll be grabbing that strange brass they’ve got everywhere in the capital, which has some useful properties, and his estimate for that is three months,” Maryam said. “And that’s after them setting up a foundry for it down there, which we think they might have just begun.”

Some of the buildings in the part of the cavern the Watch had been restricted from accessing had the right shape for it.

“Then it is a matter of months, years at most, before the shipyard can overturn the balance of the Trebian Sea,” Song murmured.

Maryam grunted in agreement. Four skimmers a year did not sound like much, until one considered that most great powers had fewer than fifty in their service – and not all of them war-fit. Oh, even the greatest skimmers out of Asphodels would be no match for the old monsters some kingdoms had lovingly preserved. The Imperial Someshwar was said to possess an ancient warship near the size of an island and Sacromonte’s infamous harpooners had killed even gods.

But those monstrous machines were rare, and given the impossibility of replacing them they were never risked without good reason. If it came to a war of attrition, a united Tianxia had the purse and sailors to last all its enemies out. As long as they held the shipyard, anyway. That was the rub.

“Brigadier Chilaca will, at the very least, force through restrictions on the sale of military-grade engines,” Song finally said. “That has the potential for ugliness if Tianxia contests the matter.”

“Force?” Maryam repeated, surprised. “I didn’t think the Watch had the pull for that right now.”

“Things have changed,” Song said. “With the Lord Rector’s help I solved the cypher on the correspondence of Hector Lissenos. Not only is it all but certain the Hated One is the entity in the prison layer you discovered, said prison is breached.”

That sounded like bad news, but hopefully the kind of bad news the Thirteenth would be able to dodge by getting off this treachery-ridden rock.

“And he’ll need the Watch to either seal that breach or kill what’s left inside,” Maryam said. “That is wind at Chilaca’s back for the next round of talks.”

“Look at you, gone all nautical,” Song teased.

Maryam rolled her eyes.

“Look at you, all loose-limbed and smiling,” she shot back. “Popped your cork with our friend Evander, have you?”

Song’s face was unreadable, which was all the answer she needed. The Tianxi would be sputtering up a storm right now if it weren’t true.

“Were you able to find out a possible means of entry for Lord Menander?” Song calmly asked.

“Transparent,” Maryam chided.  “But I’ll spare you, so long as you let me in on a few details when we next sit over wine.”

Song stared her down.

“This is still a report,” her captain chided back.

Maryam’s brow and she returned the stare undaunted. A moment passed.

“It had best be plum wine,” Song sighed.

“No promises,” Maryam cheerfully replied. “As for the Drakos business, there was an embarrassment of potential entrances once I figured out what to look for: the upper third of the cavern is full of cracks, crevices and passages that could go all the way up to Tratheke.”

“How high a drop?”

“Sixty, eighty feet,” she replied. “Not climbing height, it would need ropes.”

“Thus why the cache remained there to be found by the Lord Rector,” Song completed. “Thank you, Maryam. That answers another question.”

It did: Menander Drakos, while a greedy fuck, was no cultist. He had not been grabbing for the old Lissenos papers to find the trail of the Hated One the same way the Thirteenth had.

“All we need is Angharad finding out whether he has an infernal forge and we can cut him loose,” Maryam said. “We’re nearing the end of the road, Song.”

“More than you know,” Song replied. “Tristan sent some reports during your absence: we have a name to the assassin that first struck at the Lord Rector. There is a contract between a ‘H. A.’ and our old acquaintances the Obsidian Order.”

Maryam traced a finger against her palm, Gloam shimmering, and opened her stored memory of the initial suspect list the Lord Rector had given them.

“Lord Hector Anaidon?” she asked. “He had a boon fitting the Golden Ram, as you mentioned.”

“Our current lead suspect,” Song said. “Captain Wen refused me the right to arrest him based on mere initials, so we will look at… alternative ways of obtaining information.”

“You want to kidnap him,” Maryam amusedly said.

“Of course not,” Song blandly denied. “Kidnapping has the implication of asking for a ransom. We would be abducting him.”

The signifier grinned. Maybe Song should take kings for a ride more regularly, it did great things for her sense of humor.

“We should probably wait for Tristan to return,” Maryam noted. “Given how many abduction attempts he’s been involved in, he is our ranking expert.”

Song, perhaps afraid to face the reality that she was captaining a brigade that had such a thing as an abduction expert, cleared her throat and changed tack with aplomb.

“I personally killed the Obsidian Order contractor and several accomplices, so the immediate danger may have passed there,” Song said. “Now that I am no longer bound to escort the Lord Rector and we have our ciphers solved, all that remains is to wrap up our investigation.”

“You did what now?” Maryam flatly asked.

“It was but a small matter,” Song dismissed.

Maryam leaned forward, squinting.

“How public was that?” she asked.

“Public enough that I am now believed to be secret bodyguard instead of a mistress,” Song said. “That repute has made my presence in the palace much too noticeable, which is what forced Brigadier Chilaca to free me from escort obligations.”

Because if Song was watched it might lead the cult back to their brigade, so Chilaca forcing her to continue escort duties and risk that would be direct interference in the Thirteenth’s contract. Good, now their back was covered.

“Then we will be grabbing Hector Anaidon,” Maryam said.

“As soon as our last loose ends are wrapped up,” Song agreed. “Tristan was to attend a meeting of the conspiracy three days ago, but has not reported since and should currently be faking his deaths. Once he is back and Angharad has finished with Lord Menander, we are free to proceed. Unless you’ve obligations of your own?”

“I need to head back to the palace to report to the Lord Rector about the aether in the shipyard,” Maryam said. “And while I’m up there I want to establish where the prison layer’s entrance is.”

“You think that knowledge could be of import?” Song asked.

She sounded somewhat skeptical. I think that knowledge will put me in a room where I can finish devouring the shade, Maryam thought.

“I developed a theory about the nature of the layer while I was down there,” she said instead. “How it was built, and how the cult might be using it to move around.”

She laid out the clues she had but together with the shade’s help. How the prison layer containing the Hated One was as a flask with a bottom, the brackstone shrines, but that it must also have a cork – some mystery location up in the rector’s palace. And thus the most important detail.

“Whatever they used to first breach that layer, it lets them enter it wherever the material thins,” Maryam acknowledged. “There’s no controlling that. But where they exit? It’s not a coincidence the assassin emerged next to a brackstone shrine. The only exits are the shrines and the ‘cork’.”

“Meaning that anyone infiltrating the palace will have to pass through there,” Song slowly said. “To hold that room would prevent a surprise attack by the cult.”

“That’s the theory,” Maryam said. “Either way, having a closer look should let me confirm or disprove my theory.”

“Potentially very valuable information,” Song said. “We are in agreement there – it is as good a use of your time as any until Angharad and Tristan’s matters are settled.”

She nodded.

“Shame we won’t be the first to finish our test,” Maryam said, “but so far it hasn’t cost us a corpse and I think we have a good chance at being the second.”

“A very good chance,” the silver-eyed woman said. “The Eleventh Brigade came back last night. Whatever it is they found out in the hills, it had them ransack the Black House library.”

“For what?” Maryam frowned.

“Books about the gods of Asphodel,” Song said. “Inauspicious, considering they first set out for a seemingly simple exorcism contract.”

“And the Nineteenth is still chasing their assassin.”

“So we believe,” she said. “They have not returned here in six days, though at least on the first we know from Tristan that they were chasing a lead in the Kassa workshop.”

That had Maryam asking why the Nineteenth would be curious about the workshop, which had Song laying out what Tristan had been up to. The Mask runarounds were only to be expected, but his running into some sort of bound god assassin was not. Hopefully at least some of the Nineteenth would get killed chasing forces beyond their understanding and the rest could be rustled up for the noose. Song did offer one note of dissent there, however.

“So Izel Coyac got cold feet,” Maryam shrugged. “Until he turns on the rest of the traitors, I see no reason for him to have a different fate.”

“If we is willing to testify, it would make rooting out the Ivory Library much easier,” Song said.

“Then let him,” Maryam said. “So long as he hangs afterwards.”

The Tianxi sighed.

“We can set that aside for now,” she said. “Tristan will no doubt have his own opinions on the matter.”

Murderous opinions, presumably. As it should be. And considering watchmen who ought to be sent to the gallows brought an earlier encounter to mind.

“I ran into Tupoc on the way in,” she said. “He offered to trade information, hinted he ran into something interesting out in Nitari Heights.”

“We do have interesting bits to trade,” Song noted, drumming her fingers at the table.

“He’s a prick but he doesn’t offer wares he does not have,” Maryam said. “It could be worth the price.”

“I don’t disagree,” Song said. “In fact, I believe we might need to broaden the matter.”

“Make a meal out of it?” Maryam drily asked. “We thank you for your sacrifice.”

“Bring the Eleventh into this,” Song replied. “I want to know what has them so spooked – and if there’s any chance of it coming back to haunt us.”

Maryam almost wished her good luck, but then she thought again. Tristan was in the wind and Angharad presumably busy telling the local orphans how the orphans back home had it much better due to the inherent superiority of Malani ways.

Which meant she would be stuck playing second for Song at that meeting.

“Balls,” she complained.

Somehow Song failed to be moved by the eloquence of her argument.

After the debacle that had been the last evening with the Asphodel brigades in the same hall, precautions were taken: only two from each brigade, no food and no liquor.

Captain Imani of the Eleventh Brigade showed up with her designated second, Thando Fenya, and both the dark-skinned highborn had rings around their eyes. Long nights and little sleep, something Maryam was more than passingly familiar with. She’d had the strangling nightmare every night since the shipyard. For the Fourth it was Tupoc and Alejandra Torrero, who unlike her captain seemed to be taking Acceptable Losses’ death hard. She looked just as exhausted at the pair of the Eleventh, enough her usual scowl was lackluster.

They used one of Black House’s private parlors for the talk, and though there was hardly any small talk before the servants brought jugs of water and two tea pots the tendency was towards friendliness. The Nineteenth’s absence kept things civil, something that Maryam almost could not believe she was thinking when one of the ingredients in the brew was Tupoc Xical.

“Someone will have to go first,” said bastard mused, sipping at his goblet. “Perhaps a little wager to-”

“I will pay upfront,” Song flatly interrupted.

Tupoc shot her an irritated look at having cut the grass beneath his feet, but that faded when Song began dangling choice morsels in front of the others. She revealed the existence of a brewing coup – though she named no names – and that the cult of the Golden Ram was heavily involved in it. She even revealed that the contracted assassin who made the first attempt on the Lord Rector had been Obsidian Order and that she had personally killed her.

“And your Mask?” Imani asked.

“Tracking down the cultists,” Song replied without batting an eye.

Alejandra Torrero instead turned to Maryam, catching her gaze.

“I hear you were in the shipyard,” she said.

Maryam nodded in acknowledgement.

“Assessing the aether down there,” she said. “I believe I have some understanding of the layer we earlier encountered and its purpose.”

“Which would be?” Tupoc frowned.

Song raised her hand to silence Maryam.

“My throat is parched,” she said, pointedly sipping at her tea.

Captain Imani snorted, Thando laughed and Tupoc rolled his eyes.

“Fine, fine,” he said. “Our hunt began badly. The dragon was digesting an orchard when we first approached Nitari Heights, so we had to guess where it had retreated to – and the local troops kept making a racket as they shadowed us. Thankfully, we read up on the breed before setting out.”

“Ladonite dragons are very territorial,” Alejandra said. “So we had Acceptable Losses rig up explosives that would make a sound similar to an adult male’s roar and set them off near the heights, where it would echo.”

“It worked too well,” Tupoc said. “That same night, just after dark fell, it swept through the mountainside and lit up half the camp of our local friends in the first pass. It did not linger enough for us to get a shot at it, but Alejandra was able to tag it with a Sign.”

“Lieutenant Mitra helped,” she said. “Regardless, we slipped away and tracked it down to the cliffside cavern where it dwelled. It had not noticed us, so we decided to strike a decisive first blow.”

“We climbed up half a hundred feet and rigged the cavern to blow while it slept,” Tupoc happily said. “Which worked, at the low price of a massive landslide.”

Maryam breathed in.

“Is that how…” she trailed off.

“No, though Expendable twisted his ankle,” Alejandra said. “We were waiting for the last stones to settle when we found out there was a second mouth to that cave, hidden even higher up.”

“It hit us out in the open,” Tupoc calmly said. “If the cave collapse had not mangled a wing, we would all be dead. Acceptable Losses had grenades and powders in her haversack, and when she was clipped by flame…”

He popped his hands open, making a fwoosh sound that had most everyone wincing.

“Bait blinded it with spare grenade, which had it crash,” Alejandra grimly said. “I kept its mouth shut so it could not breathe fire again while Expendable and Tupoc went in with spears.”

“I lost an eye – do tell Zenzele it was the same one, Song, I expect he will be jealous – but we got our spears deep in the throat where the gland that sprays the fluid is. It began choking on the liquid, which was distraction enough to pierce its first heart, but it panicked and fled.”

Tupoc shrugged.

“It was probably going to die, but we had to be sure so we pursued,” he said. “That took almost as long as finding the beast, but at some point the Sign ceased moving so we knew it’d likely died to the wounds.”

“It hid the better part of a hundred feet up the cliffside of the Nitari Heights,” Alejandra Terrero said. “In a hidden temple we believe was its original lair.”

“Long abandoned,” Tupoc said. “It was wrecked and filthy, generations of Ladonite dragons laired there. But we found out why this one went on a rampage in the first place: someone chased it out. There were signs of fighting inside, at least nine months old, and the dragon had broken scales and healed bullet wounds on the chest.”

“The temple itself was some sort of large grave,” Alejandra revealed, “but there was a shrine at the back and an altar that must have held some kind of sacred object. Missing and recently taken.”

“Graverobbers,” Tupoc sighed, sounding almost fond. “All this trouble because someone wanted to grab an old trinket and make a fortune pawning it.”

“That’s our part,” the scowling signifier added. “On you, Eleventh.”

Eyes moved to the Malani pair, who shared a look before Imani Langa spoke up.

“Our part is, I fear, significantly less exciting,” Captain Imani said. “We are not dealing with a forming god or a remnant, or even some lemure. We found two ritual sites, one having been freshly used.”

“Human sacrifice,” Thando said, tone turned detached. Methodical. “The victims were all at least sixteen, most of them Asphodelians with no seeming care to gender. Six died at each site, buried alive. They were awake during, as proved by attempts to claw themselves out.”

“It is a ceremony meant to carry prayer directly to the god,” Imani said. “One that works, by the way lemures have been fleeing the region – the lingering taint in the aether is what they are migrating to avoid.”

She paused.

“The trouble is that whatever cultists of the Old Night did this, they then erased most traces of the ritual beyond the sacrifice itself. We only know stone altars were used because the river they disposed of the second one in ran thick with rain and spit it back on the shore.”

“Before we learn what deity is being invoked, there is no point in chasing this cult through the hills,” Thando added. “If this is all being done to bargain for contracts, as we suspect, then we cannot afford to go in blind.”

“You’re right,” Tupoc said.

Several shot surprised looks his way, but Maryam and Song had known him since the Dominion. They knew better.

“It was boring compared to ours,” he added.

That rather set the tone for the free exchange of information coming to an end, at least the formal part. There was some chatting – Imani was somewhat blatantly hitting Song up for information and getting frustrated at the icy wall of Tianxi politeness facing her – and Alejandra took her aside.

“You got strong again,” the other signifier said.

Maryam shook her head.

“I have gained my strength back,” she corrected.

Alejandra looked her up and down, scowl tightening.

“In what we do, Khaimov, there is always a price,” she said. “Even the good. Especially the good.”

“And I have been paying mine for years,” Maryam coldly replied. “I’ll be sure to have every drop of my due.”

“On your head be it,” Alejandra grunted. “I’m not your mother.”

Neither am I, Maryam thought. But when I’m done, when I have every kernel it stole from me back?

Then she would at last be a worthy successor to Izolda Cernik.

Chapter 58

While Song’s insistence that the matters with the Nineteenth and the Ivory Library were not best resolved with stacked corpses was a mite puzzling, she had made a request for help and Angharad was honorbound to follow through with it.

She was, after all, the only member of the Thirteenth who could do this.

Captain Domingo Santos was a Master of the Akelarre Guild, and as a brigadier’s personal Navigator he ranked his own rooms. Since Captain Domingo might also be a member of the Ivory Library the Thirteenth had an interest in looking through that room, but a Navigator’s private affairs were not something easily pried into. Certainly not without them noticing.

Unless, of course the investigation was done purely through a vision within Angharad’s own mind.

Limping past the man’s room on the way to breakfast, Angharad breathed in and mere heartbeats later breathed out.

She looked down at her hand and the steel prying bar she had brought with her. Apparently forcing the door open was a good way to get both the bar and half her fingers devoured by black mist, so perhaps another approach was required.

And a letter to Tristan, who might have advice on the subject of breaking into somewhere.

On the twenty-second day of the Thirteenth’s stay on Asphodel, Song was forced to admit she had run out of excuses to avoid the palace.

It had been three days since the meeting with the Yellow Earth turned into a bout of extortion, and though her black eye was headed nowhere the worst of the other bruising had faded. Hopefully the swift use of a cold compress on her eye meant the swelling would not last for too long, and there were certainly signs in that direction. Yet they were street signs, pointing at a direction and not an arrival, which meant she spent a significant part of her morning sitting in front of a mirror with Angharad’s help.

“It is as hidden as it can be,” said noblewoman informed her.

Song grimaced at the vanity mirror but did not contradict her. There was only so much that concealing face paint could do, and for lack of her own she had been forced to use the kind common on Asphodel – which had so much fat in it she wondered if they crammed an entire pig’s worth into every pot. Adding blush to her cheeks would have helped distract from it, but also sent entirely the wrong message to the Lord Rector.

They had at least added some shadow to her eyes, which Angharad had surprisingly proved only middlingly competent at applying.

“Did a maid perchance apply most your cosmetics, back in Peredur?” Song asked.

“I rarely wore much even on society evenings,” Angharad replied, idly putting Song’s hair in order. “It is considered in poor taste to bear both elaborate cosmetics and the duelist’s strap, as they have contrary implications.”

Song half-turned to look up at Angharad Tredegar, who stood on the upper end of five foot ten with a perfectly proportioned body that somehow managed both curves and muscle. A regular’s uniform that she knew for a fact was untouched somehow looked flatteringly tailored. That she didn’t even have to work for it was, truly, the most insulting part.

“You are enemy to all womankind,” Song informed her.

“I pluck my eyebrows,” Angharad defensively replied.

A beat passed.

“Most of womankind,” Song conceded.

The Pereduri muttered something along the lines of ‘so much for all under Heaven’ under her breath, setting Song’s lips to twitching. She rose and made sure to thank the other woman for her help, regardless of the unfairness dealt unto them by the vagaries of the Circle Perpetual.

“Are you certain you do not want me to accompany you?” Angharad asked for the second time.

She nodded in return, adjusting her formal clothes for the second time.

“It would draw too much attention for us to be seen together,” she said.

Maryam’s comings and goings to the palace had been explained away by Lord Rector Evander’s supposed interest in writing a commonplace on the Izvorica and the Song was well aware of the assumptions regarding her own visits, but for both her and the debutante Angharad Tredegar to be seen together socially was certain to tip off anyone watching that something was afoot.

There was a reason they had been in the same palace room only a handful of times since that first audience with Evander.

“Captain Wen, then,” Angharad tried.

Song cocked an eyebrow.

“Wen Duan cannot be disguised,” she flatly said. “At best he can be differently decorated.”

The other woman coughed into her fist, shuffling, which was Pereduri for agreeing without speaking the words and thus stating them to be the truth. It took a second for Song to catch on as to why Angharad would suggest it at all.

“You believe I need a chaperone,” she said.

“I have been called a whore for lacking one in presence of a man I have no interest in, not even a week ago,” Angharad delicately replied.

“I am not a noblewoman, Angharad,” she said. “My reputation in those circles is of little import.”

“There are other circles that might look ill on your association with Evander Palliades,” the dark-skinned woman flatly replied.

It was an effort not to clench her jaw, which might mar the face paint. The Yellow Earth, yes. Ai had not accused her of fucking a king, at least, but she had implied affections. Arguably that was even more damning. The urges of one’s body were a surface matter, while sentiment was one of the soul.

“They want me to pass information to them,” she said, avoiding mentioning a name. “I cannot obtain said information without heading to the palace.”

Angharad eyed her for a moment, then sighed and let it drop. They both knew the excuse was a weak one, for the Yellow Earth wanted reports as to what Lord Rector’s preparations against the coup were but Evander had yet to even learn of said coup. He would not until Maryam returned, and there were still another five days before that.

A fact that had allowed Song to push back the decision about what she must do for a little longer despite Angharad’s delicate inquiries on the matter. She did not know whether it was noble manners or a natural predisposition to privacy that had the Pereduri unwilling to push the matter, but she was grateful for it whatever the source. It was doing her sleep no favors to gnaw at the decision like a bone, but the thought of actually deciding either way had her sick in the stomach.

Neither Maryam nor Tristan would have let her deliberate for so long without pushing, so Angharad’s patience and discretion were appreciated thrice over.

“I will see you tonight,” Song breathed out, straightening. “Are you still headed to the Collegium?”

Angharad nodded.

“It is good for my reputation to be seen spending coin publicly,” she said.

One of the ways they had settled on to gild back Angharad’s reputation in Tratheke society was a pretense she had come into an inheritance, which could be feigned with brigade funds. The claim would be that much of the gold was still held up in Malan, providing an excuse to avoid truly expensive sprees, but Angharad would still be living it up on the Thirteenth’s coin for a time.

Thankfully, Colonel Cao had taught all Stripe students the right forms to request reimbursement for ‘inevitable expenses in the fulfilling of a contract undertaken on behalf of the Watch’. Song even intended to have it classified as urgent, which would see it forwarded to the nearest commanding officer: Brigadier Chilaca. The man was likely to sign off on a better return than a third of the funds spent she could expect from Stheno’s Peak, as much to keep her sweet as because agreeing would let him get into the diplomatic discretionary fund and skim some of the funds for himself.

As Chunhua Cao had told them: if you couldn’t get around the corruption, you had best find a way to make it work for you.

On practical level, Angharad spending that coin in the Collegium district would both ensure rumors and allow her an excuse to pass and collect messages from the Chimerical while she was in that part of the city. Tristan needed to be informed of the latest developments – the weapons and the workshop, the likely traitors in the Trade Assembly, Maryam’s shipyard trip – as well as kept abreast of the Nineteenth’s actions. His latest reports had him estimating that within two weeks at the utmost he would be done with the Kassa infiltration, which Song was still somewhat surprised to find a relief.

As the hour was running late, she soon parted ways with Angharad and took the carriage to the Collegium. Within moments of emerging from the lift into the palace, however, she knew there would be trouble. Majordomo Timon was not leading her towards the general or even the private archives, whose books were the reason she had come today.

She was instead being led towards one of the private reading rooms, and Song knew exactly who would be waiting for her there. Unsurprisingly, Evander Palliades was already seated at the table inside, besides a pot of Jigong black leaf coincidentally accompanied by two cups. He was freshly shaved, simply dressed – though every part of his clothes, from the collared burgundy shirt under a pale grey doublet to the matching hose flattering his calves, were expensive and perfectly tailored – and his spectacles were polished to a gleam.

“Ah, Captain Song,” he smiled. “I had been expecting you.”

“Had you?” Song drily replied. “I could not tell.”

He had an excuse ready for everything, she found. Why were they not in the archives?

“Among the books you mentioned there are some in both, it is simpler to send for them as necessary,” he smiled, pouring her a cup.

He even poured it correctly, with his right hand on his handle and his left on the lid. Song smelled treachery in the ranks. Maryam, you double-crossing snake. She tried to bring this back on track by reminding him that breaking a cipher could take hours and the Lord Rector of Asphodel must surely have duties more pressing.

“I will be working late tonight instead,” Evander replied, brushing his back his stupid pretty hair. “As this is former rectoral correspondence, I cannot entrust the knowledge therein to any but a member of House Palliades.”

That was both dutiful of him and manipulative, which Song must reluctantly concede was more attractive paired than standalone. She was thus subjected to the indignity of sitting next to the Lord Rector of Asphodel with their elbows almost touching, in a room with flattering soft lighting as traditional Mazu tea treats were trotted out on platters and every book cited in the correspondence was brough to them by servants.

Who then left the room the moment, as if they had been strictly instructed to do so. Song squinted at the Lord Rector, who innocently smiled back. A boy of fifteen, she reminded herself. The body found in the canal. It had been easier to believe the Yellow Earth, she found, before the local sect’s second choked her halfway to death in an empty alley. That did not mean, however, that she disbelieved what she had been told.

There must be enough truth to it had been a lie worth telling.

She forced herself to focus on the work instead, digging into the books that the correspondence quoted and doing her best to ignore the fact that she was essentially reading explicit letters between a Lord Rector and his mistress while brushing elbows with the current man holding that title. It only got worse when she complimented him for the ink, only to learn he had ground it himself earlier. As practice for his recent forays into calligraphy.

She was going to drown Maryam. What was next, dipping the man in honey?

Ferociously looking down at the papers and pushing out all distractions, she methodically set about picking open the cipher. Progress was slow and they took a short break an hour in, but when they returned to the table it was with fresh energy – and an insight, when they realized that every single book quote had an author of noble birth. Meaning a first name and a surname.

Honesty compelled Song to admit that she was not, strictly speaking, the one who broke the cypher. While she honed in on the quotes being the keystone to it all, it was Evander who figured out that the quote itself was the message. The rest of the letter was exactly what it appeared to be, correspondence between Hector Lissenos and his mistress.

It was a transposition cypher, of a sort: the first letter of the name and surname of the author were to be removed from the quote, the remaining text serving as a message. This worked with varying degrees of legibility, and not infrequently there were ‘garbage’ words in the text that they both agreed on must be ignored for the messages to make sense.

The messages revealed, though bare bones, were telling.

“So ‘C. E.’ was a commander of the Watch,” Evander Palliades said, leaning back into his seat as nimble fingers tapped the plush arms of the chair. “Most likely the leading officer for all the blackcloaks of Asphodel.”

“She must have had backing from the Conclave,” Song said, folding her arms to keep them occupied. “No Watch presence on the island ever had the resources to create something like an aether seal, it would require aid from the Rookery.”

“So would building this ‘prison’ they keeping mentioning,” Evander said. “I made inquiries and ‘brackstone’ is not something quarried on Asphodel. That means imports and likely Watch tinkers. I don’t expect your average mason is well versed in the art of imprisoning gods.”

The crux of the correspondence was the Lord Rector and C. E. discussing the building of a prison for the Hated One, as well as the crafting of the aether seal to smother it to death. Inferred from context, the Hated One had been responsible for the worst of the Ataxia and Hector Lissenos was willing to pour gold like water to be rid of it for good. Though the letters were not dated, they appeared to be spread out over several years and the prison’s construction must have lasted at least that long.

“Then the Hated One’s prison is now breached,” Song grimly said. “What else could that sphere of salt my Navigator found be? There is certainly no mention of anything like that harpoon in the correspondence.”

“I would not expect it to have arrived there by accident either,” Evander conceded.

His expression was dark, befitting of someone who had been told a rampant god had begun to escape its prison, but there was a tinge of the personal to it she had not expected.

“You seem more disappointed than worried,” Song ventured.

He turned a weary look on her.

“I must now go begging for the help of the very Watch trying to strongarm me over my shipyard,” Evander said. “My bargaining position has become more of a bargaining rout.”

It was already weaker than you knew, Song thought with a pang of guilt. And besides, while his worries were not unfounded he overestimated how much leverage the Watch could truly exercise there. It would be a taint on the reputation of the order should it get out the rooks had been so busy trying to extort Asphodel they’d let an old god rampage through Tratheke.

“I expect our diplomats are aware that negotiation down the barrel of a gun does not lead to lasting accords,” Song told him.

Not unless you kept the barrel there, and the Watch was in no position for that. The god would either be dealt with or not. Evander glanced at her through his spectacles, then sighed.

“Let us speak no more of it,” he said. “I would prefer not to put you in that position.”

The use of the word position, after some of the letters they had read, was not poor in meanings. Song narrowed her eyes at him, looking for an implication to take offence to, but all those to be found were something of a reach. She let it pass. A moment of silence stretched out between them until he straightened in his chair.

“Still, those letters really were quite explicit,” Evander noted. “I expect they were genuinely lovers, for there would have been other excuses for correspondence.”

Song cleared her throat uncomfortably at the implication of a Watch officer and the Lord Rector of Asphodel having once shared a bed. The hall around them was large, but they sat mere feet apart and she had never felt more aware of how alone they were in here. Not another soul to be found.

“It could have been to discourage looking for the cipher,” she tried. “Raciness might make readers too uncomfortable to delve deeply.”

It was a weak argument, and from the twitch of his lips he knew it just as well as she. His visible amusement caused a flash of irritation.

“Is it true,” she began, unwisely, then shut her mouth.

He cocked his brow.

“Forget I said anything,” Song said.

“I will not,” Evander calmly replied. “I may not answer, but I will not lie. Ask.”

The way the last word had the faintest echo of a command had Song considering walking out, and also squirming in her seat a bit. She did not dislike authority.

“A shoe-shiner,” she said. “Fifteen. Found dead in a canal.”

He cocked his head to the side.

“The Yellow Earth spy,” he said. “What of him?”

Someone, Song thought, sought to make a fool of her. Do not trust too much, she then reminded herself. Which one, another voice softly asked.

“A spy,” she slowly said.

“Caught past two guarded halls with an ear against a door,” Evander said. “I cannot prove he was Yellow Earth, of course, but he was determined enough to chew most of the way through his own tongue.”

He met her eyes squarely through his spectacles.

“He died on the rack,” the Lord Rector bluntly acknowledged, “and while I did not ask about the body they are often disposed of through the canals.”

A good liar, Song thought, would add exactly that kind of detail. Something unflattering so it would not seem like he was trying to duck a bullet. In truth, even if she followed the trails she had been told the odds were she would never learn the whole of the affair. Perfect clarity was the realm of gods of madmen.

It came down, in the end, to trust.

The Yellow Earth had struck her. Threatened her. But wasn’t the Lord Rector, in a way, trying to buy her? No good kings, she prayed. But then Hao Yu had his table, speaking measuredly, and Ai in the alley – had they been good? Bad souls could serve good causes, but then it must be that the reverse was equally true. And it was not causes she was being asked to trust here, was it?

Song abruptly rose to her feet, knees almost hitting the edge of the table.

“I must report this to my superiors,” she evenly said, “and immediately send a letter to Stheno’s Peak, requesting information on this commander. It may well be that the knowledge we sought has been tucked away in a seal Watch vault all this time.”

Evander awkwardly coughed, rising to his feet.

“Of course,” he said. “Though it is later, and service will no doubt be done by the time of your return to Black House. I can have arranged a meal for-”

“No,” Song blurted out, and he looked crestfallen for a heartbeat before it was gone.

But you want to, the voice from earlier said. But you need the door to stay open to get the information, another part of her whispered.

“No tonight,” she said, looking away.

But not before seeing his eyes light up, and that made her feel almost as sick as the knowledge that she was running out of time to delay making her choice.

Helping keep Temenos alive had paid off in droves: overnight Tristan had become the man’s savior and thus deeply trusted, currency he wasted no time in spending. For all that this talk of revolutionaries intrigued – and Temenos, while swearing to bring him along to the ‘meet’, had remained frustratingly vague on who these revolutionaries might be – that thread was not the one he had first come to the Kassa workshop to pull.

Having the old man vouch for him opened doors, quite literally in this case. After a week and change of being a traveling man, a mere day after that god nearly taking his head off Tristan finally got to walk through the same door the Brass Chariot had supposedly seen the assassin walk through.

It didn’t lead to the workshop proper, he learned, but to a pair of narrow side rooms. One was full of cleaning supplies, including a fearsomely pungent amount of vinegar jars, while the other was small bedroom with two cots and a lantern. There was a door leading to the workshop but it was in the hall, not in either room.

“We usually keep two watchmen here at night,” Nikias told him. “Old Chloris wants it so there’s always souls right next to the workshop in case someone tries to break in.”

All that’d been needed for the mustachioed man to show him in was expressing a passing curiosity as to what lay behind the door. Nikias had been all too eager to show him, still most comfortable being in the position of the man showing Ferrando how things worked around the workshop. Now that Tristan’s repute was rising, it had been easy to predict he would seize on a opportunity to reinforce that he was an old hand around here should it be dangled as bait in front of him.

“Do we have to take shifts as well?” Tristan asked, feigning concern.

“No, none of that,” Nikias assured him. “The watchmen are old Kassa men from the fleet, sailors that know their way around a fight but are getting long in the tooth.”

Trusted men long in the company’s service, Tristan translated, who answer directly to Chloris and Stavros Kassa. Probably more Stravros, if the talk about the old lady passing the reins to her son were true. Meaning that the assassin who’d almost killed the Lord Rector of Asphodel was involved with the Kassa, because Nikias was implying the watchmen in there rotated. The assassin couldn’t have made a deal with that night’s specific watchmen in advance.

What in the gods were the Kassa up to? Stevros Kassa knew about what was almost certainly the ‘killer’ hunted by the Nineteenth, enough to warn Temenos in advance about it. Meanwhile the family was hosting in their own workshop another assassin, that one a would-be regicide that despite Tianxi origins appeared to be working on behalf of the Council of Ministers.

His best guess was that the Kassa had switched sides and gone over to the Ministers, more specifically the cult of the Golden Ram – who were using some kind of bound lesser god to get rid of any obstacle to their coup. It was true Temenos could have been a real thorn in the sides of the Kassa, if he refused to back their ambitions and mobilized their own workers against them. Either dead or scared, he’d be forced to get on their side.

Yet Tristan couldn’t help but feel as if were missing something, like he was not unveiling the truth so much as fitting the parts of it he’d uncovered like mostly matching puzzle pieces.

“Anyhow, they’re not even using it for that nowadays,” Nikias continued.

“Oh?” Tristan encouraged.

“They kept some guest in there for a few days and left it empty since,” the mustachioed man told him. “The old lady never would have signed off on it, but Stavros does as he likes.”

And just like that his evening plans had taken shape. If she’d merely stayed there a night he would have investigated the watchmen, but if the assassin used it as a safehouse for a few days? Odds were she would have left a stash in there, something to help if she returned from the assassination wounded or in need of fund to get out of the capital.

Tristan eased out of the situation, though he took the time to discreetly check the locks on both doors before letting Nikias lead him away and back to work. The outer lock was quality, a rim lock of local make, but inside would be easier: that was a Gongmin on the door, an old friend returned to beckon him inside. Ah, Tianxi workshop locks. The gift that kept on giving.

He came back after dark with his lockpicks.

That rim lock proved tricky, there was a ward inside to prevent skeleton keys like his own from working. Good metal, intricate craftsmanship: this was not the work of some blacksmith hammering a box together. A dedicated locksmith had built it with an eye to keeping out thieves.

Not Tristan Abrascal’s caliber of thief, of course, but it still took him a little over three minutes before he had it sliding open.

He closed it behind him and crept past the cleaning storage with his hooded lantern in hand. He put his ear to the door of the watchmen room, checking if there was anyone inside, but he heard nothing and there was no sign of light under the door. The Gongmin lock was done in a minute and then he was inside. The room had not changed since he was last there, still bare wood with two cots and an unlit lantern. He lifted the hood off his own, rolling his shoulder.

Now, if he were an assassin, where would he put his supply stash?

Beneath the cots first, but there was no trace of hidden compartment in the wooden floor. He checked corners for dust that’d been moved, but all it taught him was that at some point a large pot had been placed in the left corner. A chamber pot for when the assassin had laid low here, if he had to guess. With the cots back in place he checked the walls, knocking for hollow spots, but he found none.

But standing on the cots he could reach the ceiling, and there he found a trail: above the second bed there was a hollow part in the ceiling. It could have been merely part of the construction, and certainly nothing slid off easily. But one of the planks seemed just a little too well-defined, and when he took his largest pick and put his whole weight behind pushing the plank it budged.

Ah, their assassin had put weight over the plank so it wouldn’t move easily. Enough to trick most who did not know about such tricks.

“Treasure?” Fortuna asked.

He almost jumped, swallowing a curse. He delicately moved the ceiling plank, discovering some sort of trick with a tied stone was the reason for the weight. That was a problem – he didn’t know how to replicate it. There would be no putting everything perfectly back in place when he was done.

“Supplies, I expect,” he murmured back.

Since he was not fool enough to blindly go groping around an assassin’s belongings, he instead reached into his bag and pulled out a long, slender piece of wood to use that instead. Lightly tapping around he got empty space, until suddenly there was a hard snap. He drew back the stick and found it had been snapped clean through and the sides were somewhat eaten at. Some sort of poison?

“As always,” the Lady of Long Odds proudly said, “we are one step ahead.”

Tristan squinted at her for a long moment. He then climbed down the cot, got into his bag and pulled out a second piece of wood before reaching inside again.

Snap.

“Two steps ahead,” Fortuna crowed.

“Remember that, next time you tell me to take your advice,” he said.

“I won’t,” she honestly replied.

At least she was admitting it, he mentally praised.

As Tristan was now out of sticks, he had to make to with using a bit of rope. The lack of a snap had him, warily, wrapping his hand in cloth and even one of the bedsheets before reaching inside. He pulled out a small leather satchel, the length of three fists and about as broad as one, decorated with what he could only call steel mousetraps with teeth and – he took a sniff – some kind of jellied acid? That must be expensive.

He covered his mouth with a scarf and used the broken sticks to open the satchel buckle, just in case, but it seemed that was to be it for the traps. Inside was a knife, two bandage rolls, a pair of unmarked vials and what looked like three small rubies. A real fortune, that. But most important of all was a single sheathed scroll, laid over the rest. Taking all due precautions, he got the scroll out of the sheath and unrolled it.

Lucky him, it was in Antigua.

And what an interesting reading it made, neat handwriting filling row after row in the lantern light. His lips twitched: it seemed an old friend had come to visit, because he was looking at a contract between the Obsidian Order and someone known only as H. A. for the death of Evander Palliades. The Izcalli assassins weren’t after Angharad this time, which was somewhat amusing, as was the staggering sum H. A. was paying the cultists of the Skeletal Butterfly for: thirty-thousand arboles.

A kingly sum, as befitting the purchase of a king’s head. And that was telling, because how many people on Asphodel could afford to pay such a massive sum? Precious few, he’d wager, and should he follow that trail to its conclusion a most useful name was bound to be waiting.

“Who is H. A. ?” Fortuna asked, leaning over his shoulder.

“I’ve no idea,” Tristan admitted. “But then I have been out of contact for some time. I expect those letters are best passed to Song and Angharad, who will have a fresher list of suspects.”

Alas the initials did not match Apollonia Floros, even reversed, which would have rather simplified the whole thing. While he was of the opinion that the Obsidian Order would only insist on such a contract to insulate themselves from the possible backlash of discovered regicide – if the Grasshopper King got accused of assassinating kings in the Trebian Sea, he would no doubt throw the Order under the carriage wheels without hesitation – and that meant he name should be true, there were no certainties.

He hesitated for a moment before deciding there would be no hiding he’d been through the satchel, pocketing the sheathed scroll and the rubies. After a moment he pocketed the vials as well, Hage might know something useful about their contents. While he could see the liquid inside and it was translucent, the vials themselves were of cheap brown glass so he could not learn more without opening them.

It was not the time or place, and better left to experts besides. The rest of the pillaged stash he put back in the ceiling, then wedged the plank in place without bothering to attempt the rock trick again. It seemed like the kind of thing it took quite a bit to learn, and he could afford to stay here too long. Just because the room here was deserted did not mean that the workshop itself was.

As if the gods were setting out to prove him right he heard the muted sound of voices. Time to leave. Before this got complicated. He grabbed his affairs and closed the door behind him, pausing only when he recognized the timber of a particular voice through the door leading into the alley. Temenos. What was the old man doing here? There was the sound of a key being used, Tristan tensing for one heartbeat before realizing that Temenos was headed into the workshop.

And speaking with at least two more people, by the sound of the voices.

Tristan bit the inside of his cheek, hesitating, but in the end Temenos was now his most important lead: he must eavesdrop if he could. His lockpicks came back out and he put his ear to the door leading into the workshop from the hall. Three others with Temenos, he discerned. Two women and a man. Waiting until the voices headed deeper into the workshop, he got to work.

A minute later the lock popped open and, hand on the door, he cracked it the slightest it open after smothering his lantern. A lamp had been lit in the workshop, near the front, but those inside were speaking quietly enough he was not able to hear much but noise from where he hid.

He’d have to head in.

Immediately on the other side of the door was a small balcony overlooking the workshop proper, with a solid wooden railing, so it was just a matter of waiting until the noise of conversation would cover his movement and slip into the workshop. He asked Fortuna to check when they were all looking the right way, and when she gave the signal through the wall he slipped in.

Tristan closed the door, pressed against the railing, and slowly crept down the stairs. He could hear much better from down here, and-

“Describe it for us, if you would,” Captain Tozi Poloko ordered. “As many details as you remember.”

Oh, you utter fool, he cursed himself. Of course the Nineteenth would come to investigate the first botched killing by their mystery assassin, he should have seen that coming a mile away. He was lucky it was Temenos they’d sought and not him, though it was true Tristan had worked to keep his name away of it at least in a formal manner.

The traveling man had dismissed going to the lictors about the matter in the first place, and been all to understanding of Tristan’s request to be kept out of the matter when it was kicked up to authorities – an implication that the way he had reached Asphodel might cause him trouble had been enough to earn an understanding pat on the back.

“It looked like a broken god,” Temenos said. “Craggy and unkempt, reeking of salt and blood. Its eye sockets were empty and precious stones dangled off them.”

A curious noise.

“Like in the tale of King Oduromai, when he plucked out his eyes and replaced them with the treasures of two kings,” Cressida Barboza said.

“I suppose,” Temenos shrugged. “It wore an iron helmet, with scars, and I think a breastplate of the same. It wielded a sickle.”

“A sickle,” Izel Coyac mused. “Can you describe it?”

Tozi, Cressida, Izel. Better than if Kiran was there, the Skiritai would eat him for breakfast, but Tristan suspected that the tinker was likely the worst fighter of the three and was still uncertain how such a fight would go. One against three, it was a sure thing. And not in his favor.

“Bronze,” Temenos said. “It looked sharp.”

“It looked sharp,” Cressida muttered, disbelieving, and he could almost hear her roll her eyes.

Stock. What did he have? A knife, his pistol, thief tools. Not his blackjack, which as uncommon enough a tool in these parts he’d now wanted to risk sticking out by being seen using one.

“No strange lights, no symbols carved on the blade?” Izel pressed.

“Didn’t see none,” Temenos grunted.

“We were told of another witness,” Captain Tozi said. “Did they see more?”

Tristan’s stomach clenched. It seemed he might have to disappear before finding out about these revolutionaries after all.

“She wasn’t in the room when the thing came,” Temenos lied without batting an eye. “Just came up to help me after.”

His stomach unclenched. There were, it seemed, advantages to a man like Temenos believing he owed you his life.

“And the wound on your leg?” Cressida mildly asked.

“Work accident,” Temenos shrugged. “Does it look like a stabbing wound to you?”

There was a heartbeat, as if the Nineteenth were looking at the wound, then Tozi hummed in agreement.

“The angle’s off,” she conceded. “It barely went in.”

Tristan decided not to look that gift horse in the mouth, even if the horse was being a mite insulting about his knife-throwing skills. He’d not been aiming at Temenos in the first place!

“Craggy, you said,” Cressida brought up. “In what sense?”

But it was not the continuing interrogation Tristan pricked his ear for, but something altogether subtler. Soft, aimless. Steps getting closer. Shit. The thief reached for his knife. His pistol would be a sure kill, striking from surprise, but also ensure he was chased. He’d probably make it out into the street, but from there? The way they were deserted at this hour would work against him, at least at first.

He still set it down next to him, loaded.

Whoever was walking around – not Tozi, she was still talking – they had no clear destination in mind. But they were getting closer, step by step. Knife in hand, Tristan settled into a crouch. If he struck the throat quick enough, he could drag the wanderer behind cover and make his escape before the others realized what was happening. One step, another and now he could hear the breath. A hand atop the railing – it had to be Izel, the footsteps were too loud for Cressida – and when the other man turned the corner he sprung into action.

Tristan caught a glimpse of widening eyes and that nearly-shaved head before his knife hand darted towards Izel’s throat, but the Izcalli hastily leaned back.  And, before he could rise into another blow, caught Tristan’s wrist and wrestled it down. It knocked against the railing and  he swallowed a pained curse, Izel urgently straightening instead of calling out for help.

“Izel?” Captain Tozi called out.

“Slipped on the stairs,” the Izcalli said, sheepish. “Sorry.”

“Stop wandering around, would you?” Cressida said.

“Soon,” he said, meeting Tristan’s eyes as he did.

The thief’s gaze narrowed. What was Coyac up to?

“You need to get out of here,” Izel whispered from the corner of his mouth. “Is the door unlocked?”

Tristan slowly nodded. The Izcalli casually went up the stairs, past the thief, and opened the door. He did not so much as touch the loaded pistol, though he could have.

The door opening drew the attention of the others.

“It isn’t locked,” Izel called out. “I’ll check the hall.”

Below the cover of the railing he gestured for Tristan to go into the hall. The thief did with the pistol now in hand, still on edge but failing to see what the Izcalli had to gain by letting him out. If they wanted to grab him, three on one with a single witness to silence was as good a deal as they were likely to get. Tristan grabbed his bag and lantern, knife sheathed but gun still in hand, and in the shadow of the hall found the other man’s eyes.

“Don’t let us see you in the city,” Izel whispered. “Danger.”

Which Tristan well knew. The surprise was that he was being told.

“Why?” he probed.

“Go,” Izel harshly replied. “I can only do so much.”

And Tristan debated pushing, but he did not like the weight of those dice. No, Izel Coyac was proving to be more interesting than he had thought but here was not the time and place. Pull a string too tight and it’d break. So instead he nodded, and as Izel returned to the workshop the Mask disappeared into the street.

It looked like tonight he had learned not one but two useful things.

Early in the twenty-third day of her stay on Asphodel, Angharad collected Tristan’s latest report and his answer to her inquiries about getting into Captain Domingo’s room. She rather wished it was not necessary to buy a coffee from the devil every time, but he insisted it was formal Mask policy and she was not certain enough of him lying to call him a liar.

Use a ten-foot pole. The moment you touch anything you’re on a clock, they have alarm Signs. If you take something it can be marked, put it out in direct Glare at least three hours.

Angharad made the conscious decision not to consider too deeply why Tristan would know of that last detail, then silently cursed him for his general unhelpfulness. Admittedly, his having survived so long as a thief might have something to do with avoiding robbing Navigators. It was a sensible, if unfortunate, bit of logic.

Still, she might have a solution of sorts.

Returning to Black House, Angharad headed directly to the library and looked into a particular set of Watch rules. Specifically those about those what was allowed in pursuit of an investigation of suspected treason among fellow watchmen. The underlying thread was ‘report it to the Krypteia’, but she did get some usable answers. Harming or detaining another rook was not allowed, but accessing one’s possession was more of a grey area.

One with considerable latency as to the means of, say, entry into a locked room.

That afternoon Angharad politely asked one of the servants to unlock the armory for her, then limped inside and used her contract. A few moments later she winced, thanked the servant and went to find Song in the library, where she was reading on the great spirits of Asphodel. The captain cocked a quizzical eyebrow.

“If I were to ask you about a volume on the subject of using blackpowder for demolition,” Angharad said, “would you have a particular suggestion?”

Silver eyes narrowed.

“Do I want to know?”

“It might be best if you did not,” the Pereduri replied.

A beat passed.

“Powder Compendium, it’s in the shelves on the far left,” Song said. “The middle section, it starts with a drawing of a skull on barrel.”

Angharad’s brow rose.

“That was quick,” she observed.

Song Ren sharply smiled.

“My father’s relatives in Mazu helped us, but they also had some very unkind things to say to my mother,” she said. “It so happens that, as a girl, I became curious as to the exact quantity of powder that might be required to drop the pretty tower they live in into the waters of the port.”

Angharad would now confess to suspicions that somewhere in Tianxi detailed diagrams of how such a thing might achieved were neatly tucked in a drawer, along with precise dosages and weather recommendations. Well, far be it for her to begrudge someone their… curiosities.

Now she had best get that book, so that when tomorrow she attempted to blow up that door with a barrel of blackpowder she did not quite embarrassingly kill herself in the process.

For a little under an hour the carriages rolled down a slope, then they came to a halt and Maryam was brought out to witness a fever dream of a shipyard.

Under a towering cavern ceiling was a complication of buildings and canals, waters so still and dark they could have been tar, while above the organized chaos rose a forest of crane-towers in polished brass. Some were as water mills, with slowly spinning arms shaped like ornate panels, while others were topped by oversized twisting cogs connecting through steel cables to others of their kind, the entire forest some kind of greater machining.

Near the heart of the mess the islands the towers were on came together, forming eight tenths of a square, and the machines there surrounded a half-built skimmer set on rails that would drop it straight into the water if pushed. Warm, glowing Glare lights that were pure spheres of glass lit up the cavern like a thousand fireflies.

Maryam paused breathless at the top of the rise where they were all standing, for it was one of the most strikingly beautiful sights she had ever witnessed. The subtle artistry of it, how seeming disorder had an underlying current of purpose, it was… pleasing to the eye in a way she could not easily express. Like having a spot on your back you couldn’t reach scratched perfectly, or the axe splintering dry wood all the way through in a single perfect blow.

She was jostled out of her thought by gentle nudge, a tall Aztlan man with thick brows looking at her with mixed amusement and concern. The second tinker, the one from the Deuteronomicon.

“You must be quite sensitive to aether currents,” he said, voice faintly accented. “It is always a flip of the coin whether a Navigator will sense the conceptual symmetry or not.”

Maryam frowned, nails and wood digging into her palm to force focus.

“That’s what this is?” she asked.

The man nodded.

“The kind of aether engines that propel skimmers are usually simple perpetual motion devices relying on conceptual mirroring to cheat entropy,” he said. “They are not complicated to make, but they are very delicate – even the slightest imprecision will result in the engine blowing up within months.”

Maryam blinked.

“Blowing up?” she repeated.

“It is an implosion, technically,” the tinker admitted, as if conceding to some abstract point she had made. “Mind you, modern studies indicate it’s not so much a hole in the fabric of material reality so much as a temporary leak aether-ward.”

Maryam, for the sake of her already troubled sleep, decided to set aside that aether engines apparently exploded and sucked their immediate surroundings into the aether often enough there had been studies about it. Deuteronomicon tinkers had a well-earned reputation for eccentricity and generally driving themselves insane or straight into the grave, though Akelarre guildsmen still tended to prefer them to their Clockwork Cathedral fellows. The madmen, after all, had a better understanding of how the underlying forces of Vesper functioned.

It was somewhat ironic that Izel Coyac seemed one of the best-adjusted Deuteronomicon tinkers she had ever met but still wouldn’t beat the average survival age by virtue of being a traitor whose skull she would split open with a hatchet.

Their little aside was stopped by a band of lictors coming up the stairs, spreading out in ranks as their captain came to the front. Captain Cervantes stepped up to meet the mustachioed man commanding the lictors down here, Maryam only half paying attention as she tried to sketch out what lay in the cavern aside from that bewitching shipyard.

The road they had taken, which she suspected began near some sort of lift, stretched out from the distant dark and ended at the rise on which they now stood: essentially a tall terrace overlooking the towers and water below, a broad set of stairs leading down to the lower level. She would have expected lodgings there, but all she saw was barracks and a fort that was a glorified wooden tower. There were more wooden structures on the other side of the shipyard, though, nestled against the cavern wall.

Four rows of modest cottages, squeezed between the outer canal and the stone, while past them were larger edifices that must be dormitories and meeting halls. There were fire pits outside and some of the cottages had smoking chimneys, while what Maryam suspected to be laundry lines hung between cottages full of drying clothes.

There were a few people outside their homes, on that other shore, and children playing between cottages. Few, though, compared to the number of houses. They must have been warned in advance of the visiting blackcloaks and chosen to stay inside. It’s still enough to see they brought entire families down there rather than risk leaks, she thought. Palliades is being very, very careful about keeping this place out of sight.

Truly, she mused, Song Ren’s tits were a thing of magic.

“-ld thank you to keep away from the far shore, where our workers and their families are lodged,” the lictor was saying. “Our senior shipwright, Master Dioles, will guide you through the shipyard. You will be invited to break bread with us at the barracks come noon.”

The lictor cleared his throat.

“I am told there is among you a woman by the name of Maryam Khaimov?”

If Captain Cervantes felt the same surprise Maryam did, she hid it better.

“Warrant Officer Khaimov, step forward,” she ordered.

Maryam did as ordered. The lictor captain spared her a curious glance.

“At the Lord Rector’s order, a visit of the model skimmer has been arranged for you,” he said. “A guide was arranged to answer any question you might have.”

While she was not eager at the thought of being separated from the others, she would not deny she was eager to have a closer look at that skimmer. She looked at Captain Cervantes, who nodded, and off they went. A pair of lictors followed behind her, but her guide was not one of the Lord Rector’s soldiers. Mistress Thais was plump but sure-footed shipwright in her thirties, her dark hair a mess of curls and her green eyes serious.

Thais led the rest of them through the mess of islands and bridges towards the outer edge, where Maryam found a massive underground canal heading into the distance – presumably a passage leading to the sea, though there was not a speck of light out there to confirm the guess.

“When I worked on the model my time was mostly spent on the hull,” Mistress Thais told Maryam, “but I have some experience with the aether engine as well.”

“Have you ever sailed it?” the Izvorica asked.

“I never held the helm, but I was aboard when we first unveiled it,” the older woman replied.

Maryam had a dozen questions on the tip of her tongue, but her lips were dragged shut when they passed under a tower-crane and came upon a long dock of stone and brass – where, cleanly moored, waited the skimmer. With all this talk of model, of demonstration, Maryam had half-expected a glorified rowboat with an engine slapped behind it. What she was looking at, though, was a brass warship the size of a middling caravel.

One that was, in its own way, beautiful.

The silhouette was not like a sailing ship’s. Though the front of the hull cut upwards in a beak, the prow was rounded and below the waterline she could make out that below the ship were jagged, curving metal blades slicing into the water. The bridge was flat, with a turret two thirds of the way through and a two-story glass-paneled cabin further back. No, she then noted, there was another part: behind the cabin was a curved rise covering stairs that must descend below deck.

The skimmer gave the impression that it should be leaning back in the water, for the back third of it bore complicated – and massive -cogs and wheels in the shape of broad half-moon that dipped a noticeable span deeper than the keel. There were railings on the sides, rigging on the deck and curving bones of brass embraced the hull like ribs. For all its rounded curves the whole skimmer had a jagged, piercing look to it. Like an arrow in flight.

“A beauty, isn’t it?” Mistress Thais proudly asked.

Maryam belatedly realized she had frozen without even stepping onto the docks and cleared her throat in embarrassment.

“It is,” she said. “Can we go aboard?”

The older woman nodded.

“I can even show you the engine room, though you are not allowed to touch the insides,” Mistress Thais said.

She eagerly followed the shipwright, crossing the docks and hopping overboard on the skimmer. Neither of the lictors followed. The brass deck was, she found, not quite warm but at least lukewarm. And fascinatingly enough the ship did not at all bob in the water. It was unmoving, like solid ground.

Mistress Thais began with the deck. The turret, she learned, was made to pivot to thirds of a circle and though it currently lacked armaments it was meant to be fitted with a cannon. The glass window cabin with two stories was, at the bottom, for navigation: it held a wood-and-brass steering wheel. From inside one could climb up to the second level, which held room for a fog light a perch for a signifier.

As Maryam had earlier guessed the curved rise went downstairs, into the surprisingly spacious below deck. A hall went straight through, fitted with six comfortable cabins and a relatively small cargo hold. The largest room on that level was the engine room by far, occupying a third of the skimmer’s length. Beyond that barred door lay a nightmare of ticking cogs and wheels, at the center of which lay the core of the engine.

It had the look of a heart made of medal, but somehow also of a hot air balloon. It pulsed and ticked and pumped, weights and counterweights moving to some unseen and eerie measure as cogs and chains whirred and something like steam was expelled by a beak.

“There is a second level below the heart,” Mistress Thais told her, “but it is dangerous to slip into without proper precautions.”

“It is the largest aether engine I have ever seen,” Maryam admitted.

Larger than anything the Tianxi could make, and probably even that Someshwari city-state with its ancient forges.

“And powerful, do not doubt it,” the shipwright said. “We knew that we would not be able to make a proper warship on the first go, so we didn’t even try – it is meant for transport, not war. For the engine, however, the Lord Rector gave the order to build it as large and strong as we could.”

Because the great powers of Vesper were perfectly capable of laying down a hull of tomic alloys themselves, Maryam thought. It was the aether engines that stumped even the cleverest of the Tianxi republics. And if their ambassador had stood in that same room Maryam now did, there was no amount of wealth he would not be willing to throw at Evander Palliades to secure access to the creations of this shipyard. Keeping that thought off her face, Maryam hummed.

“I notice you only call it the model,” she said. “Was it never named?”

“An jest of the shipyard crew,” Mistress Thais said, rolling her eyes. “It is an old custom of Asphodel that giving a child a name before their third year is bad luck. Petty superstition for mountain folk.”

Much as Maryam would have liked to spend another hour in here, they had already been on board for almost two and she suspected that if she was caught feeling out the engines with her nav it would be something of a diplomatic incident. Reluctantly, Maryam let herself be ushered out of the skimmer. The lictors were still waiting by the docks, one of them smoking a pipe, and they looked almost irritated when the two of them returned to land.

She could not help but look back. Would be it be good enough, she wondered? To sail up the Broken Gates. She was not sure, but in what world would she ever be able to get her hands on even as fine a ship as this?

With the visit ended Maryam was guided back towards the rest of the delegation, though it turned out that they were currently in the heart of the shipyard and the bridges had been withdrawn – it would take some time before they were positioned for passage again, so the signifier was led back to the rise where they had come out of the carriage this morning before being unceremoniously handed bread and sausage.

The lictors then left her sitting there by the carriages, fleeing as if they’d tossed a wild animal a cut of meat and were retreating while it was still distracted. A little flabbergasted, Maryam sat there and ate looking down at the shipyard and cavern. Even down here it seemed the color of her skin made her no friends, though no doubt being known as a Navigator had no helped.

Gloam witches were feared for a reason.

The solitude gave her time to think, at least. Song had charged her with finding out by where Menander Drakos could have entered this place, but as her gaze wandered to the two entrances – the tunnel to the lift and the canal presumably leading to the sea – she had to admit she was not finding a credible answer. If Drakos could use the lift or sail out, why had he not stripped this place clean of the entire stash? On the other hand, there was no other way in that she could see.

“Because you’re looking in all the wrong places.”

Maryam reached for her side out of habit – even though they had not been allowed weapons and so she lacked a knife – and almost fumbled the last bit of sausage doing it. The near miss had her scowling in distaste even before her most unwelcome of guests strolled out from behind one of the empty carriages, smug as you please. The shade wore Watch black again, black cloak and tunic fitted to her with a twisting golden brooch.

“Scavengers do not proudly walk the high road, Maryam,” the shade said.

“You would know,” Maryam snippily replied.

She’d already worn three rings on and slid on two more out of principle.

 “What do you want now, anyway? Did you not have enough of my company on the way here?”

“I come to offer aid,” the shade said. “Proof.”

“Proof of what?” Maryam frowned.

“That we could be more together than at odds,” she replied.

I could be more after I devoured you whole, Maryam thought, and never have to deal with your presence again.

“I will have what you stole from me,” she scorned. “Do not think the workings on this cavern will protect you if you test me.”

Protect me?” the shade laughed. “No, I think not. This is a cursed place. The Ancients carved an island in the aether, Maryam, so that no waves would trouble their tinkering. It is even worse here than it was in the palace high above.”

She cocked her head to the side. From her hesitant investigations the aether here did that have that same stillness and sterile tinge, though up there it had been like bad taste in the mouth while here it was almost oppressive. She’d kept her nav tucked in for a reason.

“They did it on purpose,” Maryam slowly said. “To keep the aether unmoving so it would be easier to build their engines.”

“What is building a seawall, to those that shaped the material like clay?”

And another detail fell into place. She had been told, and witnessed herself, that the aether on Asphodel was odd. Wild and dangerous, in some way broken. She had also been told, by Captain Wen himself, that when the Second Empire first forced the submission of Asphodel they stole Antediluvian devices and that it had wounded the local aether.

The Ancients had built their shipyard under Tratheke, a box under the box, and encircled every story of that box in some device that stilled the aether to make building their engines earlier. Only the Second Empire had then broken and stolen the artefacts that kept the middle layer in place, essentially forcing an aether rapid through reefs – while above and below the aether remained frozen, essentially funneling all the local aether through Tratheke like it was being squeezed through a tube.

No wonder the city’s aether was so unstable. Nav, no wonder gods kept rising and dying there: they were effectively force-fed currents of aether that made them swell faster than they should, and without a solid foundation some of them would simply eat and eat until they popped. An aether intellect could only feed on so much aether it had no conceptual tie with before too much of it became unrelated to itself and it dissolved.

“So you’re saying up there and down here are closed gardens of aether,” she slowly said. “Then how did the assassin get into that half-layer to leave the palace?”

“There is an anchor,” the shade said. “You could not feel it, but I could. If the brackstone shrines are the bottom of a flask, then the cork-”

“Is in the palace,” Maryam muttered. “It would have to be, Hector Lissenos would have wanted it that way. It would be much easier to protect there. So our assassin somehow got into the flask, and from there they can pop out at two places: near the brackstone shrines, and near the ‘cork’. Wherever that is inside the palace.”

The harpoon, she decided. It had to be the harpoon they’d used to get into the layer, it was the only part of what she had seen there that stood out. It must be some Antediluvian weapon the enemy had used to enter the Hated One’s prison, effectively turning it into a back entrance to the palace and city. Utter madness.

And, she could not help but notice, it solved the main military trouble for someone attempting a coup in Tratheke: that the rector’s palace could be held indefinitely by blocking the lifts up. If the same road the assassin had employed was used to sneak in men, they could seize the lifts by surprise before the Lord Rector even knew a coup was happening.

This reeked of the cult’s involvement. Whoever had been capable of binding the Golden Ram and bleeding it for boons might just be capable of getting into the Hated One’s prison as well. So then why was Lord Gule so convinced the assassin had not been their conspiracy’s doing? He might have just lied to Tredegar, Maryam thought. It occurred to her that Malani ‘honor’ would be a very useful shield, should someone refuse to uphold it once in a while.

She had much to chew on, but that was for later. Song had given her an assignment and the time she had to spare in it was limited. It was a greater concern, at least for now.

“You said you came to offer aid,” Maryam finally said.

“I did,” the shade replied. “Will you listen this time?”

“I asked, didn’t it?” she bit out.

“Menander Drakos is scavenger,” the shade said. “Whatever he stole, it was not enough to draw the Lord Rector’s attention. Why do you think that is?”

“Because he took only small things,” Maryam said. “Your point?”

“Would a man greedy enough to steal under the Lord Rector’s own nose stop at trinkets?” the shade challenged

No, Maryam had to agree. Assuming Evander Palliades did not yet have access to the shipyard back then, should he be careful Lord Menander could have stolen the entire stash and simply pawned it off abroad. It wasn’t as if the Lord Rector of Asphodel had many contacts in the ports of the eastern Someshwar, and down on the Riven Coast no questions were asked when ships came to sell goods no matter what those goods might be.

“It’s not that he didn’t steal larger goods but that he couldn’t,” she said. “Whatever path he used to get in, nothing too large or heavy can be brought through.”

And so Maryam’s eyes left the rise and road, the large underground river, instead turning to where they should have been the whole time: the cavern walls. What she had assumed to be smooth stone all the way up was not: there were cracks in the stone, some fissures large as a cart, and even holes. All of them high up, at least three dozen feet high.  Looking again, she could see that closer to the ground where paler streaks in the stone. More fissures, filled with plaster.

“All it takes is one of those fissures reaching up to an old Drakos dig,” she whispered, “and Lord Menander has his in.”

And it would explain why he’d grabbed nothing too large, because it would have to be pulled back up by his men afterwards and carried through narrow spaces.

“You’ll be thought odd, if you keep talking to yourself,” the shade smirked.

Maryam cast a wary look around, but there was still no one in sight. She supposed there was no need for her to be supervised when she was standing on a rise with only one way down that wouldn’t break her legs. Where else would she go, back into the dark? Not a soul around, she realized, and likely not for some time. And that, well, that saw a thought turn from a seed to a bloom. Because there was something else that had occurred to her, during their talk.

She devoured the last of her sausage, swallowed.

“You know, Hector Lissenos did not strike me as a fool,” Maryam quietly said, rising to her feet. “He lived in the rector’s palace, knew his descendants would as well. So why would he take the risk of putting the cork to the prison there?”

The shade shrugged.

“He must have believed the seawall would protect him from this,” she said.

“Yes,” Maryam said. “And Hector, not being a fool, would have consulted whoever helped him build the aether lock on this matter. If he believed the border would prevent the Hated One’s filth from seeping out, he had good reason to.”

“And?” the shade asked.

“And you told me the borders down here are even stronger,” Maryam replied, and pulled.

The shade fought her, but she had struck in utter surprise. She pulled on her nav with the strength of every ring she’d slipped on, and when the shade swallowed a pained scream she plunged her hand into the creature’s chest. She took a kernel in hand, another part of what she was owed.

“There is a shielding layer between my soul and the Gloam here,” Maryam calmly continued. “And that means I can eat you safely.”

She ripped out the kernel, the shade dissolving like mist, and she saw it all.

Like wriggling worms her soul gobbled up eagerly, a fistful of writhing secrets ripped out from the Cauldron and swallowed whole. She saw what she took, what she owned – how to make smoke sing, to bewitch echoes out of stone, to draw in flesh with a finger for brush – but also what went to waste. The wound she had ripped into the Cauldon, it leaked… smoke, for lack of a better term.

And that smoke disappeared into the aether, forever lost.

How much was it, she wondered, even as she dimly felt pressure mount behind her eyes. How much would be lost even if she had a whole feast down here, by bleeding out in the nothing or even by virtue of being eaten incomplete – it was not secrets whole and sectioned she took, only whatever she blindly ripped out.

A hundredth, a tenth, a fifth?

But even as a migraine whitened her field of vision and she swallowed drily, it was not that fearful prospect that consumed Maryam’s mind. It was the last thing she had felt, when she ripped that kernel out of the shade. The emanation in the aether, clear as Glare. Fear. The shade had been afraid for her life. And that was… it had not been Maryam’s emotion. Nothing stolen from her. Not something mirrored or mimicked.

And a parasite should not be able to taint the aether like that.

(“You lunatic little bitch,” Captain Domingo Santos shouted, emerging through a cloud of thick powder smoke. He looked rather singed, and was already tracing a Sign. Angharad sighed a moment before a spike of Gloam tore through her stomach and then the wall behind it.)

The vision ended abruptly. Coughing into her fist, Angharad continued walking past the door.

Tomorrow she would remember to first ask if Captain Domingo was still inside his room first.

“I need a dead body,” Tristan Abrascal announced.

It was the morning of his twenty-fifth day on the isle of Asphodel, before first light. He didn’t immediately get an answer as they traded the goods. Hage took the pouch of suspicious brown powder – dirtied flour, though it could easily pass for wagfly drops – and handed Tristan an apparent pouch of coin. Coppers all, because devils underpaid even feigned labor. Tristan going in the early mornings to sell Hage the false drugs was an excuse for their irregular contact, hiding that the traded pouch and bag contained messages from the Thirteenth and his own latest report.

The devil raised those thunderous eyebrows, leaning back to scratch Mephistofeline who promptly let out a ghoulish shriek of approval and pressed his jowls against Hage’s fingers. He had a little necklace now, adorned with shiny scrap metal sickles. Kids from the neighborhood had made it. Apparently it was a reference some sort of Asphodelian myth about some god in the ground inflicted with endless hunger, much like the orb-adjacent Mephistofeline.

“A whole body?” Hage finally asked.

He nodded. The devil clicked his tongue.

“Start with thigh meat first, work your way up to fingers,” Hage advised. “An entire body’s too ambitious, you don’t even know if you like the taste yet.”

“Not to eat, as you are well aware,” Tristan sighed. “Tonight is the meet and after that I’ve no more use for the Kassa. It is time to feign my death and disappear.”

It might have been on the table to simply disappear earlier in the infiltration, but if ‘Ferrando’ turned to thin air immediately after his first look at the conspirators it was sure to be noticed. An altercation with a basileia man gone wrong would make waves in the Kassa pond, but it wouldn’t earn suspicion.

“What kind of death?” Hage asked.

“Violent,” Tristan said. “I’ll leave whether accidental or not to you.”

“It will take at least two days,” Hage said, “and there will be a fee.”

Two days would work fine, he did not want to disappear too quickly after the meet.

“Take it from the brigade funds,” he replied, granting Hage a nod and the cat a bow. “Your Highness, fare thee well.”

Mephistopheline majestically shrieked in response, flopping belly up in a maneuver that had the wooden shelf beneath him creak before batting his paws up as if he were a kitten instead of a creature that could comfortably fit several kittens within its ample folds. Tristan thus left with the solemn blessing of a prince of Hell, returning to the inglorious labor of his day as a Kassa traveling man.

He read the letter on the way. He’d reported the encounter with Izel Coyac, but Angharad wrote that the Nineteenth had disappeared into the city the day after and no one knew where they were. She again asked if he had heard anything about the Yellow Earth, who had apparently tried to coerce Song. He didn’t know the details and they were probably best not put to paper, but apparently there’d been fighting.

He’d have to take a look into that, when he could spare the time. Until then the names ‘Hao Yu’ and ‘Ai’ were a pair he’d kept an ear out for, but as the last time she had asked he had heard nothing. Though the Kassa had ties to the Republics, they were not in part of the family operations he worked in.

Tristan blanked through the day, mind already on what lay ahead, and got a few frowns for having slowed down compared to his usual performance. Not enough for a reprimand, however, when in their little circle he yet rode high as Temenos’ savior. Come evening he met at the Black Dame with the other veterans, but neither he nor Temenos drank much. They were there only to spend the hours, and near eleven they were joined by three more souls in Kassa employ: twins from the weavers and a hard-faced sort who spoke for the warehouse men.

The meet was to be had at the stroke of midnight, which Tristan thought unnecessarily dramatic, but it was not his conspiracy to run.

He kept a running tally of what an agent of the Krypteia might consider conspiratorial mistakes as the five of them set out under cover of dark. First, the location: while the northwestern ward was largely abandoned, its abandoned warehouses were still of interest to the local basileias. Two, the numbers gathering. The closer they got to the meeting place the more they ran into others, most of them coming in smaller groups than the Kassa but groups nonetheless.

How many people had been invited to this conspiracy? It was looking like at least half a hundred, which was only marginally better than handing your secret plans over to the town crier to yell out on the square.

Third, while there were toughs with blades handling security they were clearly basileia hands. Which meant on top of the invited masses and the conspirators themselves, a significant portion of a local basileia had known about this in advance. In some sense it made the entire affair easier to swallow: this was likely said basileia’s territory, and thus they could drive away searching eyes and kill rumors to some extent.

Yet, in another sense, Tristan was wondering if by the end of the night he was going to have to explain to some lictor captain that as a warrant officer of the Watch he could not be detained and someone needed to head to Black House to confirm his word. Gods, he hoped not.

There were only so many times Song could fetch him from prison before she decided to strangle him to spare herself further indignities.

It was worse than he expected when they reached the warehouse, for there were already a crowd of thirty-odd people in there. The front doors were held by toughs, who patted down for weapons but did not ask as to anyone’s identity.

Tristan stuck with Temenos and the warehouse man, whose name was Damon, and kept a watchful silence as the two men began counting out the workers from which trading houses had come. Of the ten largest, Tristan learned, seven were present now that the Kassa men had accepted the invitation. Twice as many merchant houses from the middle of the pack had shown, but none from the bottom of the ladder. Or perhaps they had not been invited?

It was beginning to occur to him that this was not some secret cabal’s council holding a meet, but instead something closer to a rally. Secrecy was not the order of the day because whoever led this conspiracy had no intention of showing their face – it was about recruiting bodies for the cause, not bringing another ringleader into a plot.

Tristan kept his silence and stayed with the Kassa as the last souls were allowed in by the men at the door trickled in, his eye staying on the front of the crowd. There crates had been piled to make for a makeshift platform, the throng of people naturally settling in a wobbly half-circle around it. They didn’t have to wait long for those meant to stand on the crates to show up, half a dozen men and women walking in to a wave of murmurs.

“That’s Stavros Kassa,” Temenos whispered, pointing out a tall man with a pointed and oily beard. “He is the one who asked us here.”

Tristan caught a few more surnames spoken by the crowd. Delinos, Metaxas, Patera, Remes. All magnates, all of them Trade Assembly. There was one of the lot, however, that needed no introduction by a third party.

Tristan knew exactly what Maria Anastos looked like, for she had been waiting for the Watch on the docks when their ship first arrived at the Lordsport. He would have to be careful, the Mask thought. Though his looks did not stand out and that day he had been wearing rook black as one of many, there was always a chance she might recognize his face.

It was her that claimed the stage, the other magnates arranged around her like a display of force. The Anastos were not the informal first among equals of the Trade Assembly that House Floros was for the Council of Ministers, but they were very influential – and as the only family head present, it was only natural she took the lead. But none of the other heads showed, Tristan thought. To avoid risk, or because their families are not in this to the hilt?

“You all know who I am,” Maria Anastos called out. “And you all know why you’re here.”

Mutters in the crowd.

“There’s only so long we can bury our head in the sand,” Mistress Anastos said. “It was one thing when the boy king’s ministers raided our coffers, but now they are no longer content with that: fearing our influence, they’ve begun murdering us.”

That claim got pushback. Some shouts called her a liar, others accused the magnates of being behind deaths, others demanded proof. It was the last call that Maria Anastos answered.

“Kimon Metaxas is dead, poisoned,” she answered. “A magnate’s own brother. Patera?”

An older woman with a dignified bearing stepped onto the stage.

“The captain of the Sunderer was found dead a month back,” she said. “A single stroke through the neck, no witnesses.”

A gangly man from the crowd shouted it was true. A foreman for the Patera, Tristan deduced from the way those around him reacted. Next came testimony of a murdered warehouse foreman from the Delinos, and the cousin and basilea contact of a Remes travelling man. He’d seen the testimony from Stavros Kassa coming, so when the bearded man called on Temenos to speak to the assassin that had tried to murder him with a sickle he’d already slipped deeper into the crowd.

Given how agitated the lot of them were by the rising list of deaths, it had been precious easy to pretend he’d been caught by some eddy of the mob.

“It’s true,” Temenos grunted. “Came for me in the night, it was a narrow escape. The man cut through wood like it was paper, a contractor for certain.”

That set the crowd to loud talk. There was some skepticism, several calling Temenos a liar, but Tristan noticed that most of the older men and women were taking the Kassa foreman seriously. The society of those who’d remained in magnate service for decades held sway here, if not sovereignty. Their claims were taken seriously.

“Evander Palliades no longer rules the Rectorate,” Maria Anastos told the crowd. “The Council of Ministers does, and we all remember the Floros years – that woman won’t rest until she’s ground us all to dust.”

Angry, shouting approval. Apollonia Floros was not beloved of this crowd, it seemed. She wouldn’t be, given how much of her regency had been spent stepping on the very magnates employing most everyone in the room. Tristan wove around the congregation, only half listening to the speech. It was all grievances and accusations, working up the anger in the room before putting some form of salvation on sale.

Of all the goods hawked by charlatans, hope was the one men would most make fools of themselves for.

The other magnates did not seem surprised by anything out of Maria Anastos’ mouth, so they were as much part of this as she was. Though the Mask struggled to remember what also those mighty families were most famous for, it seemed to him that it was the magnates with strong roots on Asphodel that had shown. The Lagonikos, who headed the wealthiest trade consortium of the Trade Assembly but based on the island of Arke, did not have a representative.

So only part of the Assembly’s in on whatever this is, he mused. A handful gone over to the Ministers in exchange for titles, as Song had theorized? There seemed too many families present here for that, in his opinion, but then it was entirely possible that the largest ones were using the second-stringers as disposable cannon fodder to secure their new titles.

“We’ve appealed to the throne, but Palliades ignores us,” Maria Anastos was continuing. “He’s lost the reins, and it’s only a matter of time until he’s cast down – and there is only one who can replace him, isn’t there?”

Floros’ name was shouted, with varying degrees of anger and disgust.

“We can’t let it happen,” Maria Anastos said. “Won’t let it happen. Else half of us will end up in a grave, and the rest in the street.”

Shouts came from the crowd, asking what could be done, but Tristan’s attention had gone to the basileia men. While some of them had noticeable tattoos and scars, there did not seem to be a running them that’d give him a symbol to look into. The only thing they had in common was cheap brown cloaks, which by the way they kept adjusting them were a new addition.

That was a trail he could run down, he decided. There were only so many places in Tratheke where one could by over twenty mostly identical cheap brown cloaks.

“- then we can only defend ourselves,” Maria Anastos shouted. “We’ve let the aristoi step on us for centuries, but we will not let them have our lives!”

Answering a signal from one of the magnates, pairs of those burly figures brown cloaks  stepped forward carrying large crates. Not just crates, Tristan corrected after a moment. Some barrels as well. No, he then dimly thought, clenching his fingers. Truly?

To the shouts of the crowd they were opened, revealing crates full of muskets and bullets while the barrels were full of blackpowder.

“If the Ministers think they can just take the city, let’s show them who really rules Tratheke!”

Roars of approval from many, but not all. There were some in the crowd who looked horrified, as if beholding a ship about to run into reefs.

Tristan felt numb, mind racing down lanes of fresh realization.

Angharad had found weapons being smuggled into Tratheke, when she headed out in the countryside, and Song had put together that they were being made in the valley and not by nobles. That was what had led his captain to the belief that some of Trade Assembly magnates had gone over to the other side for the promise of titles.

But there had been other details, hadn’t there? Hints they came across earlier in their investigation. The Brazen Chariot telling them of how blackpowder was worth more than its weight in gold, as if it was being bought by everyone – why would the ministers scheming their coup need this, if they had a workshop out in the valley furnishing their troops? Why take the risk someone would notice the powder being grabbed so aggressively?

Because the coup that Tristan Abrascal was looking at was not the same as the one being planned by the Council of Ministers.

He swallowed drily as there were alls for silence, from both the magnates and the doubters.

“A few crates of muskets will not take Tratheke,” an older woman called out.

“A hundred crates will,” Maria Anastos replied, “if we have the men to wield them. And there may be a bare hundred here, but how many will listen if you call for volunteers?”

She raised her fist.

Thousands,” she shouted, and there were cheers.

“Thousands of men who have never fought,” another voice scorned from the crowd. “Against lictors and retinues! A thousand corpses is all you’re promising.”

“And what if we take the city, Anastos?” Temenos shouted. “Who rules us then? Who protects us when every lord from the east and the west comes for our blood?”

“We rule ourselves,” Maria Anastos shouted back. “Each of us, free. And we are not alone.”

There was a hush from the crowd as another figure was welcomed onto the stage. The woman was not particularly tall or shapely, with simple dark hair held in a topknot while she wore unremarkable city clothes. She did not even have much presence, yet two thirds of the room were spellbound for a simple reason: she was Tianxi and she wore a yellow sash.

Even here in Asphodel, men knew what that meant.

“My name is Ai,” she said. “I am of the Yellow Earth, sent by the Republics, and come to tell you this: seize your freedom and you will not stand without allies.”

The crowd breathed in, almost as one. There was an excitement in the air, a thrumming in the blood. The charlatans had finally unpacked the salvation they’d come to sell.

“A vote has been held in secret,” Ai said, “to recognize Asphodel as a sister-republic to Tianxia should Tratheke be seized and the Lord Rector overthrown.”

A dull roar began to rise, but she pitched her voice louder still.

“Claim your freedom,” Ai shouted, “and when the nobles come to take Asphodel from you they will find a fleet of your Tianxi allies holding the Lordsport, the armies of half the republics come to fight at your side!”

The roar rose, shivering in the air.

“Rise,” Ai shouted. “Rise and your children will be born free. Rise and you will never have to be beaten and stolen by nobles again! Rise and you can have it all!”

And as the air shuddered with the shouts and stomping feet of near a hundred men, Tristan was left to stand there in horrified awe.

At this rate, even a half-empty city would run out of room to fit all these treasons in.

Chapter 57

Chapter 57

It was not a pleasant surprise to be woken up in the middle of the night and the quality of the ensuing surprises had only since worsened.

“If we go to Captain Wen right now,” Angharad said, “we could have them all in graves by morning.”

Song hissed, trying to push away Maryam as the other woman dabbed at her bruises with a wet cloth. Half of their captain’s face was swollen red and a stripe of cheek skin had been scraped right off. No tooth had cracked, thankfully, but Angharad suspected she would have a hard time speaking for a while. The Pereduri had experience being struck in the mouth often to not be unfamiliar with such injuries.

“No,” Song got out, her tone thick. “Can’t.”

Maryam, losing patience with being pushed off, took the Tianxi’s hand and slapped the wet cloth down on her palm before making her press it against the cheek herself.

“Angharad is right,” Maryam replied, to their shared disbelief. “Just because they didn’t kill you doesn’t mean the Yellow Earth hasn’t crossed a line. We take this to our superiors and guns will come out.”

Can’t,” Song hissed. “They have something on my brother.”

Angharad swallowed the sympathy on the tip of her tongue. An overflow of that would beg questions she did not dare answer. Maryam looked about to ask Song about the incriminating information, but the noblewoman gave her pause by putting a hand on her arm and shaking her head. They locked eyes, for a moment, and after a sigh Maryam visibly made the decision not to take issue with Angharad having laid a finger on her. She hastily removed her hand anyway.

“Can you tell us what they asked of you?” Angharad tried instead.

The answer to being leveraged over your kin was not to spread around the ugliness that leverage came from. One could, however, try to get around the demands made of them.

Angharad was certainly trying.

“Reports,” Song exhaled. “About coup defenses. They want to keep an eye on it.”

That was passingly clever, she thought. Song Ren stood at the confluence of knowledge about what the Watch, the Lord Rector and the conspirators were up to. No doubt there were souls on Asphodel who could give the Yellow Earth information more on depths about parts specific, but precious few who could give them a better bird eye’s view of the situation.

“All the more reason to cut all their heads off,” Maryam grunted. “Corpses cannot hold anything over your family.”

Much as Angharad agreed with that, Song’s fear was easy to discern. The Pereduri stepped in, taking pity on her swollen mouth.

“If even a single one escapes, the Yellow Earth will have the information and a grudge that ensures they will use it,” Angharad said. “Moving on them now is a risk.”

“Passing information to a pack of mad zealots that beat her face like a carpet is even more of a risk,” Maryam bluntly shot back.

“No,” Song croaked. “It’s bad. My family would be…”

She swallowed.

“Cannot involve the Watch.”

It was a rare thing for Song Ren to present herself as anything but immaculate but in the trembling candlelight of her room, sitting on her bed, she looked like she was coming apart at the seams. Her face bruised – one eye sure to blacken – while her hair had come loose and her forehead looked like it’d been dragged through gravel. Her eye not forced to close by the swelling was wild, wide, and she moved little. Like a girl hoping that if she went still the world would still with her, buying her time enough to think.

Angharad ached to see it. She still remembered what that felt like: she herself had been numb and silent most of the way down to Asithule, when House Madoc had smuggled her in that cart. Even on the first ship out of Malan, she had been half a ghost.

“Need to think,” Song rasped. “Please.”

Angharad shared a look with Maryam. Neither of them were eager to leave her alone, but to interrogate a woman who could hardly talk was pointless. They had as much as they could have of her until the swelling went down. She rose, reluctant.

“We will be close at hand,” Angharad told her.

“And we’ll talk in the morning,” Maryam added.

There was no room for negotiation in that tone. Song only jerkily nodded. The two of them left her to stare at her wall in dying candlelight, loath to leave but with nothing more to offer. Maryam caught her eye out in the hall, passing a hand through brown tresses.

“My room,” the pale woman suggested.

Angharad silently nodded. Maryam lit a lamp before claiming a chair and the noblewoman closed the door behind her.

“I’m half convinced we should go to Wen anyway,” the signifier bluntly opened.

“Once it is in his hands, it is in the blood,” Angharad said.

She got a frown in response, awkward silence spreading between them.

“I don’t know what that means,” Maryam finally said.

Angharad flushed, coughing into her fist. Not a Lierganen saying, then. That would teach her to translate directly from Umoya.

“I mean that we would no longer control where the information ends up,” she clarified. “It may very well make its way to Brigadier Chilaca.”

A man currently locked in a struggle with the Thirteenth over his constant meddling in their contract with the throne of Asphodel. It would be naïve to assume he would not immediately turn such knowledge to his purposes. There was a saying in Malan that a swordmaster killed you with a single cut but a diplomat a hundred. One could be just as ruthless with a pen as with a sword. Maryam cursed.

“Chilaca is a problem,” she admitted. “Did Song brief you on the troubles Tristan is in?”

Angharad shook her head. Her time with her uncle had run late – they had needed to plan a way for her to seize, hide and then smuggle out the infernal forge in Lord Menander’s possession – and by the time she emerged it was to word that Song was napping and not to be disturbed. Napping in anticipation of a late night where she had been savagely beaten, it turned out.

“The bastards from Allazei followed us,” Maryam said, then laid into the tale.

A mere minute in and Angharad was left to wonder why the Nineteenth Brigade were not all currently dangling from gallows, but the revelation that there was another traitor higher up the ranks made it plain why the whole affair had not been brought into the light. At least Tristan had been able to kill one of the traitors, good on him.

“So until we know if Brigadier Chilaca is the traitor, we cannot take the risk of bringing him into this,” Angharad summarized.

“Song’s sure he’s not a member of the Ivory Library, but almost as sure he was bribed to look away from their business,” Maryam added. “Apparently he’s quite corrupt. We need to keep him in the dark until we have some manner of proof.”

That too should fetch the noose, Angharad darkly thought. Yet how could she castigate any rook with shoddy loyalties when she had been charged with treason by the Lefthand House not once but twice? The second time unknowing of her wearing the black, but to be made a sneak twice over on the behalf of ufudu really was quite the surfeit of treason.

“I thought better of Kiran Agrawal than this,” Angharad admitted. “But then I hardly know the man.”

The rest were not disappointments, insofar as she had never held them in particular esteem. She had no admiration for Izel or Captain Tozi, and Cressida Barboza had only ever fetched wariness. There was anger in that one, the kind that gnawed at your bones, and it had turned her into a hound all too eager to bite.

“As far as I’m concerned this should end in the four of them in a locked barn we set on fire,” Maryam grunted, “but Song’s not wrong that Tristan will gain more by pulling out the roots of this Library than just cutting off another questing finger.”

Angharad inclined her head. That was true enough. Getting rid of this Ivory Library would be a greater boon than simply having another batch of their hirelings exiled or slain.

“Thank you for telling me,” she politely said.

Maryam eyed her with a sullen expression.

“It’s worse because you do have good sides,” she brusquely said. “And that makes you an excuse for the rest, part of the pretty tale of themselves Malani put out in the world for others to believe.”

Maryam breathed out through clenched teeth.

“I do not owe you a thing,” Maryam Khaimov sharply stated, as if expecting an argument. “But the axes I have to grind with you are best left buried, at least while we’re all in this mess.”

“I am not sure I understand,” Angharad admitted.

“You’re trying,” Maryam said. “So I’ll try too. That’s all.”

Angharad swallowed.

“I,” she tried, then hesitated.

She was not quite sure what to say.

“Thank you,” she finally settled on.

“Don’t thank me, I’m putting work on your back,” Maryam said, looking away. “Tomorrow morning I’m leaving for the shipyard visit and that’s a week of me in the wind, so it’s all going to be on you.”

The Izvorica groaned, rolling her shoulders.

“You’re going to need to watch our for Song,” she continued. “She was already biting at the inside of her cheek over selling out Palliades when she’d like him with his clothes off, this Yellow Earth business is going to make it all worse.”

“Her family is the chink in the armor,” Angharad quietly agreed, then cleared her throat. “How serious is that affair with the Lord Rector?”

“She’s taken,” Maryam said. “He’s smitten enough I’m pretty sure he’s boning up on calligraphy to impress her. It would all be quite charming, if it was not also a lit powderkeg placed on top of the larger powder barrel pyramid that is this misbegotten capital.”

She paused, then smirked.

“My advice was that it was her republican duty to take him for a ride so thorough she’d ruin him for all noblewomen, but she went into that, you know…”

“When she slams the portcullis down inside her head,” Angharad finished.

It was sometimes eerie to watch, the way Song would smother her turmoil and make herself care only about the immediate. The noblewoman frowned.

“You truly believe tryst is the right idea?” she asked.

“I think half the reason they’re so smitten with each other is that it’s all dreamy sighs and butterflies,” Maryam said. “I expect finding out he farts in his sleep or uses too much tongue will make Evander Palliades less of a delicious forbidden fruit and more of a pretty boy with a crown on. That she’ll have no trouble with.”

“He is not even particularly pretty,” Angharad muttered.

Maryam shot her an amused look.

“I expect he’s a little light on tits for you, yes,” she said with twitching lips, then turned serious. “Just keep an eye on her, please. Keep her from doing something she’ll regret.”

Angharad slowly nodded.

“I could pass word to Tristan as well, if you would like,” she offered.

“Tristan will be fine,” Maryam sighed. “He’s not going to stop until he feels like he has a knife at the throat of anyone that could be a threat to him, but he’s out there swimming in waters he knows well.”

“And yet,” Angharad gently said.

The other woman passed a hand through her hair.

“Tell him to be careful,” Maryam finally said. “Every time we take a look around this city, it’s like some fresh plot had grown out of the stone. Knowing him, he’s apt to trip into a fresh one.”

Angharad snorted, as much at the words as the fond look on the other woman’s face. There was something endearing about the way the two of them had taken to each other, ever since the Dominion. She had envied the bond, for a time, but come to realize it was not the friendship she envied but the trust. The lack was in her, not in them. How could she complain of others being at a distance when she stacked a wall of secrets between herself and the world?

Suddenly disgusted with herself, Angharad pushed off the wall.

“I will pass it along,” she swore, then flicked a glance at the door. “We had best get some sleep, I think.”

Maryam nodded, looking as tired as Angharad felt.

“Good night, Angharad,” the pale woman said.

She swallowed.

“And you, Maryam,” she got out.

Angharad mastered herself enough to leave the room instead of fleeing it. She was a fool, she told herself. For whom but a fool would spend so much time with a brigade she had come to this isle intending to deceive, to use as cover while she stole from the Watch and pawned a foul device to the damned souls of the Lefthand House? If she had kept her distance, if she had made them into strangers…

But not they were not that, not any longer. And part of her balked at the thought of the woman she had just left in her room looking at her with disgust and hostility once more. With the thought of the bleakness it would bring in Song’s eyes, how Tristan would smile while his eyes marked her for the grave. Yet what was she to do, abandon her own father?

There was no graceful way out. Angharad had ensured as much the moment she began to like being part of the Thirteenth Brigade. Sleeping God, the madness of that. Song had shot an ally in the back, Tristan was an avowed thief and Maryam would bury all of Malan under the seat given half a chance!

They deserved better. Her uncle deserved better.

Everyone in this wretched tale did, except for her.

She went to bed, but what little she slept was consumed by dreams of looking in the mirror and finding her face to be a wolf’s.

Including Maryam, the Watch delegation numbered six.

Two Umuthi society tinkers, one from each branch of the tree. An Arthashastra scholar specialized in cryptoglyphs, a Stripe who’d served as an officer at the largest Watch shipyard for a decade and second Arthashastra member who was not a scholar but a diplomat. The latter of these, Captain Elena Cervantes, was informally the head of the delegation even though Commander Osian Tredegar outranked her.

She had also spent half a day coaxing Maryam about what she was and was not allowed to do while on the visit so that the Lord Rector would have nothing to hold over the Watch. In truth Maryam had expected the captain to resent her presence being forced onto the delegation at the last moment, but instead she found Cervantes to be rather pleased.

“I asked for a Navigator to be included in the delegation from the start, but the Lord Rector refused us,” she told Maryam. “You are a welcome addition, so long as you do not end up causing a diplomatic incident.”

“I’ll do my best to refrain,” Maryam said. “The trick is to force my way past every door with guards, yes?”

She ended up paying for that with half an hour of being drilled about the legal definition of self-defense, which was too high a cost.

In the early hours of the day they took the Black House coaches to the Collegium, all the way to the fort raised around the bottom of the lift that led to the rector’s palace. There they were met by Majordomo Timon, the head of the Lord Rector’s household, who led them to the physician’s room where they were to be drugged.

As Evander Palliades did not want them to be know the path to the shipyard they would be going under for six hours, after which they would be allowed to wake for a meal and a physician’s checkup at a roadside fort before being put under for another six hours. After that, there would be pause for the night allowing the delegation to recover from the drugs and they would resume the journey in the morning.

The process would repeat until they had reached the shipyard, at which point they would be allowed to study the location under escort. The estimated duration of the journey was seven days: three to reach the entrance, one spent visiting and then three to return to Tratheke. Speculation was rife among the delegation that the Lord Rector was padding the time to throw off those seeking to find the path he was using.

They would be split into two carriages, three on each, while a detachment of lictors and physicians came along in another larger coach.

Maryam had heard worrying things about Lierganen medicine, but the Watch had been allowed to know the composition of the drug and deemed it safe enough for use. A bearded old man handed her a cup to drink and told her to lay down on the bed, where she stared at the ceiling for the better part of a minute wondering why it wasn’t-

the summer heat was not so suffocating, on the riverbanks, but the heavy robes and red cloak still had her sweating in the sun. Not that Maryam would dare complain, not with all these grim-faced bearded lords and high-collared ladies dripping in gold all standing in silence, watching as the Malani were dragged to the mud.

Seven, men and women, ragged and bruised.

Lords and ladies of the devils from across the sea, not so fine now that they had been grabbed out of their manses and taken far beyond the protection of their cannons. One of them was her age, a boy whose eyes were red from weeping.

Mother raised the ashen effigy, calling out to the dreadmost goddess, to Mother Winter herself, and as her voice rose the first of the Malani was forced face-first into the river. The woman struggled, panicking, but the warrior held her face under the tide and eventually she stopped.

Mother’s voice rose, calling Winter to witness their oaths, and the second lord was-

“It always comes down to death with them, doesn’t it?”

Maryam gasped awake in a carriage, almost striking the man next to her. Osian Tredegar, faced by Captain Cervantes. But what should be the empty seat across from her was filled with a flickering, buzzing silhouette.

The shade, wearing heavy robes and a red cloak. Even the ribbons in her hair were the same.

“What?” she croaked.

“Gods,” the shade said. “It always comes down to death, with them. Taking it, dealing it, warding it away. Everything they are rests on a bed of bones.”

Maryam breathed in, reined in her panic. The others, she saw, were still asleep. The shade spoke quietly, almost a whisper, so whoever drove the carriage would not hear her.

“What do you want?” she hissed.

“When your eyes close, mine open,” the shade said. “Mother was not as clever as she thought, in the end.”

The thing tugged at a red ribbon, pulling out the knot, and they both watched it flutter down to the floor.

“One cannot bargain with the inevitable,” the shade sighed. “Pay attention, Maryam. Time is running out.”

The carriage shook, hitting a rock, and in that blink of an eye the shade was gone. There was a groan to Maryam’s side as Commander Tredegar woke, sounding nauseated, and after that Cervantes was not far behind. She was groggier than the other when they began taking stock of where they were, but her mind was mostly there.

Their carriage was rolling on a road, bucking against bumps and rocks, but they could not see outside. There were metal shutters, pulled tight, and the doors were sealed and locked. Commander Tredegar busied himself finding the source of fresh air, finding that beneath their benches were compartments with angled holes in them. These holes were angled so that no one inside the carriage would be able to look outside through them, which all agreed was an impressive commitment to secrecy. The most they learned about their surroundings was that sometimes the wheels rolled on rocks that went flying, and dry wood snapped.

Fortunately for them, Maryam was not entirely bound by walls.

The other two blackcloaks moved away from her as she closed her eyes and focused, sending out her nav. The aether around them was not calm, but it was nothing like the wild chaos of Tratheke. There was a single, overwhelming current here – slightly curving, not that it would mean anything in the material. The lack of ‘reefs’ to dash her soul-effigy against had her bold, at first, but she quickly learned better.

If she sent her nav too far out, the current would rip it right out of her.

Neck beaded with sweat, she proceeded with only the utmost caution. Ahead and behind she felt aether emanations, most likely the other blackcloaks and their drivers as well as the coach sent by the Lord Rector. The lictors were ahead, she figured, for there the emanations were stronger there. She didn’t have long, perhaps ten minutes until the carriage came to a halt and Captain Cervantes quietly ordered her to stop.

The carriage slowed and turned, as if pulling in somewhere, and eventually there was a knock on the doors.

“Out, rooks,” a lictor called out as he opened half a dozen locks before opening the door. “Time for your check up.”

They were in some sort of barn, Maryam found as she exited the carriage with the others, or perhaps stables? Dirt and straw beneath their feet, and in the corner the physicians from this morning were waiting. One after another the blackcloaks had their check up, tongues checked for swelling and pulse for having slowed, but there were no complications.

Maryam would have tried to glimpse under the barn doors while they were served meals of porridge, if not for the two lictors standing guard there grimly. She could see torchlight on the other side at least, and hear some talk. They must be inside an Asphodelian fort.

Shortly after she was made to drink the drug again, and under she went.

Would that her sleep had been dreamless, but she had hat horrid nightmare again – the one about being strangled and eaten alive.  When she woke hours later, sweating and clutching at her neck, she took the time to calm herself before feeling out the aether again.

The current was just as strong out here, so instead she kept her nav on the carriage ahead – trying to get a feel for their emanations. They sat close enough together, though, that it was hard to tell them apart. Were the aether still as a pond it would be easier, but as things stood she was reading smoke signs in a thunderstorm.

They stopped for the night in what she could only describe a crypt, a stone basement with a locked door where cots were laid out on the ground. They did not even get to enter it while awake, having been carried in while still asleep. In the morning the physicians drugged them again, and-

the captain pointed his sword, pale teeth bared in a snarl.

“She is a wanted criminal,” the Malani said. “Yield, blackcloak. You have no authority here.”

Maryam swallowed a sob, dragging herself back to her feet. The men in black where only a handful, the Malani were half a hundred with slavering hounds pulling at the leash. They would give her up. She had to run, to try and get ahead again, but she was so fucking hungry.

“I have authority everywhere,” the kindly man said. “Its name is power.”

His fingers traced oily darkness, but a handful of strokes, but Maryam’s breath caught in her throat. DEATH, she read. DEATHDEATHDEATHDEATHDEATH and the Malani they screamed and wailed and wept, the hounds whimpering, and just as suddenly as it had begun it stopped.

“Go back,” the kindly man said. “While you still-

“I think we came to trust him so quickly because he reminded us of Mother.”

Maryam gasped hoarsely. She met the eyes of the shade, who sat starved and pale and ragged. Across from her.

“He was all I had,” Maryam hoarsely replied. “What could I do but trust?”

“You wouldn’t have,” the shade said, “if he had not first shown he could be cruel. That’s the face of power we grew up with – kind to its own, but cruel to the enemy. We’ve never trusted kindness alone.”

“There is no we,” she bit out.

“No,” the shade agreed. “We are cruel, instead. That was the lesson we learned.”

“Riddles will not spare you,” Maryam said. “Cease this.”

“Do you remember what it was like, going hungry?” the shade softly asked. “It’s always like that for me. And here, in this place, it’s… everywhere. Like a poison poured into the world.”

She frowned.

“What are you talking about?”

A noise to the side, Captain Cervantes stretching out, and when Maryam’s gaze returned from the glance it was to an empty seat. The diplomat asked her if she had said something, and Maryam lied.

What followed was a tedious repeat of the previous day.

The drugs had them all groggy and with persistent headaches, which killed conversation and made Tredegar snappy whenever it was attempted. She stuck her nav on the carriage ahead half for the excuse not to pay attention to the other two. It struck her during the morning meal that since the lictors and physicians were the same attending to them during their time out of the carriage, she could get ahead by feeling out their presence there.

 Putting a face to the emanations, thus helping to split them in her mind later. She could even slide past the door to where the rest of the lictors were waiting out in the fort to do the same with them, though not all that far.

It was enough for her to discern that some of the lictors in the carriage were replaced during the first break of the second day, traded for fresh souls from whatever outpost they had stopped at – not a barn but a stripped-bare temple, this time, just as thoroughly sealed as the rest. She kept up her game half-heartedly, mostly for lack of anything else to do, through the rest of the second day and night.

Which was how she noticed the switch at the first break of the third day.

She had not dream, the third morning, and so warily kept an eye on the aether the entire time she was awake. That led Maryam to staring at the door of the granary they were eating their gruel in, flatly disbelieving. It was only when Commander Tredegar cocked an eyebrow at her she realized she was drawing attention to herself and hastily looked away.

“Khaimov?” Captain Cervantes asked, leaning in.

“Not here,” she whispered back.

They went back under, waking that evening to a stripped out building of obvious Antediluvian make – it was the of the same brassy alloy Tratheke was made of. They were informed that the entrance to the shipyard had been reached, that they were underground and that tomorrow morning the last bit of journey to the shipyard would be taken.

They were left alone for the night, after that, and Maryam was taken aside by Captain Cervantes and Commander Tredegar – who was, she suspected, too high in rank for Cervantes to be able to refuse his curiosity.

“I have been tracking our guides with my logos for the whole trip,” Maryam said.

“So you have said,” Cervantes agreed. “And?”

“Something impossible happened,” she said. “On the second day, come that first break, some of our lictors were traded for fresh ones.”

“Not so surprising, if we have been moving through roadside forts,” Osian Tredegar noted.

“No,” she agreed. “But what did surprise me is when this morning, on the first break, I found some of the lictors that had switched were back.”

Neither of them were slow to the catch the implication.

“You are certain?” Captain Cervantes intensely asked.

Maryam cleared her throat embarrassedly.

“One of them is a woman on her monthlies, and not having a pleasant time of it,” Maryam said. “It is very distinct.”

A beat.

“We should have heard horses if any came along,” Osian Tredegar opined. “They are not quiet beasts.”

“A fourth carriage would be even louder,” Captain Cervantes muttered. “Which means those lictors were somehow at the destination before we were.”

“I think we’ve been going in circles for three days,” Maryam whispered. “None of us ever saw firmament, have we? And the current in the aether had stayed largely the same.”

“It might be we never even left Tratheke,” the captain breathed in. “We’re just under it. And all this theatre of secrecy…”

“Is to keep everyone looking out there in the valley when the Lord Rector has been building up under the capital all this time,” Commander Tredegar said, sounding reluctantly impressed. “We must be at some sort of halfway point on the way down, which he furnished with the necessities for this whole charade.”

Song, Maryam thought, ought to be proud. She had so thoroughly gotten under a king’s skin that he had fumbled his own state secret trying to get her back in the same room. No wonder Evander Palliades had not wanted to risk a Navigator going with the delegation. He must have bet that Maryam would be too green to figure out they were underground, and in his defense he’d been right.

He’d just not accounted for boredom and the shift rotations of the lictors.

“Not a word of this,” Captain Cervantes ordered them both, but her eyes were bright.

She whispered praises and something about a commendation, mood immensely lift, and why not? She had already proven her worth.

If only she could stop having that damn dream.

Tristan had made it through his week, so now came the prize.

Temenos didn’t make a formal announcement, the traveling men was not that sort of outfit, but the old man picked him out of the line for the Lordsport crew as one of the regular picks instead of at the end when all the ermanos got split between the crews. It was a statement, for those who cared to hear it, and it got him a few dark looks from other newcomers. Everyone liked the Lordsport runs, if you weren’t one of the drivers you could nap on the way back to the capital.

That day the old man reeking of tobacco introduced him to the guard officers and dockmasters when they reached the port, which he never had before, and though Tristan was told to keep his mouth shut he got to listen as Temenos haggled for an early slot on the list to use the lift down the cliff and then for a cursory inspection of the crates being unloaded instead of one that’d result in the true fees being paid.

The thief waited for the bargain to be struck with the dock mistress, a one-eyed woman with a saltbitten face, before asking the question itching at him.

“I don’t understand the loading fee,” Tristan said. “It’s like setting a tariff on your own exports, which sounds mad.”

Temenos spat to the side, the thick spit blackened from his latest bout of snuff.

“Minister Floros fucked all the merchant families, back when she was regent,” the old man said. “She made it mandatory to have royal licenses to deal in some goods, then bent over the Trade Assembly on the prices.”

The balding man offered an ugly grin.

“Nobles didn’t need to buy them licenses, of course,” Temenos added. “They were born with rights.”

The sneer accompanying that word would have done any soul from the Murk proud, the thief thought. Us and the rest, the old words went, but Tristan thought it truer to instead say ‘them and the rest’.  Every land had their own infanzones, the men with the boots on everyone else’s fingers and the guns to make you keep your eyes on the floor.

“I thought Palliades was softer on regular folk, though,” Tristan said, putting on a puzzled frown. “At least that’s what they say.”

“Sure he is,” the old man said. “Licenses aren’t mandatory anymore and nobles have to pay for them too. But if you don’t have a license there’s a cap to how much tonnage can trade in the goods.”

Tristan’s eyes narrowed.

“But you can pay the ‘loading fees’ so the dockmasters don’t look too closely at how much we’re actually sending out,” he said.

“Clever boy,” Temenos grinned. “And that coin’s Lordsport revenue, not tariffs, so the Council of Ministers’ got no say in how it’s used.”

Evander Palliades, the thief thought, really was quite canny. Not only was he filling the Palliades treasury instead of Asphodel’s with that ploy, for all the broad application of the fees they were in practice very targeted. If he put the cap on tonnage high enough – which Tristan suspected he would – then the vast majority of merchants wouldn’t be affected by the fees and simply go back to the way things had been before Apollonia Floros.

The wealthiest magnates of the Trade Assembly though, those most dangerous to him, they’d get squeezed for coin. Yet less than his regent had squeezed them, and in a way where they could still stick it to the nobles, so they’d near thank him for the privilege of having their purse riffled through. Tristan could respect a fine racket when he saw one.

Were he a betting man, which he was, he’d bet that on the down-low their good friend Evander sold some of those magnates a license on the cheap to play off the Trade Assembly against itself. The magnates might make common front against the ministers, but at the end of the day they were still merchants competing against each other. They weren’t any better than the nobles, really, their coin just wasn’t old enough to be a title yet.

“So we pay for wool cloth, obviously,” Tristan muttered, feigning as if he had been considering that the whole time. “Marble too?”

“No, the Kassa don’t sell enough for that,” Temenos snorted. “But we have to for the fruit of the shitpits, the tonnage on that is violent low.”

Tristan blinked.

“The fruit of the what?”

“Saltpeter,” the old man said, lips twitching. “You make it by burying shit in soil with wood ash and straw mixed in. Then you leach it out after a year and you’ve got saltpeter. There’s dozens of pits for that spread around the Reeking Rows, the Kassa own a few.”

Saltpeter was used to treat breathing and wantonness as well as fertilize ground, but its most famous use was arguably that it was one of the main ingredients in blackpowder. No wonder the Lord Rector did not want too much of it leaving his borders. Temenos then frowned at him.

“And enough of this we business, boy,” the old man said. “We might be Kassa men, but we’re not Kassa. You let them trick you into thinking otherwise and they’ll work you to death without batting an eye.”

Tristan cocked his head to the side. He was under no delusion that a magnate would care a whit about those working for their profit, but this was the first time he heard Temenos hinting at a similar opinion.

“I thought you liked the Kassa,” he tried.

“I like them fine, Ferrando,” Temenos grunted. “And I’d rather cut off a hand than go over to the Anastos, don’t get me wrong. Maria Anastos is more shark than woman.”

“But,” Tristan said.

“But back when the injury fund was run with Kassa help, they skimmed off the top,” he said. “They’re not bad sorts, really, but they’ll always reach for the coin if it’s there. They don’t look out for us.”

A finger prodded against Tristan’s chest.

We look out for us, Ferrando,” Temenos said. “That’s why we make friends with the weavers and the fullers and the warehouse hands: so when Stavros Kassa come sniffing around for corners to cut, it’s not just some of us crossing our arms.”

Chloris Kassa was the head of the Kassa family and the owner of most their properties, but she was also old and enfeebled, if still mostly witted. She had handed off much of her work to her four sons, the leader of the pack the eldest and aforementioned Stavros. The sons were not thought of nearly as well as their mother, and for good reason. Where Mistress Chloris had grown the family fortune by seizing on opportunities, they were instead intent on ‘trimming fat’.

Like the pay of their workers.

“I had no idea we had friends in the workshop,” Tristan admitted.

“Some other places, too,” Temenos vaguely said. “A traveling man’s a traveling man no matter who pays them. It’s only good sense to have a drink with the other outfits once in a while.”

The thief almost let out a whistle. The old man might be better connected than he had thought. And if he could lean on those contacts to ask around about the assassin, well, that was his job out here done. He was getting close to the end.

“You’re still a little green for that, though, so put it out of your mind,” the old man said, spitting another gob onto the pavement. “Let’s get this run done and our carts back up the cliff, we’ve had enough chitchat.”

They were done within the hour, around noon and thus early, so they stopped at one of the cheap eateries in the upper half of Lordsport before setting off. The traveling men had a deal with the owner, a meal of whatever leftovers were there for a single copper a head so long as at least ten came to eat. The Kassa, and most the men working for trading families, had such arrangements all over Tratheke and the Lordsport.

It was one of the perks of working for the magnates, something setting apart from the masses of day workers who had no name behind them.

Much as Tristan would have preferred to avoid what would come after the day’s work, he could not afford to. The ermanos were usually invited for drinks only once a week while the veterans went out to their favorite tavern, the Black Dame, every other day. Tristan being extended an invitation to accompany them on those nights was an initiation, and no matter his dislike for drink he must attend. Temenos had implied the traveling men were much better connected than he had thought, which made it all the more important to get in good with them.

The place was a dive, tucked in a corner near the border of the northwestern and southwestern wards. Half a basement, it had rickety tables and vaguely smelled of mildew but the drinks where cheap and not too watered down. Alas. A little over twenty of the Kassa traveling men and woman squeezed in, filling two thirds of the tavern. The two matronly sisters owning and tending the place traded familiar taunts with the crowd, which they nearly all knew by name.

Tristan, as the new man, was ‘volunteered’ to buy the first round of ales while Temenos presented him to the sisters. He’d already spoken to them once on his other visits, in truth, but now he was being introduced as someone instead of a filled seat. If he was to have his purse emptied, though, he would at least ask why the Black Dame’s sign would display a black bale of wheat as its mark.

It was Nikias, his former foreman, who told him.

Sacromontan,” the man snorted. “It’s a tribute to the Awn-Dam.”

It took a moment for Tristan to follow the trail. The Awn-Dam was the Asphodelian goddess of grain, cattle and fertility. She dabbled in nature as well but had wilder rivals there. She was said to take the shape of a cattle-mother, a dam, made of wheat. An awn, Tristan had learned, was the bristly part at the end of a stalk of barley and many other grasses. Black Dame. Black Dam, hence the black wheat. It’d been wordplay.

“That’s terrible,” he groaned, to mixed cheers and jeers from the table.

The crew got easier to navigate once they were a little drunk, but Tristan noticed they were well disposed from the start. Temenos vouching for him settled the matter as far as they were concerned, and as drinks flowed and talk continued the thief could not help but noticed how the old man sat at the head of the table, enjoying subtle deference from the others like some family patriarch.

Half of them were drunk by the first hour’s turn, quaffing ale and wine like it was water, and even though he discreetly got rid of as much drink as he could Tristan was not unaffected either. It had him clenching his teeth whenever he noticed the thickness of his tongue or the way his wits slowed.

It was easy enough to make good with the crowd. Throw in a few stories from working on the docks at Sacromonte, a coterie tale about idiots knifing each other over arguing about different men with the same name, and he had them laughing loud enough to shake the shutters. Nikias, in particular, kept clapping his back. The mustachioed older man was the loudest and most boisterous of the lot, insisting he had seen potential in Ferrando from the start.

But at the turn of the second hour a wheel came off the cart.

“Enough drinking,” a skinny man called Heirax said, slamming his tankard down. “It’s not a proper initiation until we’ve taken him to the Orchard, and a man’s gotta be sober for that.”

There was no need for Tristan to ask what the Orchard was: the way Heirax grabbed his crotch and wiggled his hips was explanation enough. Taunts promptly came from the few women at the table, the loudest of them a stocky, broad-shouldered older woman named Timandra.

“Throw those girls a fish instead, at least they’ll get a meal after the useless flopping around,” she mocked.

“You confusing me with your husband, ‘Mandra?” he clapped back.

That got him a drink thrown at his head and the sisters owning the place coming down on everyone before a fight could erupt properly. Unfortunately for him, that wasn’t the end of the brothel talk. Now that Heirax had put it on the table, near half the men present were urging for it. Some even offered to pitch in together to buy him ‘one of the prettiest girls’, Tristan’s attempts to decline and get drinks instead dismissed as him being shy.

He supposed asking the working girl to make noise for the coin and let him take a nap wouldn’t be the worst way to end the evening.

Only then Nikias came back with a brace of liquor, challenging everyone to drink, and while the table cheered the mustachioed man clapped his back again.

“He’ll have forgotten in a minute, and he’ll be too drunk when he remembers,” Nikias quietly said. “You’re fine.”

Tristan shot him a wary look and prepared to lie when the older man shook his head.

“I know what you are,” Nikias said.

His eyes narrowed.

“And that is?”

“My nephew also prefers men,” Nikias told him. “Nothing wrong with that, Ferrando.”

Well. He’d still take that over the brothel visit. Tristan feigned embarrassment.

“It is true, I can’t resist chest hair and…” what do men like in men, come on think of something anything “…cocks?”

Shit. Why had that sounded like a question? Fuck, this was why he didn’t drink. Behind him he heard Fortuna biting down on her fist in an effort not to burst out in a hysterical cackle. Nikias burst out in a bawdy laugh and clapped his back again. Built like that man was Tristan was going to bruise, but after failing to come up with something better than cocks he somewhat deserved it.

Having handled that will all the deftness of a drowning bird, Tristan coasted on the distraction provided by Nikias and bought another round of liquor. The price for salvation was listening to the mustachioed man’s complaints about how the man his nephew was seeing was wrong for him, a poet layabout who thought he’d strike it rich, and some hints about Tristan coming over for dinner sometime.

The thief decided to think of it as having paid in advance for his next sins.

Once the liquor was out it was never put away, replacing ales and wines, and it sunk its claws quickly. Temenos, who had only sipped at his ale, drank the grape liquor like a fish. Against Tristan’s expectations he did not hold his drink particularly well, either, and when the old man began looking green he seized on his way out. He volunteered to walk Temenos home, leaning on the aspect of being grateful for being brought in, and even got a few approving nods for it.

He got directions from Timandra about one of the Kassa warehouses near here, as apparently Temenos never went home where his grandchildren might see him when he drank, and after she handed him the key away they went.

Within minutes they stopped for the old man to empty his stomach in an alley, which at least sobered him up some.

It was not a long walk to the warehouse, which in truth was a two stories house packed with some empty crates and rusted metal parts. There were two straw beds in the room on the second story, though, with sheets and a barrel of water from which hung a ladle and a bowl. Tristan helped Temenos into one of the beds, ignoring how the old man kept muttering and calling him Bion. He pulled the covers over him, then stepped away grimacing.

He had never liked being around drunks. Still, at least the night was done. He put the key by the barrel and went down the stairs, headed back to the street. If not for the drinking he might have considered having a look at the Nineteenth, but as things stood he-

“Tristan.”

The seriousness of the tone had him stopping cold, and he turned to find Fortuna standing at the top of the stairs. Eerie still as she looked into the room, a figure painted in blood and gold and marble.

“What is it?” he whispered.

“Something is coming,” the Lady of Long Odds said.

A carving knife was the most he could carry without suspicion: in a heartbeat, it was out and in his hand as he crept back up the stairs.

“A lemure?” he asked, coming to stand by her side.

Temenos was under the covers, snoring. The room was empty save for piled crates, the beddings and the barrel of water. Fortuna laid a hand on his arm, a false warmth.

“It’s… hungry. But it does not see you.”

“Why?”

“Because you’re mine,” the goddess said.

He frowned. What did she mean by- It was like the flicker of a flame, the way the glint reflected off copper for a heartbeat before being gone. There was nothing, and then something stood.

No part of Tristan Abrascal dared to call it a man.

It only loosely bore the shape of one. Tall, stooped, hair like seaweed matted with blood. It wore clothes, loose rags and a breastplate of iron. A helmet scarred with deep gouges. But its skin was craggy earth, the cracks spilling out wooden groans, and its bare feet melded with trailing ropes that dripped rotten blood. At the end of the ropes, being dragged was… Tristan’s eyes shied away from it. Something precious, something enviable.

The god’s breath sounded like screams, like shouts, like shrieks, and in its hand it held a curved bronze cycle.

It took a single step towards the sleeping Temenos and Tristan swallowed at the sight. Should he- the sound had the god turning towards him, quick as a snake, and he got only a glimpse of empty sockets from which dangled precious blue stones before cursing.

He pulled on his luck as hard and deep as he could, releasing it that same instant, which was the only reason he lived.

Tristan tripped backwards down the stairs, falling with a shout of pain, and heat licked at his face – slicing past his nose and into his hair. He screamed his back hit the wood, making a racket as he tumbled down the stairs, and as he hit the last step it broke under him – rotten, or just old. Shard went through his shirt and into his back. He was stuck with his legs up, like a helpless turtle, but he caught a glimpse of the god turning away. Back towards Temenos.

He moved on instinct, ripping out his shirt and scrambling up the stairs in time to see the god leaning over a stirring Temenos, hand drawing back. On instinct he threw the knife, but the moment it left his fingers he knew he’d missed. It did not spin but fly like dart, missing the god’s back entirely and instead taking an angle and hitting – oh, Manes.

It hit Temenos in the leg, right above the ankle, and the old man woke up with a shout of pain and terror. The old traveling man’s eyes widened as the sickle came down, but the barest of moments before the blade could cut through his head there was a flicker.

And the reaping god was gone, just like that.

“Temenos,” he shouted. “Are you-”

“Gods,” the white-haired man babbled, “oh, gods.”

He moved closer, wincing at the sight of the blade he’d thrown in Temenos’ leg. It was a shallow wound, at least.

“Sculler spare me,” Temenos hoarsely said. “Stavros Kassa wasn’t lying: there really is an assassin out there coming for our necks. There is no choice.”

“No choice for what?” he asked.

“Joining them,” the old man said, licking his lips. “The revolutionaries.”

Chapter 56

They skipped Black House’s communal breakfast, instead bothering the servants for simpler fare served directly in Song’s room. There were only two chairs in there, so Maryam brought her own before locking the door behind her. By common accord – and to Angharad’s relief – the three of them finished breaking their fast before getting into the report about her activities in the country.

Angharad laid it all out for them. The ambush laid by the Varochas and how it had made her stumble into a carriage full of armaments, the cyphered journal she had found and was now handing over to Song. How some eeriness in the hills was driving lemures closer and closer to the capital and then what she had learned about the ties of House Eirenos to both Lord Menander Drakos and Lord Gule – as well as the ancient correspondence she had copied.

It was after that the hesitation caught up, but Angharad had spent the entire ride back to the capital debating what honor demanded of her. There was no denying what was owed to the Thirteenth and the Watch.

“The Lefthand House then charged me with attending Lord Menander’s evening to ascertain if he has in his possession an artifact that should, by the description, be an infernal forge.”

Maryam looked like she had half a dozen things to say, the word a cluttering chaos in her mouth, but Song gestured for her to stay silent before asking Angharad to finish. Dutifully, she added how afterwards the Malani ambassador had offered to initiate her into the cult of the Golden Ram, promising healing and a position at his side after the success of the coup by the Council of Ministers to put Minister Floros on the throne.

“But he did not say, at any point, that Apollonia Floros is a member of the Golden Ram?” Song pressed.

Angharad shook her head.

“The cult intends to rule through her,” she clarified. “I believe it implied she is not one of them.”

There was a long moment of silence after that.

“So in summary,” Maryam finally said, “the fuse on the powder keg under our buttocks is a lot shorter than we first figured, and already lit to boot.”

“I greatly mislike the shape things are taking,” Song murmured, then shook her head.

Silver eyes turned on Angharad, who sat as ramrod straight as she could without hurting her back.

“But first this much must be said,” Song said. “You did exceedingly well on your investigation, Angharad. You should be commended for that.”

The noblewoman coughed into her hand, faintly embarrassed. She had not expected the praise.

“My thanks for the compliment.”

To the Pereduri’s surprise, Maryam nodded.

“You took a hit to your reputation for the good of the contract,” she said. “I honestly didn’t believe you had it in you.”

A short pause, then Maryam inclined her head almost apologetically.

“I am pleased to have been wrong.”

Angharad generously decided to take that as the compliment it was probably meant to be. Song’s gaze went distant as she stared at the wall, trying to piece things together. The Pereduri almost fancied she could hear the furious scribbling of a steel tip on paper as the Tianxi put it all in order and drew lines. Best to leave her to it, she thought.

“There is one last matter,” Angharad coughed. “Largely personal, though it might end up relevant so I must mention it.”

Maryam leaned in, eyes narrowed.

“Oh, gods,” she grinned. “You fucked his mother, didn’t you?”

Angharad looked away from those gleeful blue eyes.

“Lady Penelope and I happened to share an intimate moment,” she stressed, “at the end of which I found a way to access the safe by using my contract. I would not have thought to do so without your help in learning how my visions function, Maryam, so you have my thanks.”

“Oh, you’re not going to get out of this by tossing a compliment my way,” Maryam said, cackling like a hyena. “Angharad Tredegar, conqueror of widows. You are never going to live that down.”

“It has since occurred to me,” Angharad defensively replied, “that the liaison in question might have been intended by her.”

Now that she was no longer so preoccupied with the delicious body filling that evening wear, Angharad could spare a thought as to how Lady Penelope could have chosen to cover that very flattering nightrobe with a dressing gown and pointedly had not. The seduction of that evening had, alas, not been of Angharad’s own design. Not that she was complaining.

The sound of a sigh wrenched her away from still-grinning Maryam, Song eyeing her with something like polite disappointment.

“Given everything else you accomplished, I will forget I heard that,” the captain said. “I expect you were discreet?”

“Very,” Angharad assured her.

Lady Penelope no more wanted the matter to get out than she did, there was no reason to believe it would spread.

“You don’t have to take that from Song, Angharad,” Maryam noted. “She brought Evander Palliades to a brothel and booked a room just for the two of them.”

Angharad’s eyes widened in surprise while a flustered Song turned a hard look on their colleague.

“Don’t phrase it like that,” Song hissed. “It was an investigation, Angharad. There was another brackstone shrine in the basement.”

Angharad squinted at the Tianxi.

“There is no shame in taking a lover of higher rank,” she assured Song. “You need not fear I would believe you grasp-”

“We can do this another day, or preferably never,” Song flatly replied. “We should instead see to matters of actual import, like the fact that the cult of the Golden Ram is no such thing: gods do not distribute their ichor like party favors.”

Ah, that. Tempting as the promise of even temporary healing was, Angharad had surrendered the wrapped ichor to Song. She intended to have it investigated by a specialist.

“You saw at least one boon at court that was right up the Golden Ram’s alley, though,” Maryam pointed out. “That speaks to the existence of some accord with the god.”

“There is no telling how old that boon was,” Angharad said. “It could have begun as a genuine cult, then turned into something crueler.”

“I have a hard time believing a pack of nobles from Asphodel would have the skill to keep a god locked up in some basement and bled without the help of another god,” Song said.

“You believe another cult took over the Golden Ram’s,” Angharad mused, following the implication. “There is precedent for that, I’ll grant.”

Some cult of the Hated One had pretended they were followers of the Golden Ram, back in the days of that great Asphodelian civil war.

“It could be a cult to any god,” Song grimly said. “In the palace it was Oduromai I saw grant the most contracts, but he does not seem to fit the scheme. We need to look into the local gods again.”

“Back to the archives for me, then,” Maryam drily said.

Song inclined her head.

“I will accompany you,” she said. “But yes, that would be most helpful. There is no guarantee we will find anything, however, which means Angharad’s approach is the most important.”

“You want me to go along with Lord Gule’s recruitment,” Angharad said.

“It is our best chance at putting a name to the leadership element of the cult,” Song said. “That means, unfortunately, investigating that infernal forge for the ambassador.”

Angharad’s pulse quickened. She licked her lips. That was… In the chaos of the cult being purged from the capital, it should not be impossible for an infernal forge to disappear from Menander Drakos’ grasp. From there she could bargain with Imani or Jabulani. I could kill Imani, rid the Watch of her, and strike a more favorable bargain with Jabulani. There were possibilities, a line to walk. One that would lead to her father’s freedom without betraying the Watch.

She must speak with Uncle Osian soon.

“Then I will do so,” Angharad said.

Firm nods from the other two before Song sighed and tugged her flawlessly placed collar ‘back’ into place.

“How Lord Menander obtained that infernal forge is the most interesting part,” the silver-eyed woman said. “Given the other pieces of information you brought us, it seems to me that Menander Drakos has spent the last decade trying to find a path into the Antediluvian shipyard and quite clearly succeeded.”

Angharad blinked.

“The infernal forge could have been a gift by the Lord Rector,” she slowly said. “Presumably made without knowledge of what the object truly is, but…”

“No, I see what she’s getting at,” Maryam muttered. “When I dug into those Tratheke land records, a while back, I found out from the confiscations done by Hector Lissenos that House Drakos used to own almost a quarter of the capital. Mostly in the northwestern ward.”

“I do not see the link,” Angharad admitted.

“Hector Lissenos dug beneath the capital to hide his backstone shrines, if we’re right,” Maryam said. “What if the Drakos did too, out in that ward they controlled?”

“You suspect they found passage to the shipyard,” Angharad said, frowning as she followed along their beaten paths. “One that begins in Tratheke and that neither the Lissenos nor the Palliades after them ever learned about.”

“Hector Lissenos ran House Drakos out of the city,” Song said. “They were barely even a noble house for a few generations afterwards, it took the better part of two hundred years to claw back some influence.”

“Then why Lord Menander’s interest in the Lissenos maps and papers he obtained from House Eirenos?” Angharad asked. “They were digging in the wrong ward.”

“Two hundred years is a long time to keep a secret that might be too dangerous to risk putting to paper,” Maryam said. “It may be the Drakos remembered there is a path, but not where it was.”

Or that the papers had been lost, Angharad thought. All it took was a spill or a fire, should there be a single copy.

“So he sought Lissenos maps and papers to find that passage again,” Angharad murmured. “If he’d had access to the private archives he could have used the same records Maryam did, but even if could get permission it would have been too noticeable.”

Maryam had complained that the archivists tried to track every book she borrowed. The Lord Rector’s interest would have been caught by Menander Drakos consulting papers about the old properties of his house.

“I think Menander Drakos has been able to access that shipyard for longer the Palliades have, if by a narrower route,” Song said, “and that he looted the place for everything he can feasibly get away with. Including that infernal forge.”

A heady prize, that. Angharad wondered if he considered it too dangerous to sell or he had no notion of what it was, for surely there would be no lack of buyers for an infernal forge.

“The forge isn’t our problem beyond Angharad reporting its presence to establish her name with the cult,” Maryam opined. “Once we’ve confirmed its existence it’s a concern for officers much higher up the ladder. Let the Watch grab it, or everybody else get in trouble trying to.”

Song, perhaps driven to take petty revenge for earlier, turned a look of pedantic superiority on the Izvorica.

“Hell is also allowed to own forges, under the Iscariot Accords, so long as they are kept within the walls of Pandemonium.”

“That’s a loophole and you know it,” Maryam sneered.

“Of course it is, Maryam,” Song condescendingly smiled back.

Angharad cleared her throat.

“While I do not disagree that beyond reporting a forge’s potential presence there is no need for the Thirteenth to be involved,” she said, speaking precisely, “the plot to overthrow Lord Rector Evander has now become our concern.”

If the conspiracy to overthrow House Palliades involved the cult, then that conspiracy became part of their contract with the throne.

“You have testimony from a cultist that the cult is behind the intended coup,” Song agreed. “By the writ of our contract we now have to inform the Lord Rector of the conspiracy whatever Brigadier Chilaca might want.”

Angharad detected the slightest undertone of satisfaction there. Then she grimaced.

“It would be standard protocol to consult with him on how that revelation should be approached, however.”

“I don’t expect he’ll be too much trouble to convince. It’ll look bad for the Watch if the Lord Rector learns we sat on a plot to his life for a while,” Maryam said.

“I do not understand why Brigadier Chilaca has done so,” Angharad admitted. “Would it not help in the negotiations for Evander Palliades to owe the Watch a favor?”

Song passed a hand through her hair.

“I do not agree with the decision, but it is not senseless,” she said. “The crux of the conflict is that the Watch will want to restrict sales of skimmers to maintain the balance of power in the Trebian Sea, while House Palliades urgently needs to fill its coffers if it is to survive the decade.”

“Because Tianxia would act aggressively if it had a skimmer war fleet,” Angharad said, tone carefully neutral.

“Because the Watch had spent the last two centuries ensuring that no single power can control Trebian Sea trade, which is our order’s lifeblood,” Song corrected. “A resurgent Sacromonte with imperial ambitions would be just as dangerous, or even Izcalli being strong enough at sea to forcefully continue pushing eastwards into Old Liergan.”

Maryam pointedly cleared her throat.

“Tianxia has the wealth, sailing expertise and physical proximity that would give it reason and opportunity to make the attempt,” Song conceded. “They are certainly courting Asphodel the most aggressively of the great powers.”

She shrugged.

“That is why the Lord Rector has repeatedly put off the Watch’s attempts to inspect the shipyard, seizing upon every excuse to do so,” Song continued. “Once our orders has an understanding of what those shipyards can do, they can set terms and begin pressuring the Lord Rector to adhere to restrictions. Lord Rector Evander does not currently have the strength to refuse the Watch, should it exercise its full diplomatic might against him.”

It seemed to Angharad that the Watch would be wise to do so, but it was not the most salient detail here.

“So the Lord Rector is attempting to obtain foreign backing first,” Angharad said. “To strike a deal with Tianxia so that they will support him against the Watch afterwards.”

He had been very lucky, then, that some mugging gone wrong for a member of the delegation allowed him to push back that visit. Else by the time Angharad returned from the country word of the shipyard’s capacity would likely have reached the Rookery as well as whatever committee the Conclave had granted authority over this affair.

“It is a ploy that Brigadier Chilaca is entirely aware of, which is why he’s said nothing of the brewing coup,” Song continued. “From the perspective of the Watch, if an emboldened Lord Rector refuses to make terms it is better to allow the coup to take place and negotiate with a weaker replacement who will naturally be at odds with the powers that previously backed the Palliades.”

Angharad cocked her head to the side. That was a ruthless approach, but it was not dishonorable or senseless. It was also not within her means to influence, nor was it her duty to do so. Brigadier Chilaca’s maneuverings were none of her business.

“But withholding the information is no longer possible, given the circumstances,” she observed.

Song nodded.

“To identify the leadership ring of the cult is our contracted duty, so Chilaca will have no room to complain. We are only beginning, besides. There are more names to obtain before we can be said to have completed our task.”

“Normally we could squeeze the unmasked cultist for more names, but Lord Gule can’t be arrested on the word of single blackcloak,” Maryam sighed, rubbing the bridge of her nose. “We don’t have proof that’d hold up to the storm that imprisoning an ambassador of Malan would cause.”

She sounded, the Pereduri thought, perhaps a little too disappointed by that.

“Then I continue my investigation of their society,” Angharad said. “Until we have a name we can act on.”

Their captain nodded in agreement.

“Meanwhile I will be digging into the ciphered journal you obtained,” Song said. “And the letters too. That is, possibly, another way to fulfill our contract: if we find the physical preparations for the coup, we can grab cultists there.”

“Is there still a physical trail to follow?” Angharad asked. “The warehouse led to no further findings and the leads at court are a dead end – and now that we know the cultists there have refrained from taking suspicious boons on purpose, it seems to me that they have hidden deeply enough catching their tail will be difficult.”

“If Gule’s so sure the assassin wasn’t from the cult, there’s no need for Tristan to look into the Kassa warehouse where she took refuge,” Maryam noted. “We could recall him, plan together for the next step.”

“We only know that Lord Gule does not believe the assassin to have struck on behalf of the Golden Ram,” Song pointed out, to which Angharad approvingly nodded. “I would rather Tristan follow that trail to its end. Besides, Black House is not safe for him.”

Angharad blinked in surprise at that, getting a shake of the head from Maryam who mouthed that she’d explain later. Song drummed her fingers against the side of the chair.

“Maryam, when you visit the shipyard I need you to find out if there’s a feasible way for Lord Menander to be getting into it, or at least evidence suggesting he has,” Song said. “If you find either, then we can safely say he was not looking for the brackstone shrines by buying up the Eirenos papers. I would prefer to rule that out before we start making moves we can’t take back.”

The pale woman nodded.

“If I am to remain in Lord Menander’s good graces, I will need to make appearances in society,” Angharad told them. “Something to make up for my ruined reputation in the country.”

“Then we’ll arrange those,” Song said. “I have something else I need of you, but we can discuss that later.”

“And you?” Maryam asked her.

“If I thought the Brazen Chariot could be trusted to make inquiries on our behalf I would,” Song grimaced, “but they cannot. If we are to catch the cult through the coup it supports, then I will need to reach out to someone else that can help us down in the streets.”

Song Ren sighed.

“It is time, I’m afraid, to have a second chat with the Yellow Earth.”

It was easier than Song had feared to get a private meeting with Brigadier Chilaca.

It was not yet eight in the morning yet when she was ushered in by armed blackcloaks into one of the private solars Black House kept for the use of visiting officers, the door firmly closed behind her. It was not her first time meeting the brigadier, but she was still startled by the oddity of his looks. He had typical Aztlan features, a broad face with a flat nose and large ears, but he was almost skeletally thin beneath the neck. It made him look somewhat like a lantern hung on a stick. Chilaca was not ugly, not exactly, but he looked quite peculiar.

“Sit,” the officer ordered, gesturing as the seat across his desk. “With Angharad Tredegar’s return, I expect you have news for me.”

Song suppressed her irritation. The man was in no way entitled to receiving reports from the Thirteenth Brigade, which was a Scholomance cabal out on contract, but the increasing intertwining of his mandate as the leading Watch diplomat on Asphodel and the Thirteenth’s investigation meant she had to report to him with unpleasant regularity anyway. Still, she sat. There was nothing else for it.

He offered no refreshments and she asked for none.

Laying out their latest findings, that a cult was behind the brewing coup and that the Malani ambassador was a member of it, did not take overlong. Chilaca did not interrupt, waiting until she had finished to ask a few clarifying questions. He had passing interest in the nature of the cult, Song only grasping why after a moment.

“It could be argued that you fulfilled your contract by proving there is no such thing as the cult of the Golden Ram,” Brigadier Chilaca said. “It is not an insensible interpretation, I think.”

In other words, he was willing to back the Thirteenth’s contract having been ‘fulfilled’ if it meant sending her brigade back to Tolomontera where he would no longer trip all over their investigation while negotiating with the throne. It was an opening position and Song was certain she could have reached for the likes of a commendation or flattering reports, but she had no intention of going down that road. Chilaca did not run Scholomance, the Obscure Committee did.

Song doubted they would be impressed by the Thirteenth ducking out of its test at the first offered bribe.

“The name given to the cult is not the crux of the contract,” Song simply replied.

He clicked his tongue, disappointed but unsurprised.

“This is a complication,” the brigadier said. “Our own investigation into the coup did not hint at any Malani involvement.”

Song stilled.

“Your own investigation?”

The dark-eyed man frowned at her.

“You gave us credible evidence of a conspiracy that might potentially harm Watch interests,” he said. “I put the Krypteia on it the same day, Captain Song. Did you think I would simply ignore it?”

Song, to her mild shame, had thought exactly that.

“I was unaware of the investigation, sir,” she replied instead.

“There was no reason to keep you informed,” the Izcalli flatly said. “We had, at that time, no evidence that the conspiracy had ties to the cult.”

He leaned back into his seat, face gone severe.

“The Krypteia found three more warehouses that he men or materials and we believe there might be as many as seven hundred soldiers currently hiding in the capital.”

He drummed his fingers against the desk.

“Assuming at least half the capital nobles side with the coup and support it with their retinues, we could be looking at a force of between fifteen to eighteen hundred striking by surprise.”

Song swallowed. That was more than she had anticipated.

“If they can seize the lift into the palace, they will be able to sweep the lictor garrison there,” she said.

She knew their numbers were no more than three hundred, having personally cleared them with her contract, though given Prefect Nestor’s rumblings of needing more hands more might have been brought in from the city.

“That is our assessment as well,” Brigadier Chilaca said. “We thought them unlikely to succeed, but Lord Gule’s involvement changes things. The man has access to the palace and can call on resources like the Lefthand House. It is entirely feasible they will succeed, though their success will still depend heavily on the element of surprise.”

“Meaning that informing the Lord Rector strongly tips the balance his way,” Song observed.

The older man nodded.

“Which is why Evander Palliades will not be told anything until the shipyard visit takes place and the Watch’s negotiating position has been determined,” he said.

In other words, Brigadier Chilaca did not want Evander Palliades to be tipped off if it was in the best interests of the Watch to have him removed by the coup. Song gritted her teeth.

“Given the nature of our contract with the throne, it could be taken as dereliction of duty not to inform him,” Song replied.

“There is no mention of regular reports in your contract,” Brigadier Chilaca noted. “I should know, I had a copy pulled.”

It would have been hypocrisy to be irritated by that after having illegally accessed the delegation service records. Song was, thus, a bit of a hypocrite.

“The client has requested them,” she shot back.

The Izcalli considered her for a moment.

“I could make it an order,” he said.

“I am not your subordinate,” Song coldly replied. “And you have already interfered with the Thirteenth Brigade’s contracted duties repeatedly.”

She let it hang, unsaid, that further encroachment would result in formal complaints to the Obscure Committee. A man with his connections would be able to bury that, they both knew. But it would also have it put on paper that he had effectively arranged for the assassination of the Lord Rector of Asphodel, which was a dangerous thing to have known about you.

Brigadier Chilaca stared her down, then suddenly snorted.

“What do you want?” he asked. “I know a bargaining position when I see one.”

Song swallowed her grimace. He had read her right: it would be difficult for her to truly dig in her heels if the sum whole of the request made of her was to delay her reports by a few days. Even Wen was likely to order her to obey that. She only had so much leverage, and much as part of her wanted Evander to survive this she had higher responsibilities.

“I need amnesty paper for a member of my cabal,” Song said. “Pre-signed, the name left empty.”

The last part she had added purely to throw him off, and from the way his eyes tightened it had worked.

“What are you going to order your cabalist to do, Captain Ren?” the brigadier softly asked.

“Something that breaks the laws of the Watch,” she replied. “But is necessary nonetheless.”

“You know amnesty papers can be contested,” Brigadier Chilaca told her. “Abuse of them will be brought to the Conclave.”

The last thing they’ll want is to bring this to the Conclave, Song thought.

“I am aware,” Song replied.

Brigadier Chilaca looked at her again, then nodded.

“Then I will draft one immediately.”

Song did not smile, for this was a betrayal. Yet it was also the very opposite, because that amnesty was not for something yet to be done. It was to wipe the slate clean on the killing of Lieutenant Apurva when the Thirteenth came forward with the evidence about the Ivory Library.

Tristan ought to pleased, wherever he was: he had just gotten away with murder.

With Angharad whisked away by her uncle and Maryam requisitioned by the shipyard delegation so she might be schooled in the proper behavior by the diplomats, Song took a moment to ensure the message she had sent to the Tianxi embassy had gotten there before turning to her next task.

A duty she was rather looking forward to: vivisecting a cipher to peer at the secrets hidden behind it.

She settled in her room with a pot of tea and a polite request for the Black House servant to keep bringing fresh ones, cracking open the journal that Angharad had found for her. As the noblewoman had mentioned it was a mix of nonsense, numbers and Cycladic-seeming words.

Song could not read Cycladic, but she did not need to: Black House had a well-furnished library containing books on the language. It soon became clear that whoever had designed the cipher was no more fluent in the tongue than she was, anyhow. The few bits of sentence used were spelled without any regard to singulars and plurals, or even the tense of verbs. That made things simpler.

She was not looking at a Cycladic cipher, she suspected, but a cipher made using a Cycladic dictionary.

It took her a little under two hours to establish that it was not anything too complex, only a camouflaged substitution cipher. The first letter of every word in Cycladic was to be replaced by the next one in the traditional twenty-eight letter sequence of the Cycladic alphabet, all of them corresponding to the first letter of the twelve Asphodelian months. The other words were, she rather more easily grasped, all the first letter of the Cycladic terms for ‘powder’, ‘sphere’ or ‘stick’.

Gunpowder, cannon balls or muskets.

The first numbers next to the words were the date of arrival or departure for the goods being smuggled into Tratheke, though that took some work to figure out – the actual dates had to be figured out by subtracting the written numbers from one hundred, Song put together after another hour of tearing through books on ciphers. The second sets of numbers appeared to be weighted quantities of the goods being brought in.

The part she could not solve was the nonsense symbols sprinkled all over the records. Sometimes alone, sometimes two in a row and once even three in a line. Her best guess was that they represented people, either those shipping the goods or paying for them. Or perhaps a destination inside Tratheke? There was only so much she could deduce with what she had.

The picture painted was, well, troubling. Song sat in the candlelight with the best maps of Tratheke Valley and the surrounding mountains she had been able to obtain, estimating distances using the roads, and the conclusion was plain: the guns and powder were coming from inside the valley.

Given the periods of time marked down, the smuggled armaments could not be coming from the mountains. The roads were not good enough for the numbers to make sense if that was the case, and while Song could change the sum being subtracted from the ensuing results were then all much too long or much too short. Which meant somewhere out in Tratheke Valley there was a hidden workshop producing gunpowder and cheap muskets for what appeared to be the sole purpose of smuggling arms into the capital.

And there was something off about that. The plotters as described by Angharad were not united enough to keep this large a common endeavor quiet, and how could Evander have missed a band of noble houses setting up an arms workshop in his own backyard? Song did not know much about blackpowder production in Asphodel, however, so she sought out someone who did.

“Nobles didn’t build that,” Captain Wen Duan bluntly said, closing his book.

He looked interested enough to be giving her his full attention.

“How are you so certain?” Song asked.

“Because there’s only two sources of sufficiently pure sulfur on Asphodel,” he said. “One’s out west, near the tip of the island, under the shared ownership of four noble houses who run a powder workshop. The other is on the eastern rim of Tratheke Valley and owned by the crown. The vast majority of that latter sulfur is used to make the blackpowder for the royal fleet.”

And as sulfur was one of the main ingredients of black powder, a workshop dedicated to its production could not be founded without having secured a steady supply.

“So the sulfur used for this phantom workshop must be imported,” Song frowned.

“And it’s not the nobles who run trade fleets, or who have the Lordsport connections to smuggle in something as tightly watched as sulfur,” Captain Wen said. “This is the work of the Trade Assembly, or at least a few members of it.”

“But that’s absurd,” Song protested. “Why would the Trade Assembly be smuggling powder into the capital so their sworn enemies can employ in a coup?”

The criminals of the Brazen Chariot had mentioned that blackpowder was going for a fortune on the black market, but the amount of powder being brought into Tratheke could not possibly be used for anything but violence. The merchants bringing it into the capital, if skilled enough to build an entire arms workshop in the valley unseen, could not be fools enough not to realize this.

Wen shrugged.

“Nobles get started somewhere, Song,” he pointed out.

Her eyes narrowed.

“You think they were promised elevation to nobility,” she said.

“Some houses are going to be wiped out during the coup, if it goes through,” Captain Wen noted, cracking his book open again. “Raising a few magnates to the nobility to replace them will do a great deal to stabilize the aftermath of the violence.”

A disgusting notion, that some of Asphodel’s leading figures would betray their own to side with yiwu. Disgusting but not unbelievable. She had been raised to tales about how the elites of newly-liberated Jiushen – the Lost Eleventh – had betrayed the Republics and their own people by opening the city gates to an imperial army in exchange for special privileges.

Traitors could always be found, even when there were no war banners on the horizon.

Not so much disbelieving as discomforted, Song returned to her rooms and set aside that part of the journal. She turned instead to the correspondence Angharad had dutifully transcribed, grateful that the dark-skinned woman had a fine hand. It would have made it a great chore to read her words otherwise.

By all appearances this was nothing more than an exchange of letters between Lord Rector Hector Lissenos and his mistress, only known as ‘C. E.’, and the contents were a mixture of the literary and the lurid. Hector Lissenos had enjoyed being sat on by his mistress, evidently, but must not have seen her often for they often traded books and referred to passages therein as a form of flirtation.

Or had they?

Peering ahead in the sequence of twenty-four letters, Song found that every single letter had a literary reference containing the title book and a specific passage. She made a list of the titles and transcribed the passages on another paper, trying to find a cipher, but nothing jumped out. A visit to the Black House library yielded the knowledge that none of the mentioned books were on the shelves, which she had to admit was fair enough.

The letters dated back to the early Century of Dominion, a little under two hundred years ago.

No, if the key to the cipher was the mentioned volumes then Song would have to look elsewhere. It might be that the fortress at Stheno’s Peak might have a few, but there was one location nearly guaranteed to have them all: the rector’s palace. If not in the standard archives, then in the private ones. Which would mean asking the Lord Rector of Asphodel for permission, and likely visiting the palace on several occasions. No books were allowed out of the private archives, after all.

In a way it was a relief when she was told that a message had come back from the Tianxi embassy, as it forced her thoughts away from that particular prospect. The only thing the Yellow Earth sent back was a time and a place, out in the city well into the night.

Best get a nap in, Song decided, for it seemed she would not be getting much sleep tonight.

Tristan could not spare long for the work, not with the grueling day awaiting him on the morrow, but he made the time. He must, for his enemies would.

How to get around Tozi Poloko’s contract was an interesting puzzle to solve but also a frustrating one. Song’s translation of the full contract was clear: Tozi did not have to use her contract to know what was the mostly likely source for her death the next three hours, she always knew. That meant Tristan could not rely on her inattention to assassinate her, he had to find a way to trick the contract itself.

First, though, he must establish the opportunity to act. Finding out when the Nineteenth visited their safehouse in the southwestern district was not something he could do himself, given how his days were occupied, but it was easy enough to get one of the Black House servants to track their comings and goings for a bit of coin. From that he learned that every night half the brigade stayed over at that derelict house, and with a bit of legwork come night he was even able to learn why.

They were checking in on a particular mansion in the district at least twice a day, and had an arrangement with the lictors so an eye would kept on it at all times. Song had passed a message that they were looking to bait the contractor killer they were chasing, so odds were that the half of the Nineteenth staying out in town was there so it could come quicker should the bait be taken during the night.

That meant Tristan only had to wait for it to be Tozi’s turn in the rotation, which was easy enough given that the pairs always remained the same: Tozi and Izel, Cressida and Kiran. A lucky arrangement for him, that the two he feared the most would be paired together.

One he had a time and place, the difficult part was obtaining a creature that fit his needs but would not draw too much suspicion.

They’d been told that Tratheke was relatively light on vermin, by virtue of being a glorified giant metal box, and that was true despite entire swaths of the city being uninhabited. There were some animals who dwelled within the walls, though, and some of them were lethal to men. The mud viper was one of them, though its bite only killed half the time according to the locals and it was not a particularly aggressive snake.

Unless you force-fed it bullish grass, anyhow, which made the females of the species extremely sensitive and prone to biting anything warm close to them.

Cressida still put traps on the doors and window whenever she slept over, he’d checked, but the other two did not. The lock was simple enough to pick, and he’d just in case practiced several times to ensure he could do it noiselessly in the dark.

The door itself was creaky, so he opened it as little as he could and did not yet close it. The inside of the house was dark so Tristan waited, crouched, and let himself grow used to the lack of light. Once he could make out his surroundings again he picked up the small box he had brought and made for the stairs. Step after step, creeping silently and pricking his ear. Silence.

The hallway was empty, but to his surprise the ‘bedroom’ door where he had seen the bedrolls was open. He supposed there was no point in closing it if both Tozi and Izel were sleeping inside. Quieting his breath, he crawled to the edge of the door and paused there – he could hear two people breathing, slow and steady. Still sleeping. Rising into a crouch, Tristan brought out the small wooden box and took the lid in hand: the moment he opened it the maddened mud viper tried to smash its way out and he almost dropped the whole thing.

Gritting his teeth he opened the lid all the way, aiming it so the snake slithered into the bedroom, and then put the box between it and his hand so it could not turn to bite him. He backed away hastily, keeping an eye on the brown-scaled viper as it hesitated a moment before it slid deeper into the room. More warmth there, as he’d planned.

Tristan hightailed it out of there as quickly as he could, box in hand, but he’d only reached the door when the shout came. A woman’s voice. He calmly closed the door behind him, sliding the lock back in place, and hid in the empty house next to the Nineteenth’s rental. Now he only had to wait.

Shouting continued, and lights were lit, but no one ran out of the house to go fetch a physician. Tristan sighed. Another sigh resounded from his side.

“Didn’t work,” Fortuna said. “You think her contract woke her?”

She was standing beneath the hole in the ceiling, the glow of some distant light bathing her golden hair in pale.

“I think when the source of her death abruptly changed, it interrupted her sleep,” Tristan said. “It won’t be as simple as catching her while her eyes are closed.”

“They’ll have their guard up now,” the goddess warned.

“Will they?” he asked. “At first, maybe. But the house is full of holes, the snake is not an uncommon sight in Tratheke and the species attacks it feels threatened. So long as I lay off for a time, their guard will lower again.”

Fortuna hummed, looking interested.

“You have another idea?”

“Something like that,” Tristan said. “If I can’t sneak around the contract, then can I overwhelm it?”

The easiest answer was to drug their water with something that would not kill but paralyze them, but there was always the chance that the contract would identify that as a source of death anyhow. A two-part poison would be seen right through, and odds were that a poison becoming lethal on accumulated doses over time would be warned of just before it became lethal. No, before committing to a final plan he needed to discern the limits of the enemy god’s insight. The Three Hundred Ninety-Ninth Brother would warn Tozi about a poison, he knew this.

But how would it warn her of multiple, identical and simultaneous poisons?

That Hao Yu would be waiting for her near the gutted ruin in the northwestern ward was only to be expected, but Song had hoped that Ai would be absent. Alas, it was not to be. The contractor, whose true name was ‘Dongmei’, lurked in the shadows along with the head of the local Yellow Earth sect.

“You’re late,” Ai called out.

“I am early,” Song evenly corrected. “Master Yu, good evening.”

“And to you,” the small man replied. “Come, I have something to show you.”

Though Song had coached her language carefully in the letter she sent, requesting help in ‘finding lost property’ instead of what she truly sought, she had expected something more elaborate than the small, worn pawn shop that Hao Yu led them to. Perhaps it was only a meeting place. The owner, a large bald man by the name of Min, ushered them in though his shop was closed.

“Min is a friend of the cause,” Hao Yu told her. “The back of his shop holds something of interest, you will see.”

What it held, Song found, was a cluttered room of useless trinkets with a large flat stone in the middle that was used to hold up a table. Ai set aside said table, then with Min’s help pushed off the stone – revealing a dark, stinking hole.

“This leads into the sewers, I take it,” Song said.

“What Tratheke uses as sewers, anyhow,” Min jovially replied. “They are quite overlarge for such a purpose.”

They changed, plain clothes having been set aside for all of them so they would not stink of sewage later. They took turns behind a paper screen, and once they were done Hao Yu produced a small bronze watch from his clothes, watching the needle turn for a moment. He nodded to himself.

“We must move now,” he said. “The water gate will only be closed for so long.”

There was an iron ladder welded into the wall, so going down into the sewers was quite easy. Song could see what Min had meant: this was quite spacious for sewers, and though the hall was rounded it was still a rather high ceiling. It also stank much less than she would have thought, more like a filthy alley than the literal river of filth she had been expecting. The water channel running through the hall was shallow, and though the water was dirty it was recognizably water still.

Ai took the lead down there, a hooded lantern in hand, while Song followed behind with Master Yu.

“The city uses the canals to flush out the filth,” he told her. “There is an entire network of water gates that balance the levels. We’ve learned the hours some of them are used, and the paths this reveals.”

They must have a dozen more discreet shops like this spread over the city, Song thought, that would allow them to use those hidden roads beneath the ground. Only it was not to the surface that they headed to, but towards the northwestern corner of the great box that was Tratheke. They must have hurried for the better part of a half hour before Ai called a halt, hooding the lantern further until only a small slice of light was emitted.

They crept down the hall, turning a corner, and then Song found a thick iron grid warding entrance into a room. Ai killed the lantern outright and Hao Yu gestured for her to go to the grid. Through the iron barrier Song saw that the channel in the ground continued into a large room, whose ceiling seemed to be fed by brass-like pipes. The rain must have come through there from the surface.

But it was the rest of the room that she paid attention to, because it was a mass of small cells gated by thick iron bars with locks on them. And those cells were packed to the brim.

There must be more than a hundred people down there, Song thought, crammed tight in cells meant to hold half that many. Half-starved in this pit reeking of piss and shit and vomit. She could hear children coughing, the moans of the feverish and the quiet weeping of the desperate. This place was not a prison, it was a monument to cruelty.

“Who are they?” Song whispered.

“Hostages,” Ai quietly replied. “Family to city guards or officials. Even some criminals. They took some nobles too, but those are kept in a different place. Nicer.”

“They even took their own families hostage?” Song asked, genuinely disgusted.

“Did you not wonder how the noble conspirators – traitors even among yiwu – were able to funnel men and weapons into the capital for the better part of a year without one turning on the others?” Hao Yu asked.

His voice was calm, and as he leaned against the wall he seemed almost indifferent. The shaved head, the plucked eyebrows, they should have made his face more expressive but instead they had whittled away expressions. It was his eyes that gave it all away: the violent hatred there for what he beheld, the kind of blaze that could only come from genuine indignation.

There was much that Song disliked about the Yellow Earth, but she would never deny that they believed. They had seen the ugliness in Vesper, the promise of the Feichu Tian – all are free under Heaven – gone unfulfilled and instead of making excuses they’d picked up a spear. She could hate their excesses, and did, but never as much as she would hate the evil they’d set out to quell.

“It is monstrous,” Song said, fingers clenching.

Hao Yu fished out a small bronze watch, ticking on silently, and frowned.

“We must go,” he said. “The water gate will open again soon.”

Song’s eyes stayed on the pity of misery, jaw clenching. She saw more than they could, with those silver eyes of hers that cared for neither dark nor light. Looking at the pus leaking down the wrist of a boy that could not be more than four, her jaw clenched. She could make out the tremors of his arm, smell the foulness in the air.

A single death would be too light a punishment for those who had done this.

Ai roughly grabbed her shoulder, though for once her face was not set in a scowl as she did. Giving in despite the sick feeling in her belly, Song let herself be tugged away. They fled back the way they had come, through the shallow sewage water and the too-wide tunnels, and not a moment too soon: the water had begun to rise out of the channel by the time they reached the ladder, lapping at their feet.

Min pushed the stone aside for them, pulling them into his shop, and provided soap and water to wash off the worst of the stink before they changed back into their street clothes. There was a pot of tea on, some cheap Someshwari leaf, and after setting it out for them along with a small bowl of sticky candies he left and closed the door. The candies were quite dry and hard, probably old, but Song was just glad for anything to eat.

Between that and downing the first cup of tea, it almost washed off the taste that lingered in her mouth.

Hao Yu methodically poured tea for everyone, even Ai who instead of sitting leaned back against the wall with her arms crossed, and kindly waited for Song to begin sipping at her second cup of tea before he spoke.

“I first served among our brethren in Izcalli,” Hao Yu said. “Not one of the sects concerning itself with the candles – that is better left to more martial men than I – but one of those seeking to lay the foundation of a Sunflower Lord’s unseating.”

He paused.

“When I came to Asphodel, fresh from those experiences, part of me thought of it as… not a rest, but a recess of sorts,” the small man said. “How could the aristocrats of this small, fading power compare to the horrors committed by the very Princes of War?”

Hao Yu sipped at his cup, then set it down.

“I learned better, over the years,” he said. “It does not matter whether the crown is great or small. Everywhere that birth can decide that some are men and others not, evil seeps through the cracks. Everywhere.”

“How many in the Council of Ministers are involved?” Song hoarsely asked.

“Enough,” Ai snorted. “And your bosom friend the Lord Rector is no better, Ren.”

Her eyes flicked to Hao Yu, who inclined his head.

“The lictors have silenced at least six souls that we know of who might have had insights on where the entrance to his shipyard lies. Regardless of whether or not the acquisition of that knowledge was accidental.”

Ai laughed unkindly.

“One was a boy of fifteen, a shoe-shiner who we think overheard his betters talk,” she said. “We found his body in a canal.”

Song tried to tell herself it might have been Prefect Nestor, but she could barely finish the sentence even in her own mind. The old prefect was arrogant and blustering but not the sort of man to order the death of a boy without his master’s approval. Song thought back not to the same man she walked through the streets arguing with but to the Lord Rector, the canny-eyed man behind the desk that had granted the Thirteenth audience that first day.

That man, Song thought, he would give the order and not think about it twice.

“I have no illusions as to the kind of man Evander Palliades is,” she evenly replied. “There can be no good king.”

Hao Yu nodded in approval at the quoting of the Feichu Tian, but Ai looked dismissive and snorted again. Much as her attitude rubbed Song raw, the other woman had a point. Song had spent a great deal of time in Evander’s company, and the amount of it where she had wondered what it would be like to kiss him now burned her in her belly like embers of shame.

“He has more respect for what lies under Heaven than his former regent, if largely out of weakness,” Hao Yu said. “The years under Apollonia Floros were darker.”

Song cocked her head to the side.

“I have heard much of her honor and skill as a ruler,” she said, undertone conveying her skepticism about that.

When nobles talked about how honorable one of their own was, it meant that aristocrat was respecting their societal code. Not that they were behaving in a way that any halfway reasonable person would call honorable.

“She treated merchants like a second purse and worked prisoners to death rebuilding the capital,” Ai sneered.

Rebuild? Ah, the attempted coup by Lord Rector Evander’s uncle that Minister Floros had famously put down before assuming the regency. There must have been damage from the fighting.

“Her policies sought to run out of business any trader competing with a noble house for business,” Hao Yu mildly said. “Regardless of whether this improved the lot of the people of Asphodel. She also banned the trade of luxury goods without a license so she could rent these at extortionate prices.”

And his motive for bringing this up was clear as spring water.

“You fear it will be worse should the conspirators seat her on the throne,” Song said.

“Even assuming a largely bloodless coup, she will then spend the following few years effectively sacking the country,” the small man said. “Ambassador Guo has expressed concern at the possibility that merchant fleets will be confiscated outright.”

Which would be a concern for Tianxia, considering the main trading partner of those fleets were the Republics. None of this, however, would be of concern to the Watch. The Conclave’s sole answer to learning of civil strife in Asphodel would be sending more blackcloaks to Stheno’s Peak in anticipation of a glut of contracts on the island. Hao Yu would know this, and still this conversation had taken place.

“You want something from me,” Song stated.

“I do,” Hao Yu politely agreed, reaching inside his plain robe. “The first of my requests is that you read this letter.”

Song’s brow rose but she took the folded paper he handed her. The handwriting was unfamiliar but the characters were neat and crisp, a sign learning. It was Yellow Earth correspondence. Someone going by the moniker of ‘Incense’ was corresponding with someone called ‘Bamboo’, presumably Hao Yu himself. Incense wrote of agitation in Jiushen, some karmaka reincarnate having seized power in the region, but it was the second half of the letter that claimed Song’s attention.

It was about a band of royalist traitors seen crossing the northern border of Jigong into the Someshwar, three of which were identified by name. And nestled between the first and last names was one that had Song’s blood running cold: Haoran Ren.

Her second eldest brother.

Suddenly the room felt cramped, closing from all sides. Gods, gege, the royalists? A pack of traitors backed by foreigners who want to bloodily return the rule of kings. What could Haroan have been thinking, to sign up with Tianxia’s most despised traitors? In some ways he had it the worst of them, having been in Mother’s belly that day when their grandfather caused the Dimming. There had always been an anger in her brother, a sense that he was being punished for his birth, but this was not an answer.

It was adding ink to the spill.

Song’s hands clenched around her teacup. She set down the letter, carefully folding it, and pushed it across the table.

“Interesting,” she said.

Her calm was paper-thin, and like a sheet of paper they saw right through it.

“This is not a threat,” Hao Yu assured her. “I have no influence over whether an attempt to kill him will be made.”

“Consider me reassured,” Song thinly replied.

“What I can say,” the small man continued, “is that your brother’s presence with the royalists is at risk of being made known in order to tar their reputation when they choose to carry out their next plot.”

How despicable her bloodline must be, Song thought, that they would be the ones to tar the royalists instead of the other way around. Even among pools of mud, some sorts were filthier than others.

“Haoran may yet come to his senses,” she began, then forced herself to continue. “If he does not, then the consequences will be on his head.”

Ai laughed.

“The royalists did the Dimming,” she said, playing it up like she was addressing a crowd. “The Ren were royalists the whole time, the Old Devil did it on the Maharaja’s order.”

Song went still, breath caught in her throat. She was going to throw up. Gods, if that rumor was put out… She could save all of Vesper nine times and still everyone with a speck of Ren blood in their veins would be cursed to howling death.

“I have no influence over your brother’s fate,” Hao Yu repeated. “What influence I do have is wielded through the courtesies of the Yellow Earth.”

“I do not understand,” Song croaked out.

“Sects make an attempt not to interfere with each other’s plans,” the small man said. “Should I, for example, promote Song Ren to the people as a heroine of Tianxia…”

“The other sects would refrain from dragging my brother into the public’s eye,” she completed. “Not to endanger your work.”

She closed her fist. They had her. He had her. All it would take for him to undo everything she could ever accomplish was to stay silent.

“What do you want?” Song bit out.

“Information,” Hao Yu replied. “We will not allow Apollonia Floros to rule Asphodel. I would have from you reports on the measures taken by the Lord Rector and the Watch to keep him on the throne.”

That was, Song thought, a small price to pay. Too small a price.

“And what would prevent you,” she said, “from asking more of me?”

Ai pushed off the wall.

“Nothing,” she smiled. “But then only one of us is from a family of traitors twice over, is she? We’re not the side that needs to prove it’s trustworthy.”

Hand on the chisel, Song told herself. Only with every breath, every thought, every look at that sneering zealot and that calm-faced liar, she could feel her fingers slip. The last of her composure filtering through them like sand. She had to leave, to find a cold and empty place where she could close her eyes and think.

Rudely, she pushed away from the table and rose.

“You have given me much to think on,” Song said.

Hao Yu inclined his head.

“There is no hurry,” he said. “Consider your options.”

“Tic, toc,” Ai sang out, the heinous bitch. “Don’t think for too long, Ren.”

The man sent her a quelling look, which she only laughed it.

“You know how to contact us,” Hao Yu said. “A pleasant night to you, Song Ren.”

It was rudeness after rudeness, but Song left without a word. Strode out of there onto the street, ignoring whatever it was Min said to her as she rushed out of his shop, and kept moving as fast as she could without running. She wasn’t sure how long she kept at it, but by the time she stopped her legs were aching and there was sweat running down her back.

Feeling the occasional curious look from the few people out on the street, Song ducked out into an alley.

She turned a corner deeper away from the avenue, finding herself in a dirty dead end of brass walls and boarded-up windows. Song leant her forehead against the wall, closing her eyes, and breathed in. In and out, slowing her heartbeat. She felt like throwing up. Gods, but she could not even hate the Yellow Earth for this. They could not have done a fucking thing, if her own fucking brother had not decided to betray all of Tianxia.

And for what, some pat on the back by some Someshwari raja that’d put a musket in his hand and send him back south to slaughter his countrymen? Was this all so he could have an excuse to shoot at Tianxi, at the people who hated him for being born? Well, they hated Song too and she’d not whined about it. She’d taken action to fix things instead of drinking herself to death or, apparently, turning traitor!

Song slammed a fist against the wall and screamed, screamed until her lungs ached and enough of the storm had bled out she could remember to be afraid of someone coming to look.

“Do I not bear enough stones on my back, brother, that you would go looking for more?” she finally breathed out, panting.

“Ha! Hilarious.”

Blood still high, Song turned. Ai, grinning like some malevolent cat. Dongmei, her true name was, and she almost felt like throwing that in the other woman’s face to see if that wiped off the grin.

“Leave,” she bit out instead. “I have nothing more to say t-”

It took half a heartbeat.

Song’s only warning was when Ai’s eyes turn a cloudy green, as if suddenly covered by cataracts, then the shell erupted from a line crossing down her body. It looked, Song, thought, like green-glazed pottery. Not quite jade or stone, and she got a glimpse of the mask settling over the face – a hungry ghost, with its knotted brow and fat lips curving downwards with a jutting pointed tooth on either side – before the contractor’s hand was on her throat.

Song was slammed against the wall hard enough she saw stars, held up by Ai like she was some insolent kitten. Snarling and choking she reached for her sword but her enemy only laughed.

“Good, then you can shut up and listen.”

The voice came out distorted through the mask, as if rasped out. The shell that looked like glazed pottery, it only covered Ai’s front – stopped two thirds of the way up her head, but on the sides only a few inches past the hipbones.

Song slashed at her blindly around the hip, aiming for flesh, but the steel bounced off the shell with a sound like she had hit stone. It didn’t even leave a mark.

“Now, Hao he thinks you could be good for us,” Ai said. “That cultivating a friend in the Watch, a covenanter at that, it’ll pay off down the line. That it’ll be worth burning a few favors putting in a good word for you.”

Song was choking, and spat on the mask. The other woman casually slapped the sword out of her grip even as her vision began swimming. So strong, and quick enough she crossed the alley’s length in a heartbeat. Gods, what sort of a contract was this?

Ai dropped her and Song fell on her knees, desperately gasping for hair.

“Me?” the contractor continued. “I see a filthy little opportunist that fled the coop. One who’s making cows eyes at a king, who picked up a crippled Malani noble for the bragging rights and drinks with a Sunflower Lord’s daughter.”

“You’re mad,” Song spat out.

“Come now,” Ai laughed, the voice oddly smoky. “Did Tozi Poloko think using her mother’s name was enough to fool us? You’re drinking with the granddaughter of the man who set Caishen’s countryside aflame and you thought we wouldn’t notice? She’s a lot higher up on our lists than the Ren.”

Tozi. Tozi? And it came together, all at once. Captain Tozi, whom the son of a prominent general like Doghead Coyal still deferred to. Who allowed the authority of superior officers with a sort of bemused tolerance and treated her own patron like someone she could chide. Izel had good as told her, she realized, when he mentioned the Ivory Library had connections to great nobles of Izcalli. There were none greater than the Sunflower Lords, save for the king of Izcalli himself.

“Oh, you didn’t know,” Ai mused, looking down on her. “So an incompetent opportunist on top of the rest.”

She tried to get up, but she was kicked back down into the dirt. Ai had made no distance, not attempt to make room. The contractor feared nothing she could do.

“Stay down, yiwu,” Ai said. “You don’t need to be on your feet: this isn’t a conversation.”

She leaned in, pottery mask looming over Song.

“You’re going to give Hao everything he asks for,” Ai ordered. “Because if you don’t, I’ll be going over his head and sending Incense a letter about how Song Ren is sabotaging us in Asphodel. And to the sect in Mazu too, while I’m at it. That is where your little nest of traitors is these days, isn’t it?”

Rage flared.

“If you lay one finger on my family-”

It took her a moment to realize what had happened – she’d been slapped across the face, only it felt like someone had slammed a door into it. Any harder and a tooth would have come loose. She was on the ground, sprawled.

“Do as you are told or die,” Ai plainly said, “and the rest of your filthy bloodline with you.”

Song swallowed a shout of pain, the entire side of her face stinging now that the surprise had passed.

“Yes, you’ll talk,” the contractor said. “And when the time comes, you’ll do me one more favor.”

She stepped back.

“Do that, Song Ren, and I’ll even let Hao drag your name an inch out of the mud without a protest.”

And then she was gone, leaving Song sprawled in the dirt with a swelling face and more rage than she knew what to do with.

Chapter 55

The thing about being the lowest rung on the ladder was that everyone stepped on you.

It was Tristan’s fourth day as a Kassa traveling man, which meant he was still swallowing an awful lot of boot: there hadn’t been a single trip across the city where he wasn’t the one hanging onto the back of the carriage and he’d thrice been volunteered to clean vomit or horseshit. The pay, to be honest, wasn’t great. Four coppers a day, one of which went to the injury fund, and then an additional twelve if he made it to the end of the month.

Staying with the company for longer raised your salary, but most traveling men only lasted a month or two. It was a rough, exhausting job and its veterans were a tight-knit group that cared little for outsiders. Tristan genuinely could not tell if he was being hazed or they were attempting to push him out. The Kassa family kept about forty traveling men, which was at least ten less than they needed, and of these a quarter were what the veterans called ‘ermanos’.

The sobriquet was a mix of the Cycladic word for ballast and Antigua for sibling and was used as a shorthand for dead weight. If you dropped a crate? Fucking ermano. If you showed up late? Ermano thinks this is a vacation. You didn’t pay for the first round of drinks? Typical ermano. On account of being Sacromontan Tristan got ridden twice as hard as the other newcomers, some of which even joined in to keep the heat off them.

Still, there was a rough sense of fairness to how the Kassa men did things. To his honest surprise, the injury fund truly was that: if anyone crippled themselves or were forced to rest by sickness then the injury fund was spent to support them. When one of the other newcomers, a sly little shit by the name of Eugenios, tried to get Tristan blamed for his having put the wrong crate on the cart the foreman looked into it and slugged the liar into the stomach when the lie was outed.

Eugenios got the worst duties for the rest of the day and got ribbed for being ‘more dishonest than a Sacromontan’. It warmed the cockles of his heart how genuinely despised the Six were around here, even if as usual the shit of the infanzones had ended up splashing his boots.

The fourth day started as all the others had: show up an hour before dawn at the workshop, share a plate of flatbread and olives more for the ritual than for need, then spill out in the alley for assignments. The four foremen called out their traveling men for the day, splitting the lots until early afternoon when the crews reunited and there was a shuffle for the day’s second work order. Tristan still kept an eye on the distribution, it was useful to discern the cliques, but no longer paid attention to his own name.

He always ended up with Nikias, a mustachioed bastard of a man who looked like someone had built a barn door out of horse leather. Nikias took most of the ermanos in his crew, the rest going to whatever foreman had taken a shine to them or wanted to try them out on a job. Nikias, naturally, thus ended up getting assigned the worst jobs – not that he seemed to mind. If anything, he appeared to take a twisted sort of pride in it.

“Oi. You listening, Ferrando?”

Tristan twitched, turning to the old man addressing him. Temenos, the white-haired elder of the Kassa traveling men – thirty years in a job that broke your back in twenty gave one standing in spades. He coughed.

“Of course, sir,” he lied.

“Then get in the line, you idiot,” Temenos bluntly said.

Hiding his surprise, he fell in with the man’s crew. Temenos and his nine always got the Lordsport runs, which were hard work loading and unloading the goods but otherwise a restful ride. It was seen, with good reason, as the plum assignment. It was a job that an ‘ermanos ‘like him shouldn’t be getting anywhere near, and he caught Eugenios glaring at him from the corner of his eye. Had he done something to catch the old man’s eye? They’d hardly traded more than a dozen sentences over the last few days.

After an hour moving the goods into the three carts began rolling south towards Lordsport – the wool cloth wasn’t so bad, but the Kassa also sold shrine idols of some wealth god from southern Tianxia made in Asphodelian marble and those were brutal to move. As a useless newcomer Tristan wasn’t going to be trusted leading the horses so he had expected to spend the trip wedged in between crates, but instead he was sent to sit by one of the drivers: Temenos himself.

Something was off.

The mostly toothless old man took his Izcalli snuff religiously every hour, snorting up the ground tobacco. Tristan personally thought it smelled horrid – it wasn’t the expensive scented snuff nobles used, which was somewhat easier on the nose – but some of the other traveling men had told him that when Temenos got off the stuff the usually pleasant old man turned into a veritable monster.

More worrying than the unpleasant smell was that Temenos took the time to show him the basics of cart driving, how long he could and should run the horses as well as the easiest path out of the capital. Tristan made himself an attentive pupil, the entire time awaiting the drop of the other shoe. It came, in a manner of speaking, shortly after they passed the city gates.

The old man opened his worn wooden box, snorted deep of the snuff and put it away with a roll of his shoulder.

“So,” Temenos said. “We have questions.”

Tristan cleared his throat.

“Questions?”

“Yeah,” Temenos grunted. “It’d be for the best if you answered them, Ferrando.”

Tristan glanced back, finding that the men in the other carts conspicuously all had cudgels near their hands. Ah. 

“Well,” he said, “you have my attention, Temenos.”

“The Shoulderbones recommended you,” the old man said, “but I asked around: none of our friends there know who in Sculler’s name you’re supposed to be. Only those up high, and they’re not saying shit.”

Of course they wouldn’t. Tristan had robbed the account books of the most brutal – and richest – moneylender in the northeastern ward without her noticing in exchange for the Brazen Chariot negotiating on his behalf with the Shoulderbones to get that recommendation. I’d taken him a day to case the place and another to rob it unseen, much longer than he’d wanted since now that he’d stopped sleeping at Black House he had to arrange his own accommodations.

“I came in from another basileia,” he said. “They made a deal.”

“It’s what we figured,” Temenos said. “But the thing is, Ferrando, we don’t like the basileia boys. They make trouble, and a lot of them think because they know someone they can get away with laziness.”

His jaw clenched.

“I have not been lazy,” Tristan replied, anger not entirely feigned.

“You haven’t,” the old man agreed. “Which is why we’re having this talk all nice and friendly, instead of in an alley with double black eyes and a knife at your throat.”

Keeping anger on his face, the thief let his mind whirl. This looked bad, at first glance, yet it was the contrary. They would not bother to look into him if they weren’t looking to keep him around. He scoffed.

“Let’s just get this over with,” he said.

Temenos eyed him lazily.

“Young men and their pride,” he said, shaking his head, then let the amusement fade. “What’s a Sacromontan doing in bed with a basileia?”

Fortunately, Tristan had come equipped with a plethora of lies that the Brazen Chariot had been instructed to regurgitate if needed. He sighed, as if put upon.

“You ever hear about the Meng-Xiaofan?” he asked.

Temenos nodded.

“Tianxi criminals,” Temenos said. “They’ve tried to get a foot in the Lordsport, but the Trade Assembly’s got their own mules for drugs and they don’t want foreigners getting a cut.”

“In Sacromonte they have more than a foot,” Tristan said. “And they tried to get more, push into the Murk and deal there, but they lost some toes trying.”

Temenos looked him up and down.

“Tianxi, are you?” he drily asked.

“I’m Murk,” Tristan replied. “But I knew the twins that were running that expansion, and when it went belly up they were hung out to dry – and that splashed on everyone they did business with.”

He’d burn a candle for Lan and Jun tonight, a sacrifice to the Rat King, for the twins were to be a helping hand from beyond the grave. If the Kassa knew people in Sacromonte, which they likely did, then they could check up on the story.

“I wasn’t eager to get my throat cut, so I took a ship out as far as I could,” Tristan continued. “I know some people who knew people, so I emptied the last of my pockets getting that recommendation.”

Temenos grunted.

“Why the Kassa? Why the traveling men?”

“I didn’t want to step in piss all day by joining as a fuller,” Tristan said. “And, well, the Kassa weren’t actually my first choice.”

The old man looked surprised.

“I looked into the Euripis warehouses first, on Charon, but then I heard about that one foreman…”

“Ah,” Temenos said, then eyed him skeptically. “Not sure you’re pretty enough to draw that fucker’s eye, but I can understand not wanting to risk it.”

The old man hummed, then struck out with his whip to quicken the horses again. Tristan looked back at the other carts and found the cudgels were being put away.

“That’s it?” he asked.

“That’s it,” Temenos said. “Pay attention, you’ll be driving the horses on the way back.”

“I thought there would be more questions,” Tristan said.

“We’ll check on your story,” the old man shrugged. “But I’m not your father, Ferrando. If you’re not trouble I don’t care.”

The story would hold up even better when asked about, he’d made sure of that. The Brazen Chariot, after all, was a smuggling basileia. It would be entirely believable that Tristan’s supposed Meng-Xiaofan ties had put him in contact with them.

“Back to Nikias tomorrow, then,” he drily said. “It was good while it lasted.”

Temenos eyed him like he was a fool.

“I didn’t pick your name out of a hat, boy,” he said. “You got twice as much shit as the rest of the ermanos and still put in twice as much work. Make it to the end of the week like this and we’ll see about getting you in properly – you’ve got all your teeth and you speak well, it’ll make you useful with the dockmasters at Lordsport.”

It was an odd thing, but Tristan would admit to feeling somewhat proud about that. For all that it had been for the purposes of deception, he had put in the work.

“Because you liked my answers,” he said.

Temenos snorted, then nodded.

“And if you hadn’t liked them?” Tristan dared to ask.

The old man gave a toothless smile.

“Then you fell off the cart and got run over,” Temenos said. “Tragic accident, it was.”

Well. That motivated him to keep paying attention to the lessons, if nothing else. He was being let in on the veteran crowd, by the looks of it. Good. Once he was in, he could sketch out who the inner circle was.

And when he had that, he had the trail he must follow.

While objectively Maryam knew that Lord Rector Evander Palliades was a clever and ruthless king, it was hard to think of him that way when he kept looking like a kicked puppy whenever she showed up to give the reports instead of Song.

While the bespectacled man always forced himself to pay attention to the latest word from the Thirteenth – which was mostly that leads were being run down by Tristan and Tredegar – it was also quite blatant that he wanted to get the reports out of the way as fast as possible so he could get to bribing Maryam with fresh burek and raspberry jam pastries.

They called burek by a different name here, and didn’t put potatoes in it, but the recipe was basically the same. It had significantly raised her esteem of Asphodel, because no people who made decent burek could be entirely without saving graves.

Polishing the last of the layered cheese-and-egg pastry under the Lord Rector’s vigilant eye, she set down her fork as the man rang a small bell to have her empty plate taken away and a dessert plate brought in to replace it. They even topped off her wine while at it. It was a hard job, reporting to the Lord Rector. Sometimes she had to take naps afterwards. Maryam watched the servants discreetly exit, their ruler barely acknowledging their presence, and leaned back into her seat.

Well, she had been bribed good and proper. Now came the price. First her own part of it. The bespectacled man set a leather-bound journal on the table, dipping his steel-tipped pen in a pot of ink before turning a look on her. Maryam bit into her delicious pastry, regally getting powdered sugar all over her chin. It was really good raspberry jam.

“You last mentioned that the Triglau are not a single people but three,” Evander Palliades said. “Might you elaborate on this?”

Maryam swallowed as quietly as she could, which was not very, and wiped the sugar powder off her face with the born grace of a princess of Volcesta.

“I am Izvorica,” Maryam told him. “The Izvoric are – were – the people dwelling in the lowlands of the continent we call Juska. The lowlands were bordered by the sea and a great plateau, the only way through which was the Great Gates.”

“The same now known as the Broken Gates,” the Lord Rector half-asked.

She nodded. Maryam had best not speak of that, else a sea’s worth of venom about the Malani would spill past her lips.

“These were maintained by the People of the Gate, the Skrivenic, while past them dwell the great kingdoms of the highlands whose people are known as the Toranjic.”

“And of these peoples the Izvoric were the greatest?” he asked.

Maryam shook her head.

“The Skrivenic were never many, though of great wealth, but there are ten Toranjic for every Izvoric and some of their fortresses have walls built by the Ancients. The Malani would have broken their teeth trying to take a bite, it is no wonder they preferred to break the Gates than risk it.”

His hand paused before the pen reached the paper.

“The Kingdom of Malan,” he said, “claims it is the Triglau who broke the gates.”

Maryam snorted, dismissive.

“My people were pleading for help from the highlands while Malan sacked our cities and burned our groves,” she said. “Why would we break our own Gates? Besides, my own mother – a practitioner of the Craft of high rank – commonly spoke of it as being Malani work in public. None ever contradicted her.”

Maryam had no doubt the Toranjic kings would have bled the Izvoric dry for their help, and likely made vassals of quite a few cities, but the highlanders were warlike men who relished in the fight. Their fortress-cities clashed with each other almost as much as they did with the hollows that dwelled in the bleak lands beyond their own.

The Lord Rector did not look entirely convinced but put it to ink regardless.

It pleased Maryam somewhat to be correcting Malani lies, though she was not sure that Evander Palliades would live long enough to finish a book – or that it would spread beyond this isle, even if he did. Still, she had only so much tolerance for speaking of the past and had told the man as much. He’d not argued, considering what it was he really wanted to talk about. Or, rather, who.

The Lord Rector pushed up his glasses and cleared his throat, embarrassed but not embarrassed enough not to ask.

“Poetry,” he said. “What does she like?”

She set down her dessert, humming as she sifted through her memories.

“She owns a book by Pingyang Zong,” Maryam noted. “One of her favorites, I think.”

It was certainly worn enough to have been read often.

“Really?” the Lord Rector exhaled, looking pleased.

Maryam cocked an eyebrow at him and he coughed into his fist.

“Lady Zong wrote much of drinking under moonlight and love affairs,” Lord Rector Evander explained. “I am merely surprised.”

‘Surprised’. Sure he was.

“The only other I can recall is titled ‘Ruina’,” she said. “It’s from… Alaria, or something of the sort?”

“Ilaria,” the bespectacled man corrected. “The preeminent poetess out of Sacromonte, the reckoning of most. Ruina is one of her finest works, though not her most popular. It is very maudlin.”

The steel tip tapped around the paper, as if the Lord Rector of Asphodel was debating how to transmute sad Lierganen poetry into smooth seduction.

Now, it might seem like Maryam was selling out her captain for jam pastries. Really good jam pastries, mind you. But the truth was that there was a little more at play. The dais under Evander Palliades’ throne was being gnawed at by rebels, but for now the man was still the greatest authority in the land. And so long as he believed he might have a chance at seducing Song, he was quite amenable to the Thirteenth Brigade.

It was the sort of thing that might come in quite useful if, say, they needed to get the head of the Watch’s diplomatic delegation to Asphodel removed because he was trying to get Tristan abducted on behalf of some sinister conspiracy.

Anyhow, Maryam wouldn’t have entertained the notion if she didn’t suspect that somewhat Song wanted to be seduced in the first place. You didn’t sit down alone on brothel beds with men you weren’t at least a little attracted to. Besides, if she’d wanted to nip the entire thing in the bud she could have simply told Palliades they were headed to a brothel in the first place, which would have seen him withdraw his insistence to tag along.

Insisting on taking a lady you were taken with to a brothel wasn’t a good look.

“How’s your handwriting, Your Excellency?” she asked.

His brow rose.

“Respectable,” he replied.

“Song is a great admirer of calligraphy,” she meaningfully said.

There, she’d given him as much as she intended to. If he couldn’t work something out with so many hints on his side, he was a lost cause anyway. Maryam was of the opinion that a good romp would help mellow out Song, once she was done panicking about it, but their captain would get on just fine if Evander Palliades fumbled the draw.

Clearing her throat, she changed tack to signify she’d delivered as much as his bribe warranted.

“I am charged by Brigadier Chilaca to inquire when the delay to the visit will be ending,” she said.

Lieutenant Apurva had been, it turned out, one of the very covenanters meant to visit the shipyard on the delegation’s behalf. As a tinker with a decade of experience servicing Someshwari skimmers, he’d been meant to assess the quality of the engine-building suites of the Asphodelian shipyards.

By slitting his throat Tristan had kicked a beehive.

Not only had the Watch been forced to bring in a second Umuthi tinker from the Lordsport, one that was less qualified, the visit itself had been put on hold until the death was fully investigated. Song, reading between the lines, had told Maryam that the Lord Rector had grabbed the opportunity to further delay the visit with both hands.

The theory floated by the blackcloak diplomats was that Palliades wanted some signed accommodation with the Republics before letting the Watch in – that way, if the rooks tried to fence him in by leaning on the Iscariot Accords he could drag in the Tianxi to argue for his side. It was clever diplomacy, since the Republics were hungry for his wares.

The Sanxing republics could make aetheric engines, sure, but none capable of powering something as large as a warship. If Tianxia got its hands on a skimmer warfleet, it would no longer need to fear the fleets of Izcalli and the Someshwar should it come to full, bare-knuckle war with either. They could afford to start truly throwing their weight around the Trebian Sea.

“Two days,” the Lord Rector said. “Arrangements are nearly finished and a letter will be sent this afternoon. It is unfortunate that it took so long, but the delay was most necessary given Lieutenant Apurva’s death.”

He smiled pleasantly.

“I am grieved to hear the Watch’s investigation has yielded no results. As always, my offer to lend the help of the lictors stands.”

Maryam, on the other hand, was deeply pleased by the dead end that’d followed the corpse. She was not surprised in the least that Tristan had skill in disposing of bodies – eventually his closet must have run out of room to cram skeletons in – but that he’d been able to stump a Watch investigation was impressive. While the site of death had been found, he’d himself come under no open suspicion. Why would he, when the entire Nineteenth Brigade had been out the same night?

No request had been made that the Thirteenth recall him from his infiltration assignment so he might be interrogated, either, which was a promising sign. Even better Song had mentioned that while there were frustrations among the delegation supposedly they were as much about the delay to the shipyard visit as they were about the death.

The rumor so far was that it was a robbery gone wrong, the killer panicking when realizing they’d attacked a blackcloak and killing the lieutenant to avoid leaving someone that’d know their face alive. Apparently such things were not too uncommon, the Watch’s reputation for heavy-handed reprisal for attacks on its members having some hidden costs.

“That’s a decision for Brigadier Chilaca to make, Your Excellency,” Maryam demurred. “I will be sure pass the offer along.”

They both knew the brigadier had no intention of allowing the lictors anywhere near that case. It would mean tacitly admitting the Watch couldn’t close the investigation it had the legal privilege of conducting without more than symbolic oversight from the Lord Rector. An admission of weakness in the middle of important negotiations with the same throne that’d granted the privilege.

“Please do,” Lord Rector Evander shrugged. “Though now that we are on this subject, it does bring a matter to mind.”

“I am all ears, Your Excellency.”

“Would I be wrong in understanding you’ve an interest in skimmers?” he asked.

Her hand clenched under the table. Of course he would have noticed that. It was hardly as if requesting books on the subject from the archives had been subtle. Maryam had simply not expected him to care, given how sparse the materials were. While no doubt the private archives had better volumes, it would have been an abuse of the given permission to use them for something other than their contract with the throne.

“As a Navigator, I must admit I’ve a certain curiosity about them,” Maryam evenly replied.

A cunning gleam behind those glasses.

“Then it should be no trouble at all to add you to the shipyard visit,” Evander Palliades said. “Our first skimmer is being kept there, at the moment, so you could study it in some depths.”

He paused.

“Besides, you’ve mentioned looking for potential fissures in the aether like the one that allowed the assassin to enter the palace,” the Lord Rector added. “It would be reassuring to establish whether or not such an opening exists in the shipyard as well, given its importance.”

Shit, Maryam thought. He was a clever bastard, wasn’t he? If it was only an excuse for her to get her hands all over the first skimmer she had seen built in her lifetime she would have declined, but it was a legitimate concern whether or not the assassin could get into that shipyard. And since the Antediluvian construction was supposed to be somewhere under the island, going so deep might yield some fresh insight about the brackstone shrines and what they held imprisoned.

In a few sentences he’d gotten her to want to go and given her good reasons to. Which made it all the more frustrating that they both knew the only reason he’d offered was that it would mean she was gone for two days and Song would have to bring the reports during – with Tristan currently gone and Tredegar a known face at court, there wasn’t really another choice for it.

Maryam resisted the urge to grit her teeth.

“I must consult with my captain, you understand,” she said.

“Of course,” he said, nodding. “I will merely require an answer from you before the departure, which is the day after tomorrow.”

At least he wasn’t smug, Maryam thought. If he had been she would have held a grudge, because they both knew that whatever she’d said just now she sure as Nav would be joining the delegation on that trip.

The trouble with this particular conspiracy was that it did not actually need to conspire all that much.

Song nibbled at a meat skewer as she watched Lieutenant Shu Gong haggle with a street peddler over a necklace, admitting to herself that this one looked like another bust. The Peiling Society lieutenant had truly gone to the street markets of the southwestern ward to get a few trinkets, not out of any secret plan to contact the Nineteenth Brigade. It was the second time that following her out had yielded nothing, a cause of mounting frustration, but there was little she could do.

Song, in principle, had names for most the local conspirators and accomplices of the Ivory Library: the whole of the Nineteenth Brigade, Sergeant Ledwaba, the ship called ‘The Grinning Madcap’. She even had knowledge of one more traitor, the mystery individual that Lieutenant Apurva had claimed was ‘high up the ranks’. Spying on these, separately and individually, was entirely achievable.

Only Song had been forced to look elsewhere, because none of these conspirators actually needed to meet.

Oh, she was nearly certain that Sergeant Ledwaba had met with the Nineteenth one time. Song had checked by attempting to arrange going for drinks with Captain Tozi on the first evening of leave that said sergeant was scheduled for. Tozi made excuses as to why she could not and her entire brigade was gone that evening for a span of two hours and change. Long enough to head to the safehouse, talk and return.

That was not proof, but bribing a servant for gossip about that evening’s leave among the delegation escorts had yielded two more pieces of information: the sergeant had not been with any of the other soldiers that night and that it was usually her habit to go drinking with her colleagues when she could. Still not proof, but an increasing number of pointed fingers.

The trouble was that she’d not been able to find out how Ledwaba called the meeting. There were too many ways for her to do it, and a great many of them subtle. Following her had proved too difficult, given how careful she was about being followed, so Song was forced to let her disappear in the Tratheke streets to avoid being discovered.

After that initial discovered, Song had run into the wall of there no longer being contact between the conspirators. And why would there be? The Grinning Madcap was still in port, but until Tristan was grabbed there was no point in meeting with the Nineteenth save perhaps turning the screws on them. Lieutenant Apurva’s death had made them too cautious to take such an unnecessary risk regularly, however, so Song was forced to take a different angle.

If investigating neither the Nineteenth nor Sergeant Ledwaba would get her what she needed, she must get it from the mystery conspirator instead. The first obstacle there was that they were a member of the delegation, and thus not only of superior rank but certain to have their service records locked up tight – lest Asphodel get to them and attempt to seize an advantage in the negotiations.

Fortunately, Song had an in.

With his niece gone to the country, Commander Osian Tredegar had freer hours. While the silver-eyed woman believed he might have accepted her request for a private conversation out of curiosity, she made clear it was Thirteenth business potentially involving Angharad to ensure he would. Song believed she had made a good impression on the man so far, and displayed the tolerance asked of her when it was needed. It was now time to collect on those investments.

“I need you,” she said, “to obtain the service records of the rest of the delegation.”

Commander Osian Tredegar frowned at her.

“Why?”

“I have reason to believe one of them is conspiring with outside forces to hinder the Thirteenth’s work,” Song said, shamelessly putting Angharad in the line of fire. “Which of them is the traitor, however, is not yet clear.”

The handsome older man drummed his fingers against the table.

“You think it could be Brigadier Chilaca,” Commander Tredegar stated.

“I cannot yet state it is not,” Song honestly replied.

Gods, let it not be. Toppling a brigadier could not be anything but messy work.

“And if I were to ask about whether this has anything to do with Lieutenant Apurva going missing?” he probed.

“I have seen no evidence that it does,” Song replied.

She could have simply lied, of course, but they would have both known those words for what they were. Offering a precisely phrased truth instead was not an attempt at deception but a mark of respect for Malani customs. The older man hummed.

“How bad?” he asked.

“It might make it all the way to the Conclave.”

A sigh.

“Your brigade,” Commander Tredegar grunted, “is almost violently unlucky.”

Then he folded his arms across his chest.

“I cannot show you the papers without drawing attention,” he said. “What I can do is read them myself and recite the information for you afterwards.”

Not ideal, unless Osian Tredegar had perfect recall, but it would have to do. Song inclined her head.

“My thanks, Commander Tredegar.”

 “None are needed,” he said. “This is a favor, Captain Ren, and I intend to call it in before too long.”

Song’s jaw clenched but she nodded nonetheless. Hers was not a strong bargaining position.

“I will find you after evening meal,” the older man said. “Try to find an excuse for it, as I expect it will take more than once for me to ferry all that knowledge to you.”

It took three instances and floating a rumor that Song was trying to learn how to make rifle suited to her contract – which was, in truth, something she would like – before she had the whole slate of records writ down in her notes.

The good news was that Brigadier Chilaca looked very unlikely to be a member of the Ivory Library.

The bad news was that if the man wasn’t up to his neck in bribes, Song would drink down her inkwell.

Chilaca was a Stripe, though from what Captain Oratile had defined as the ‘lower’ track: he had worn the black for decades and risen up the ranks before being sent to the Academy for polishing. Looking at his postings before the Academy, it was clear he had mostly served as an in-between for free companies and Garrison forces serving in the same regions. He was noted to be a skilled mediator, apt at finding common ground between hostile officers.

That at and what must be an impressive network of favors and friends had seen him recommended to the Academy.

His rise afterwards had been, fast, if in brusque spurts. Preventing open war between two free companies at the border of Tianxia and the Someshwar had him promoted two full ranks, and his history was dotted with such heroic diplomatic feats. He was also, however, constantly moved around and there were three different recommendations he should not be allowed authority over supply details.

Reading between the lines, Brigadier Chilaca was one of the Watch’s finest diplomats but he couldn’t seem to help himself skimming off the top and building patronage cliques, so the higher-ups kept him moving around to make the best of his skills while avoiding the worst of his sticky fingers.

It went some way in explaining the mystery of why a man by the rank of brigadier, a post usually belonging to the commanding officer of a regional Garrison capital serving directly under a Marshal, was being used as a diplomat. Song would hazard a guess that he was a brigadier in name only, mostly so the rank would raise his diplomatic profile, while an officer theoretically his subordinate truly discharged the duties involved.

The combination of Chilaca having friends all over Vesper and being eminently corrupt meant that, while he did not have the character of a man who would join a clannish faction like the Ivory Library, it was entirely possible he had been bribed by them to look away. In turn that meant Song would have to work around him until she had actionable proof, at which point he should turn on the Library – else his reputation, and thus his value to the Watch, would plummet.

Looking through the rest of the delegation, only two potential suspects stood out. The first was a Savant by the name of Shu Gong, a woman in her forties who had spent most of her career in research halls run by the Peiling Society. What made her stand out was the strong background in theological studies and the lack of Trebian Sea service for someone assigned to an important delegation on Asphodel. It smacked of someone pulling strings to get her a seat.

Song was currently watching her badly barter over a glass necklace’s price, which was admittedly not the height of conspiratorial activities.

Aside from a general desire to unmask the traitors, Song would admit to hoping that Lieutenant Gong would be the culprit because the second suspect would be a lot more difficult to deal with: Captain Domingo Santos was Brigadier Chilaca’s personal Navigator, assigned for the talks.

While Akelarre service records were notoriously sparse – in that regard second only to those of the Krypteia – the man in question had served at two particular Watch fortresses on the Tower Coast of the Imperial Someshwar. Which seemed a minor detail, until one considered that Sergeant Ledwaba had served at the same fortresses at the same time. That could be a coincidence, admittedly.

Captain Santos, however, had reportedly twice taken his leave at the Lordsport. Where the Grinning Madcap was awaiting its prisoner. That too could be coincidence – a Navigator seeking the sea was not great twist, and there was an Akelerre chapterhouse in the port – but the confluence of possible coincidences still had Santos as the leading suspect in her heart.

Lieutenant Shu Gong’s insistence on paying twice the going price for a gaudy necklace of false Asphodel glass beads was, unfortunately, leading Song’s mind to the same conclusion reached by her heart.

Spying on a Master of the Akelarre Guild was not something undertaken without due precautions, so Song finished off her skewer and left Lieutenant Gong to continue getting fleeced. She must concern her finest source of information, who coincidentally should be returning from the palace within the hour.

Song sat her down for tea and snacks when she arrived, scrupulously refraining from asking anything about the Lord Rector, and asked Maryam what she would suggest should one intend to begin spying on Captain Santos.

“Don’t get anywhere near his room, it’s sure to be trapped, and try to get servants to do the spying for you,” Maryam opined. “We’re not quite due purging you of Gloam yet, but you’re already getting noticeable to my logos – to a Master you’d be like a bull hiding behind a curtain.”

“Flatteringly phrased,” Song reproached.

It was, however, good to know that she stood out to the sixth sense of Navigators. It made tailing Captain Santos through a crowd much less feasible than she would have assumed.

“Well, if you want flattery I’ve got something else for you,” Maryam happily said.

Her Navigator then laid out the offer made by Evander Palliades, which had Song sighing. She had to accept, of course. Not only would Maryam sacrifice half of Malan at the altar for a good look at a skimmer, investigating the possible aether disturbances under the isle was a worthy use of her Navigator’s time. Song had no good reason to refuse her save that it would mean returning to the palace herself, and that would be a terribly childish reason to do so.

Was she some kind of wanton weathervane, to be at risk of succumbing to his charms against her own decision otherwise? No, Song could control herself. She could keep a professional distance, and if he tried otherwise she could make her stance on the matter clear and firm.

“Fine,” she sighed. “Angharad should be returning either tonight or tomorrow, anyhow, if I need a second pair of hands I will not be alone.”

Maryam grinned at her.

“Thanks, Song,” she said. “I mean it.”

The Tianxi waved her away. She would not have accepted was there not good reason for it.

“Any word from Tristan?” Maryam asked.

“Not since he reported getting hired by the Kassa,” Song said, keeping the terms vague. “I expect that when there is progress he will send word.”

He had left a message after finishing that burglary job for the Brazen Chariot, handing papers to Hage, and passed thanks along when she’d written out Tozi Poloko’s contract for him. He had not mentioned what his approach would be there, but she suspected she would be hearing of it soon. She had taken steps to ensure she would, which made it all the more important to keep her next appointment.

Maryam squinted at her, sensing the turn in her mood.

“Ah,” she said. “That’s tonight?”

Song nodded.

“Break a leg,” the signifier said, then sneered. “Or preferably all of theirs.”

There was a reason that Song had not invited Maryam to drinks with the Nineteenth.

They tried to learn Tristan’s location within the first ten minutes, naturally, but when Song remained vague and hinted it might be the Lordsport they did not insist.

Captain Tozi Poloko had taken her up on the offered drinks, if slightly late, and though the Izcalli’s own Mask and Skiritai were otherwise occupied in the city she was still accompanied by Izel Coyac. Song had been prepared for an intricate dance of intrigue and lies, for the need to obfuscate as much as she could about what Tristan was up to while learning as much as she could about what the Nineteenth was doing, but that proved entirely unnecessary.

Tozi had called for drinks mostly so she could rant about how awful her test was.

“I should have let you talk me into the cult investigation,” Captain Tozi darkly said. “It has been nothing but dead ends for us.”

“I heard you’ve been working with the lictors,” Song tried.

The Izcalli sneered, fingers scratching at the stubble beginning to grow atop her head. She would need to shave her head again soon.

“For all the use they’ve been,” Tozi said. “The sum whole of their contribution has been leading us to fresh corpses and telling the locals it’s the basileias that are responsible for the deaths.”

Which explained, at least, why the capital wasn’t teeming with rumors about some contracted killer running wild. Song had been wondering at the absence of such fearful talk.

 “Which could be true, in their defense,” Izel noted.

Tozi rolled her eyes.

“The deaths are too spread out,” she denied. “And they’re not helping any of their little crime families rise either.”

Song sipped at her water.

“Have you found any pattern in the deaths?” she asked.

“More that we’ve found what the pattern isn’t,” Tozi sighed. “It’s not political, for one. Out of the twenty-two deaths there’s been corpses both from supporters of the Trade Assembly and the Council of Ministers. It’s not the basileias, either, because they avoid touching highborn and two of the dead have been minor nobles from outside Tratheke with no ties to anything in the city that we can find – meaning they’d be crossing a line for no profit.”

“Were they all public figures, then?” Song asked.

That would be a pattern. And it occurred to her, not for the first time, that if the Nineteenth Brigade finished its investigation before Tristan returned from his infiltration, they might well be crammed onto a boat back to Tolomontera before they could make trouble.

Song had not intention of sparing them the consequences of their treachery, but they would keep at Scholomance until the Ivory Library conspirators were handed off to the Krypteia to have every name squeezed out.

“I wondered the same,” Izel told her with a smile. “But no, unfortunately. There are two dead that were largely unknown even locally, a minor shopkeeper and a day laborer.”

“The deaths are random, as far as we can tell,” Tozi sighed. “Which makes them impossible to predict, and trying to track down our killer through boots on the ground hasn’t been going well.”

It would, given that Tratheke was a sprawling city even if large swaths of it were empty. A cabal of four to sniff out a killer gone to ground would have its work cut out for it.

“We can’t even tell how the murderer gets there,” Izel said. “The last death was on the third floor of an edifice, behind two locked doors and with at least ten possible witnesses on the way up. There was no sign of forced entry, and as with every death it took only one blow.”

“They’re a damn ghost,” Tozi bit out. “Probably a man, going by the height and strength, but the killing blows weren’t dealt by a blade. They cut through bone and metal jewelry alike they’re made of paper.”

“So a contract to sneak in and another to make the kill,” Song noted. “Or at least a contract with an effect that can serve for purposes.”

“Or a contract to sneak in and some Antediluvian weapon to strike,” Izel opined. “The First Empire did leave arms behind, though precious few, and the entire capital is an Antediluvian treasure trove.”

“Izel has a favorite theory, as you can probably tell,” Tozi drily said. “Not that it’s getting us any closer to catching our target.”

The larger Aztlan rolled his eyes.

“Tozi thinks believes we are dealing, if not quite with a Saint, with someone whose contract is consuming their mind,” Izel told her. “It would be why there is no recognizable pattern for the kills, the reasons being followed are not a human’s.”

“It’d explain that contract being so powerful, too,” Tozi insisted.

“It would also mean that the killer is far down the journey to sainthood,” Song slowly said. “Should they reach the destination…”

“It would get ugly,” the other captain grunted. “Very ugly. I’m entirely aware an hourglass has been flipped, Song.”

“You do not seem overly worried,” she observed.

The other two shared a look.

“We have some notion of how we might trap someone ridden by their god,” Izel finally said.

“Gods can be easier to trick, if they’re hungry enough,” Tozi said. “It’s just a matter of setting out the right bait.”

“My best wishes,” Song said, raising her cup.

She meant it, too. The Nineteenth would need to be disbanded and severely punished, but she would not root for some god-blessed madman against them. They were still doing Watch work well in need of being done. The conversation did not last long after that, the pair both tired, and after Izel excused himself to the latrines Captain Tozi stayed only long enough to finish her cup before retiring for the night.

Song found out the hour and decided it was late enough Angharad was unlikely to arrive tonight, electing to retire as well. She could use the sleep. Only she was intercepted in the hall before the stairs up, the dimmed lamps of the hallway a soft surrender to the dark.

“Captain Song. A word, if you please?”

Song fought not to tense when she saw Izel waiting at the end of the hall, arms folded and face serious. No, even if they suspected her they would not strike at her in Black House.

“Of course,” she said.

The tall Izcalli waited until she was close to lean in, lowering his voice.

“I have come across information that the same organization that tried to abduct Tristan Abrascal on Tolomontera has a presence on Asphodel,” he whispered. “He needs to be very careful, wherever he is, else they might grab him off the street.”

Song’s eyes narrowed at him. What exactly is your game here, Izel Coyac?

“The Ivory Library,” she said, testing the air. “You know of them?”

He hesitated, then nodded.

“I hear they research contracts,” Izel said. “They have ties to some of the great nobles of Izcalli, among others, and I know for a fact that my father made deals with them during the Sordan War.”

Implying that was how he had heard of them, and not by dint of being their hireling. And giving me a first glimpse of why you are working for them when you keep expressing qualms, Song thought. Some debts followed you into the Watch, and while Song would offer the man no sympathy she could spare a single speck of pity.

“My thanks for the warning,” she said. “I will take measures to protect him.”

He looked relieved, passing a hand through the stubble atop his head.

“I’ve not shared this with anyone in the Nineteenth, so there is no cause for worry of a leak,” he said. “I thought it best kept quiet between us.”

He thought it best that his fellow traitors did not know he was sabotaging them, he meant. Still, Song put on a thankful smile and nodded and sent him on his way before anyone could see them talk. She was silent all the way up, lost in her thoughts.

It occurred to her that perhaps she was going about this the wrong way after all. She had been planning to unearth the Ivory Library traitors to deal with the Nineteenth, but it was beginning to look as if leveraging the brigade to dig out the traitors might be more feasible.

And she knew exactly where to start.

Song Ren woke in the early hours in the morning to someone knocking at her door. Thoroughly disgruntled, she threw on a robe and padded to the door with a pistol in hand. Just in case. Ready to snarl until her tormentor went away, she was given pause when on the other side was not a servant but a familiar face.

“Angharad,” she got out, blinking in surprise.

A moment while her brain caught up. The Pereduri nodded, looking faintly apologetic.

“I thought you’d arrive tomorrow.”

“I paid the coachman to ride through a few hours of night instead,” Angharad Tredegar replied, pulling at her creased traveling dress.

The noblewoman cleared her throat.

“Apologies for waking you,” she said, “but I thought you want to know as soon as possible.”

Song cocked her head to the side in silent invitation.

“The cult of the Golden Ram has tried to recruit me,” Angharad told her.

And just like that, Song was entirely awake.

“More than that, they offered a bribe,” she continued.

Angharad produced a small object wrapped in worn paper, still warm from having been carried against her body, and at the other woman’s invitation Song unwrapped it. For a moment she saw she was seeing wrong, for this could not possibly be, but her eyes did not lie.

Song went very, very still.

“Gods,” she hoarsely said. “Do you know what that is?”

“I was told it is a taste of what the Golden Ram can offer,” Angharad replied. “That it would heal me for a span of eight hours should I consume it. Why, is it harmful?”

“Worse,” Song said. “That, Angharad, is a god’s blood.”

The ichor of a god manifest.

And not, as far as Song Ren, something that gods ever gave willingly.

Chapter 54

Angharad rose shortly after dawn, washed and came down to break her fast with the Eirenos.

Her back ached, as much from last night’s exertions as the fact that she’d burned an entire candle translating the secret correspondence. It had gone into the empty pages of the cyphered journal she’d obtained from the carriage, secrets added to secrets in a turn that stirred an ember of exhausted amusement. It was better than asking the servants for fresh paper in the middle of the night, anyway.

The spread waiting for her downstairs was impressive. Figs and apricots, bread and cheese and cold meats from the previous night’s dinner. There were even layered honey-and-nut pastries, still warm from the oven and deliciously juicy in the mouth. Between the food and a pot of mint tea, Angharad found herself presented with what should have been a delicious feast. She was, however, hardly able to savor it.

“You’ve a bit of honey on your lip, dear,” Lady Penelope innocently smiled, leaning across the table to wipe the corner of Angharad’s mouth with her thumb.

Body warring with the contrary impulses to both nip at the thumb teasingly and freeze like a scared rabbit, Angharad compromised and choked on the last of her pastry instead. She coughed into her fist and backed away, Lady Penelope’s lips quirking even higher at the sight as she withdrew that artful hand.

Mother,” Cleon reproached. “She can dab her lips without your help.”

But he was smiling, quietly pleased. He must be taking the physical closeness as approval for a courtship, rather than seeing a spirit of temptation trying to drive Angharad wild at a breakfast table. It was all made all the more unfair by the fact that the older beauty had made it clear the previous evening that there would be no repeat of the tryst, meaning that Lady Penelope was winding her up with no intention of offering restitution for it.

Angharad forced herself to set aside all thoughts of trying to convince her otherwise, as dallying last night had been unwise enough already. Not that Penelope made it easy, constantly leaning forward in that flattering loose sleeping robe and once stretching as so enticing an angle that Angharad almost dropped her fork. Between the teasing, the little terms of endearment and the touching it was mortified and thoroughly flustered that Angharad retired to her room.

She twice doused her face in water, told herself in the mirror that no amount of full curves and limberness should so bedevil her, and returned downstairs only when composed.

Mercifully, Lady Penelope had retired. Cleon offered to show her to the eastern grounds of the estate, which he explained contained the family mausoleum and further out a small shrine to the spirit known as the Odyssean. She immediately agreed, eager to flee the manor and its teasing mistress.

It was a pleasant enough walk, Asphodelian mornings becoming the country estate. The light made the near-wild woods and paths enchanting, birds singing as they passed, and on their way to the mausoleum Cleon was just as careful of the pace as he had been the previous day. He really was quite caring, Angharad thought, which made her feel all the more guilty about having grabbed his beautiful mother by the hair and-

She coughed into her fist.

“It is not so old as it looks,” Cleon was telling her, gesturing at the square, pillared tomb of fine stone. “Built in my great-grandfather’s day, after the old one fell into disrepair.”

It was not a large mausoleum, Angharad saw, but it was finely made in pale gray stone and elegant in structure. The gates were reinforced with copper gone slightly green, but the grounds were well taken care of. Thick with Asphodelian crowns, those pale flowers Maryam was so curious about.

“The bodies had to be exhumed?” she asked.

He shook his head.

“We do not keep to the Oar but to the Sickle,” he said. “Eirenos burn their dead, lest the flesh be devoured by an ancient god of the earth.”

“The Oar,” Angharad slowly said, “being a reference to the spirit known as the Sculler?”

The most powerful carrion spirit of the isle, said to boast few temples but to keep a shrine and priests in every graveyard. Along with Oduromai and the Awn-Dam, it was one of the most broadly worshipped spirits. Unlike the arrogant frauds of Tianxia and the Someshwar the spirit only claimed to ferry souls to the Circle Perpetual, not guide reincarnation. Angharad thus found it more tolerable than most of its kind. Not so her host.

“It is the favored death god of the age,” Cleon sourly acknowledged. “He who ferries souls to the Circle. My line, however, can be traced back to the days of the Archeleans. We keep to older ways, though they are no longer spoken of in polite company.”

He cleared his throat.

“There were gods on this land before the Lierganen came, and though they are buried so deep as to have become nameless they yet remain,” he told her. “The day will come when the One Who Bears The Sickle wakes, and all the bodies given to the earth of Asphodel will be cut up and devoured whole.”

“A grim patron,” Angharad noted.

“Death is not meant to be pretty,” Cleon shrugged.

True enough, she conceded.

The pair had brought a waterskin and walked under enough fruit trees to take a few oranges, so they sat on the mausoleum steps to eat and drink before resuming the walk towards the shrine. Angharad inquired about these purported ancient roots of the Eirenos, learning that a distant ancestor had been a war captain under one of the first Archeleans to rise to throne, and found herself quite engaged with the tale when interruption reached them.

One of the manor servants arrived, flushed from hurrying to them, and after a bow and apologies was urged to speak by Lord Cleon.

“Word has come from Chalcia, my lord,” he said. “The first guest has arrived in town, and after a meal there intends to come to the manor.”

“Already?” Cleon frowned. “What time is it, Georgios?”

The man produced a small silver watch.

“Shortly before eleven, my lord.”

“Three hours early,” he grunted. “Unseemly.”

His expression darkened, as if another thought occurred, but he said nothing. The young lord apologized, telling Angharad they would have to cut their walk short and head back to the manor, but she waved the words away.

“Duty needs no apology,” she told him.

He seemed quite pleased with her at that, and even dark-haired Georgios looked approving until he noticed her noticing him and wiped the expression off his face. Ancestors, every compliment paid to her by this household burned shamefully. If any of them knew of the night she had spent with the lady of the house, they would be chasing her off with pitchforks instead of smiling so.

Tonight, she firmly decided, she would try to find Lord Cleon a woman to his tastes. He’d forcefully avoided looking at certain parts of her well enough for Angharad to have a decent idea of his tastes when it came to the physical, and she had suspicions as to his preferences in character. He was not a bad prospect at all for a husband, and it should not be too hard to find him someone suitable.

That this would go some way in allaying her guilt at having fucked his mother was not coincidental, but it was fortunate.

The servant made transparent excuses to let them return alone, and by the time they returned to the manor Cleon was told by one of his household riders that a carriage had already been sighted. Angharad, curious, accompanied him to the top of a rise close to the manor from which there was a fine view of the path leading to the Eirenos estate. A single carriage, she noted, but large. Pulled by four horses. Cleon sighed at the sight.

“Of course she arrived early,” he deplored. “Why would she not?”

“You recognize the carriage?” Angharad asked.

“I do,” he said.

Waiting until it turned at a curb, the nobleman pointed at the doors.

“See the blue and green paint?” he asked. “They are the colors of House Varochas.”

Blue and green… no, finish the talk first else her reaction would seem suspicious. Angharad paused, mentally sifting through the pages she had committed to memory at the palace.

“A house from the north of the valley, known for its fine timber,” she said, then frowned. “I thought their colors to be blue and brown, however.”

With a sleeping bear sprawled at the center of the heraldry, which she had thought rather charming. Cleon shot her a surprised, almost admiring look.

“The main house keeps to these,” he confirmed. “Only this particular visitor is a Varochas of Meda’s Rock, their kin. They’ve grand ambitions, so they chose colors of their own.”

Blue and green, she now let herself consider. The same hues the poacher had mentioned his accomplice to have glimpsed on the pouch that had paid for their services. After a day in Cleon’s company Angharad had largely dismissed any notion of him having arranged that ambush so she might be fixed to his kindness for the duration of her stay. He was too fine a man for that, and too proud. Which left her to look for another as the culprit.

“Ambitions?” she lightly encouraged.

Cleon snorted.

“They think to become the preeminent branch of their line,” he said. “Their lands are not particularly wealthy, but they do border hills that would be suitable for a very lucrative marble quarry.”

Ah, a familiar refrain. While the Duchy of Peredur was not so infamous for its border disputes as the isle of Uthukile, squabbles over water and grazing rights were commonplace. The sometimes extraordinarily petty means to which rival houses went to deny each other were favored seasonal gossip. When the Cawder had changed a small river’s course by exactly thirty feet to deny their hated Aberafan neighbors an enshrined right to sail down it, they’d become the toast of society for years.

“Am I to understand,” Angharad said, “that these hills sport an Eirenos hunting lodge?”

He nodded, lips quirking before the good humor faded.

“During the regency, a ruling was made that Eirenos hunting rights over these hills mean no quarry can be built without our consent as to build one would ruin the hunting and cross into our land,” Lord Cleon said. “The Varochas spent a fortune trying to buy a different verdict when Lord Rector Evander took the throne, but he laughed them out so their stratagem of choice changed.”

He coughed into his fist, side-eyeing her all the while.

“Theofania Varochas has made plain her intentions to wed me, and frequently stretches the bounds of propriety in seeking to achieve the match.”

His gaze on her was hopeful. Desiring, perhaps, of jealousy. That Angharad could not provide, but sympathy was within her means.

“I take it you do not welcome the pursuit,” she said.

“I would rather wed a viper,” Cleon Eirenos bit out. “The venom would be the same, but the conversation significantly more tolerable.”

She choked on a startled laugh. He was not usually so sharp in his words, but it suited him. The young lord’s fingers clenched into fists.

“I’ve no intention of taking a wife who will be her kin’s spy under my own roof, forever grasping at my property in their name.”

The tale, Angharad thought, told itself. The Varochas wanted that wedding, and lacking means to force it they were resorting to chasing off anyone who Lord Cleon might take a shine to – such as some upstart Malani noble exile with hardly a silver to her name. A family friend must have been at Lord Menander’s green party and heard the invitation, leading to the ambush she encountered on the road.

The poachers might actually have been speaking the truth when they said they were not to harm either Angharad or Mistress Katina. A death would have been a line too far, tainted the Varochas reputation. It would have been a blow to Lord Cleon’s reputation to twine his line with a family that so offended him, too, a sign of weakness. But Angharad arriving at Chalcia in nothing but her underthings, robbed blind and humiliated?

Oh, that would have been well within the bounds of acceptable and ruined her reputation thoroughly enough she could no longer be considered a suitable marriage prospect for a lord. An impoverished foreigner and embroiled in a scandal? No, Lady Penelope would have been forced to put her foot down even if her son persisted. It would have been too grave a mismarriage even if Angharad were interested in Cleon’s hand.

“I am surprised you would invite her to an evening at your manor, given your poor opinion of her,” Angharad noted.

“She is staying with House Pisenor, just to the east of my estate,” Lord Cleon darkly said. “Given our shared custody of a temple, it would be unwise to slight them by withholding an invitation – and Lady Theofania has not yet acted wildly enough for me to forbid her presence.”

His jaw clenched.

“Meanwhile I’ve not yet found a way to teach the Pisenor a lesson in the dangers of continuing to try my patience, though one day I assure you I will.”

That look in his eyes was even darker than his tone, so Angharad thought it best to move the conversation.

“A temple, you say,” she repeated, arm brushing against his. “To which spirit?”

“The Twin-Mother,” Lord Cleon said, then reddened and coughed into his fist again. “She is the lady of clandestine births, so it is custom that none seek to learn the face of those who visit the shrine for good health. As a token of appreciation, visitors then leave gifts in coin or goods.”

Coin would be easy enough to split two ways, Angharad thought, but goods? Those would get contentious, even if they were merely sold at market and the profits then split. No wonder Cleon preferred to suffer a riotous suitor rather than break with House Pisenor. The temple incomes would be significant revenue for a recovering house like his.

“Clandestine births,” she repeated, tone teasing. “How very gently put, Lord Cleon.”

“There is no need for discourtesy,” he replied, attempting dignity even though he was visibly embarrassed. “These things happen.”

Bastard children? More than anyone would like to admit. In Malan either siring or birthing such a child from a noble would see you elevated as consort, lawful status for yourself and the child, but such practices were not common among Lierganen peoples. Such arrangements were no doubt had regardless, but they were regarded as shameful and kept secret. Angharad rolled her shoulder, watching the Varochas carriage roll down the road to the manor.

“If guests are now arriving, I should ready myself,” she said. “By your leave, my lord?”

Cleon looked a little disappointed, but then he glanced at the carriage and must also have divined that Angharad standing by him while he welcomed his guest – as if the mistress of the house – was unlikely to result in anything pleasant.

“Of course,” he said. “I already look forward to your return.”

Angharad half-smiled at the gallantry, leaning on her cane as she spared the arriving carriage one last glance. Though no bloodshed had been intended, Theofania Varochas and her kin had sought to harm her.

Now she must decide what she was to do about that.

It made Angharad feel like a poor relation to wear the same dress among society twice in a row, but then nowadays she was a poor relation.

She was helped into her pink gown by one of the Eirenos maids, who after helping her adjust the embroidered cuffs told her that Lord Cleon had set aside jewelry for her use: an elegant gold chain necklace bearing an emerald the size of a fingernail. It had been in the family for some generations, the middle-aged maid told her. To accept that would be tacitly accepting his courtship, Angharad knew, even if it was merely a loan. Therefore, she could not.

Lady Penelope had a small pearl necklace sent up, along with a note that it came from her dowry and was not Eirenos property. She added, too, that she had not worn it in years and it was a fitting gift for a lovely guest. A sendoff present for a one-night lover, reading between the lines.

That one was rather more tempting to accept, Angharad would admit, but she declined it just as she had declined Lord Cleon’s offer. She would not take more from this mother and son when she had already taken too much. In every sense. Let her appear as exactly what she was: a lackland noble whose sole income was the kindness of benefactors. It would not do to get drunk on the trappings of a life she must learn to accept was no longer hers.

She was to be a watchwoman, now. Perhaps in many years it might be she was able to set down the black cloak and become a peer of Peredur once more, but until her oaths had run their course she must bind her pride to what she had sworn and not what she grieved. To keep an exile’s means only strengthens the trick being played, Angharad reminded herself. Let her feel pride in being a dutiful watchwoman, then, rather shame at being lackluster noble.

Though she had washed her body and hair, then redone her braids with the maid’s help, eventually Angharad ran out of reasons to dither upstairs and had to join the Eirenos in attending to the unwelcome guest. She found the three seated outside, in a garden pavilion that overlooked the dancing square.

Lady Theofania Varochas was, to her surprise, quite small. Shorter than Shalini, and slender in a way the gunslinger most definitely was not. She was darker in tan than most Asphodelians, with long black hair and thick eyelashes framing a strong bridge nose. Not a great beauty, Angharad thought, but hardly uncomely. Around the corner of slender black eyebrows touches of blue cosmetics evoked a butterfly’s wings, matching her long blue-and-white gown whose stripes all the way down.

Lord Cleon did not consider the Varochas all that wealthy, but they had sent their daughter into society bearing long earrings of gold and lapis with matching bangle bracelets and a splendid necklace made of polished, rectangular gold stripes. Either she had been sent with the family jewels, Angharad thought, or the Varochas had spent a fortune on adorning her to impress. Either way, it was a decision implying that the full weight of her house stood behind her.

Such a weight could be a great support, Angharad thought, but also a crushing burden. She wondered which one it was for Lady Theofania.

“And who would this be?” said Lady Theofania called out, a glass of wine in hand.

Cleon had pointedly sat as far as he could from her while still being at the same table, Lady Penelope settling between them to make the small slight less noticeable. Neither of them had a cup in hand, much less of wine, a subtle rebuke to their early guest.

“I present you Lady Angharad Tredegar, of Peredur,” Lady Penelope said.

She was radiant in a simple green grown, though there was hardly a thing on Vesper that would not suit such a beauty.

“Is she now?” Theofania said. “I had assumed otherwise, as my cousin described her wearing a similar gown at Lord Menander’s green party.”

The dark-haired lady offered a sharp little smile.

“You must believe it suits you very well, to favor it so.”

And just like that any half-formed consideration of sympathy evaporated.  In Peredur, Angharad would have put a nasty cut on her champion’s nose for such words. Or Theofania’s own, if she wore duelist’s straps. But matters were not settled that way on Asphodel, and even if they had been she was not fit to be her own champion. She must, thus, match wind to wind.

“I do,” she directly replied, pushing down embarrassment. “Do you disagree?”

Surprise on Lady Theofania’s face, and an amused chuckle from Lady Penelope – who Angharad could not help but notice was appreciating the generous cut of the gown. Her ears reddened.

“It is not to the taste of the season,” Lady Theofania recovered. “But then I do not recall hearing of Peredur spoken as a great seat of fashion.”

Angharad cocked her head to the side, raising a faintly skeptical eyebrow.

“Have you heard much of Peredur, then, Lady Theofania?” she asked.

Most foreigners this far south thought it part of the same island as Malan, when they knew the name at all, so she had doubts. Theofania’s lips thinned and she looked away, eyes back on Lord Cleon.

“I see the lemons have ripened since I last visited,” she said. “Will you help me pick one, my lord? I am told the fruits of the valley are always sweetest.”

Subtle. After rubbing elbows with the intriguing children of izinduna and even their distant kin on Tolomontera, such blunt maneuvering felt rather elementary.

“Lemons are sour, Lady Theofania,” Cleon replied, rising to his feet. “And while I apologize, I must take my leave. There is much to see to before the guests begin arriving.”

He hardly even let Theofania nod at him before stalking off. Lady Penelope eased the following frustrated silence, telling Lady Theofania she would have lemons picked, pressed and sweetened for her in a drink, but then she also took her leave.

“I am to show Lady Angharad to the annex,” Lady Penelope told the other woman. “Unlike you she has had little occasion to see the Eirenos heirlooms.”

“Of course,” Lady Theofania replied, almost through gritted teeth.

And so Angharad found herself whisked away, leaning on her cane. She had, she realized with some amusement, never even sat down. Both Eirenos had found in her an excuse to escape and seized it with aplomb.

“Her mother taught her poorly,” Lady Penelope sighed.

She’d waited for them to be far enough their voices would not carry across the grass but Angharad still felt mildly uncomfortable.

“She does not seem to have found favor with your son,” she neutrally said.

“That,” Lady Penelope said, “and she’s yet to realize that the Pisenor are using her as a stalking horse.”

Angharad’s brow rose. House Pisenor, she had learned that very morning, were the eastern neighbors of the Eirenos. That and the hosts of Lady Theofania, who used them as a means attend events here at the manor.”

Presumably coin or favors were involved in the trade, given that in doing this the Pisenor were quite blatantly souring their relationship with the lord of the Eirenos.

“How so?” she asked.

“Their daughter is only twelve,” Lady Penelope said. “They are helping poor Theofania only because it keeps other candidates away from Cleon until their own girl comes of age.”

“And that same help is angering the man whose hand they would seek afterwards,” Angharad pointed out.

She got an amused look from the beauty, as if she were a little slow.

“That is how they will approach him,” Lady Penelope said. “Offering pretty young Aspasia and a healthy sum as reparations – likely dowering her with the Pisenor rights to the temple of the Twice-Mother. Lord Pisenor has been trying to become a patron of the temple to Oduromai near the mountains for a decade, but he will not be allowed to buy a seat so long as his house already has rights to another god’s temple.”

Angharad would have liked to call these Asphodelian intrigues pointless and labyrinthine, but the words would have been hypocritical. The country peers of Peredur were just as prone to plots and squabbles, one of the many reasons Mother had so praised her father’s stewardship. While Gywdion Tredegar ran Llanw Hall, there had been peace and amity with every other nearby house for nearly two decades.

No, all that it was fair to feel was lost. A stranger in this valley of cousins and old secrets, each speaking with an undertone she was the only one not to hear. Perhaps sensing her mood, Lady Penelope patted her arm.

“Cleon hasn’t noticed either,” the older beauty said. “And for all that schemes in Tratheke are more vicious, in some ways they are also simpler – I am sure you will find a place there when you return.”

Green eyes slid down the curve of Angharad’s neck to swell of her curves, leaving a trail of flushed skin as they did.

“You are certainly comely enough to draw someone’s eye,” Lady Penelope said, tone gone sultry.

Angharad cleared her throat and precipitously changed the subject.

“You favor a Pisenor match, then?” she asked.

“Materially, it is the most favorable offer Cleon is likely to get,” the lady of the house said. “Yet their approach is underhanded and there is no guarantee the girl would please him, so I withhold judgment.”

Meaning that if Angharad found a suitable prospect tonight and made introductions, she would not be stepping on Lady Penelope’s plans. Good. She was somewhat relieved when their walk to the annex ended not in the door upstairs being locked and the older beauty pressing her against the wall but instead in a servant being sent to fetch tea while they sat and chatted in Lady Penelope’s private sanctum.

Relieved and, perhaps, a little disappointed. But only a little.

Provided an excuse to avoid the no doubt fuming Lady Theofania, the two of them took it. Angharad could see through the open window that the uninvited guest was being attended to thoroughly by the servants, a green-liveried valet standing by her at all times waiting for orders, so she would not even be able to complain of neglect. Yet her face was dark, as she sat alone under the pavilion sipping at freshly pressed lemon water.

Why would it not be, when she had gotten nothing of what she came for?

When the other guests began arriving the hiding ended. First came House Saon, disgorging two large carriages packed to the brim, and the Iphine were not far behind. House Pisenor arrived a little later, at the same time Lord Arkol’s carriage came up the road. A few other families sent people, but none so many as the triumvirate of the Saon, Iphine and Pisenor. The three were, Angharad gathered, some of the leading houses of the lands between the central grainlands of Tratheke Valley and the capital itself.

Certainly the talk turned to complaints about the ‘wheat lords’ of the middle plains often enough.

That helped Angharad grasp why Phaedros Arkol, an eastern noble owning large grain fields, had attended tonight beyond his business ties to Lord Cleon’s late father. Not only had that Arkol bought the last of the Eirenos lands on the eastern coast two generations back, Lord Arkol was currently courting the natural opponents of his rivals in the grain trade.

No doubt the point was to support the lords closest to Tratheke so they might try to bleed the valley’s grain lords with tolls and force the price at market to rise. Which would in turn keep his own grain competitive despite the need to carry it to the Lordsport markets from much further away.

Lady Penelope was the mistress of the house, and thus swiftly attended to by a circle of the local matriarchs. Unsurprisingly, she was also approached by a parade of lords of myriad ages – including Lord Arkol, whom she deemed a goat and chased away laughingly. Lord Cleon was the host and thus constantly in demand. Angharad deftly avoided a suggestion he accompany her for introductions, as that would have been something of a statement, instead fending for herself.

Cleon made a point of regularly returning to speak with her, however, which did not go unnoticed. She could use that.

Avoiding the Pisenor, she tried to approach the Iphine but found them haughty and uninterested. They were all richly dressed and sought after in conversation, which let her deduce they were the most powerful of the attending nobles – or at least the wealthiest. Among them she’d noticed twins bearing swords, though rapiers in the Sacromontan style rather proper blades, which made that haughtiness unfortunate given that one of the said twins was a handsome blue-eyed woman.

She turned to the Saon, next, who seemed a jollier lot. The man she approached, a bearded sort in his twenties and stockily built, not only took to her company but was more than willing to make introductions. That everyone seemed to have heard the wild tales from Chalcia served to make her a figure of interest, which helped even if it involved denying flat untruths so repeatedly her tongue was growing tired.

Castor Saon, who insisted on being called Castor, was introducing her to a girl from one of the smaller houses when Lord Gule arrived. The great Malani lord made a ripple simply by entering, his manservant trailing behind, but given the importance of her task Angharad could only spare him a nod. He returned it with a smile, which impressed both the Asphodelians with her.

Lady Irida was a slender woman of eighteen with callouses on her hand that turned out to be from her great interest in archery. Angharad lingered in her company, long enough that when Cleon came to visit they spoke. Unfortunately, the lack of interest on his part was quite evident. She hardly got a second look, and in truth did not seem all that interested either.

A wash. Next.

Lady Selene would be rather more to Cleon’s tastes, Angharad was confident of it. Tall and lushly figured, with a scar on her neck that turned out to be from a fall instead of something more adventurous. Still, she liked riding. That was a start. Unfortunately Lady Selene began flirting rather outrageously with Castor within moments of their introduction, her guide being an admittedly a good-looking man of genial disposition. They barely slowed down when Cleon came to visit, and Angharad would not be surprised should the pair disappear at some point in the evening and reappear slightly disheveled.

Her guide gallantly kept ferrying her around afterwards through introducing Cleon to Lady Danai, who as quite pretty but uninterested in marriage, and Lady Agape whom the young lord did not get on with at all. It had, by then, become rather clear to Castor what it was she was attempting.

“Good effort,” he whispered, “but it won’t keep Lady Theofania from coming for your scalp.”

Ah. Angharad supposed it was a likelier guess that she was trying to avoid a well-connected noblewoman’s wrath rather than acting in guilt at having bedded Lady Penelope. Castor still offered a solution, though unsurprisingly the woman in question was a relative. Lady Koralia was his cousin from a different Saon side branch, and though unflattering dressed – her gown was not well fitted and she moved awkwardly in it – the clothes and ungainly haircut were hiding what Angharad found to be good looks.

Though quite shy, after a bit of talk she grew in confidence and revealed she was mad for bird hunting. Lady Koralia proudly expounded on her three hunting dogs, which she had raised herself, and on minute differences in the fowler guns available in Asphodel. From the glazed look in Castor’s eyes, this was not the first time he heard this speech. Even more promisingly, when Lord Cleon came by to visit she blushed and fumbled her curtsy – which he laughed off, coming off rather charming.

Hmmm. That one had potential, perhaps.

Instead of continuing the hunt, she decided to stick with this particular prospect. This saw her enfolded by a gaggle of Saon youths, of which there were a dozen within years of her own age. Resolute to make a good impression, Angharad traded with them stories of Malan for gossip about previous gatherings. Lord Iasos Saon, oldest man from the main line at nineteen, had the clout and presence to lead the conversation on the Saon side and no qualms in doing so.

 “It was a sight to see,” Iasos assured her. “Twenty graybeards, drunks as skunks and brandishing muskets older than them, haring off after a downed pegasus – and when they finally shot it dead, trampling half a thicket, they found it was just a stag with large fern leaves stuck in his antlers.”

No,” Angharad grinned.

“It only looked like wings because they scared him off at a run,” Iasos laughed. “To this day, my uncle insists the real pegasus simply got away.”

His little sister, Maria, waved the long bell sleeves of her dress in an attempt to convey beating wings. As she was a bright eyed eight-year-old, it was most adorable.

“Look sharp, Iasos,” Castor suddenly muttered. “The moura is headed our way.”

The older Saon grimaced. Angharad tried to discreetly eye what they were being warned about, leaning on her cane, but there were too many Saons in the way.

“The moura?” she murmured.

“It is a kind of lemure,” Iasos said. “It takes the appearance of a beautiful woman drowning in a river, and when one approaches…”

“It hugs you tight and drowns you,” Maria theatrically said, bell sleeves flying as sinisterly as they could.

Angharad resisted the urge to pinch her cheek.

A moment later Lady Theofania arrived, flanked by the fair-haired twins Angharad had learned were the eldest Iphine children, and she suppressed a spurt of laughter. Ah. The Saon were not particularly fond of Lady Theofania either, then. Odd that Theofania would be with that pair when her hosts were rival to that house, but then she’d arrived long before the Pisenor had. That relationship might be more distant than believed.

It had been a given that Lady Theofania would come for her ‘scalp’, as Castor had put it, but the sheer bluntness of the attack still startled her.

After pointedly greeting only Lord Iasos and his sister, the two Saon of the main line – the Iphine did not even bother with little Maria – Lady Theofania addressed Angharad without having first greeted her. That was already quite rude, and promised to get worse.

“I am surprised to find you in company, Lady Angharad,” the other woman smiled.

“If you are to insult me,” the Pereduri suggested, “try not require my collaboration in doing so. I find myself disinclined to help you.”

She heard Castor hastily turn a snort into a coughing fit.

“Mouthy,” the woman of the Iphine twins noted.

Tall and elegant with long blonde hair, she would have been a beauty if not for that carved sneer.

“One assumes,” Lady Theofania tittered, “given how I am told she went into the woods with Lord Cleon without a chaperone for… hours.”

She fanned herself.

“If you cannot afford a second dress, you must have had to pay for the hospitality somehow.”

What had she just said?

Angharad’s hand reached for a blade that was not at her side. While it wasnonchalant of her to have taken a walk with an unmarried man without someone to look after his virtue, Theofania had gone quite a bit further than simply insinuating a sort of general impropriety. To so attaint someone’s honor was well worth a death on the dueling field. Perhaps smelling the black fury off her, Lord Iasos slid into the conversation.

“Ah, yes, Cleon Eirenos,” he sardonically said. “That famous libertine, seducing maidens left and right.”

“One does not need to seduce a whore, Iasos,” Lady Theofania blandly said.

Her fingers gripped her cane until the wood creaked.

“Would you care to repeat the word you just used, girl?” Angharad coldly asked.

“Whore,” Theofania said. “What of it?”

She then flicked a glance at the male twin, who stepped forward with a shallow smile.

“Do you feel your honor to be impugned?” he asked. “I am told that Malani settle such matters with duels.”

He opened his arm, warmly welcoming save for the glint in his eyes. That was all poison.

“I happen to have some small skill with a blade,” the Iphine lordling said. “It would be my pleasure to stand for Lady Theofania so we might end the disagreement in the manner of your people.”

So that was the play, Angharad thought. Insult her so harshly she could not possibly refuse to defend her honor with a blade, then pit her against a fine sword while crippled so she would be twice disgraced in her defeat. Blunt, brutal, and admittedly difficult to extricate herself from. Not that she intended to do any such thing. This would end with lifeblood on the grass and Theofania Varochas weeping.

What did the Iphine get from this? The woman’s eye dipped to Angharad’s arm, as if looking for something under the sleeve, and then she put it together. They were fencers, both those twins, and wanted to make a name for themselves by defeating a mirror-dancer. That they would be fighting one using a cane would, presumably, be left out of the tale when it was retold.

Time to teach them the difference between a mirror-dancer and a child playing at swords. She did not need more than three steps to slash open a fool’s skull.

The confrontation had drawn the eyes of the crowd, murmurs spreading as room was made around them in a circle. Lord Cleon looked furious and was making his way towards them, but his mother held him back with a blank face. At their side Lord Gule stood with his horn pressed to the ear while his manservant presumably whispered a report. And looking at the richly dressed induna, at the sympathetic grimace he sent her way, Angharad saw it then. What she must do.

It came like a bolt of lightning, and just as pleasantly.

She fought it. Of course she did. It was madness, it ran against every instinct and every learned lesson. It would make her look like… Fingers clenched painfully. Surely there was another way, she thought as she looked into that swaggering Iphine’s eyes. Something that would not feel like swallowing acid. She looked but did not find one. There was only one key to the lock.

Angharad Tredegar stood there, feeling very alone, and tried to tell herself she must be proud of what was to follow.

“You try to duel a woman unarmed, leaning on a cane,” she said.

The Iphine snorted. Lady Theofania smiled sharply.

“Did you not wield a saber to drive off bandits and lemures?” Lady Theofania asked. “Are you not a swordmistress of Malan?”

“Unless these are lies,” the female twin said.

“Unless you paid for rumors create repute at an evening attended by your betters,” the other idly added. “Which is it, Lady Angharad?”

He drummed his fingers against the cup of his rapier.

“Are you a liar or a coward?”

Liar. Coward. Whore. Any of these insults were enough for them to deserve being cut down. And oh, Angharad knew she could. The male twin, he had callouses but his boots were too soft. On grass, all it’d take was a good feint and he’d slip. Life snatched out before he hit the ground. The other, the woman, her blade was too thin. To make it lighter, she must not have wanted too much muscle. Bait, parry and a good snap of the wrist would make a clean break of the steel about an inch up the guard.

And they were asking for it. Literally asking for it!

But Angharad, instead, made herself look down. She swallowed the bile, feeling the eyes on her, and instead of replying she walked away. Conversation erupted in her wake as she tacitly admitted to at least one of the accusations, the humiliation burning. Teeth clenched so hard she felt like they might pop, she ignored the looks as best she could and passed by a furious-looking Cleon to return inside the manor.

No one followed her.

The servants looked confused when she limped past them and headed straight for the front of the manor, the entrance with the columns, and there she stood alone in the shade. She had just tossed aside her honor, Angharad knew. She felt like throwing up, like shouting. Like bloodying her fucking hand on the pillar. Never, never had she been so humiliated. And she had let it happen like some whipped dog.

By now half the garden would be calling her a fraud, the other a coward. Sleeping God, even in Tratheke they’d hear about a scandal like this. And she had done it to herself on purpose.

“A watchwoman,” she hoarsely whispered. “A watchwoman, not a lady.”

Leaning against the pillar as much as her cane, warm forehead against the cool stone, Angharad straightened when she heard the door open behind. It would be Lord Cleon, she thought, come to… Only it wasn’t. The very last person she expected to follow stepped out the door, striped dress trailing behind her. Lady Theofania Varochas looked at her, then sighed.

If Angharad had a knife on her, she might well have plunged it into her eye. She spent a moment mastering herself, the other woman hesitating a moment before she spoke.

“It was not personal, if that is any comfort,” Lady Theofania said.

There was no hint of apology or remorse in those blue eyes. Lady Theofania’s manners were brisk, almost businesslike.

“It rather felt otherwise,” Angharad evenly replied.

“It is a house matter,” Lady Theofania told her. “I do not blame you for trying to make Cleon into your gold spoon, Lady Angharad. We make our way however we can.”

She scowled.

“But you should have investigated him more deeply,” Lady Theofania said. “Cleon Eirenos is already spoken for.”

Angharad scoffed.

“You think that production you put on will endear you to him?” she asked. “Think again.”

He had looked furious, not impressed, and already despised Theofania. That episode was unlikely to change Cleon’s opinion that she was a viper. Though it would, at least, give Angharad an excuse to avoid him in society going forward. If she was still allowed in society at all, after… that.

“I do not expect I will ever be dear to him,” Lady Theofania dismissed. “This is not to be a love match. What I do expect, Lady Angharad, is that the example made of you will scare off the chaff.”

An example, Angharad realized. Theofania Varochas had made her into an example for potential rivals, and the absurdity of it almost made her laugh. It will get you no closer to wedding him, she thought. The more you attempt to force his hand, the deeper his hatred will be entrenched. For all that Theofania was attempting to play this as some masterful blow, Angharad could smell the desperation beneath it.

Lord Cleon despised the Varochas for their reaching grasp, and despised Lady Theofania in particular. Worse, all involved knew this. It must be a heavy weight to bear, her houses’ hopes of prominence. Especially when the game had been rigged against her from the start. No wonder she was growing reckless in her attempts to secure the match, or at least scare off contenders. Angharad felt a twinge of pity, if only a twinge.

“Does this conversation have a point?” she asked.

“You need not worry I intend to run you out of Tratheke society,” Lady Theofania informed her. “Or harm your reputation further – as I said, Lady Angharad, this was not personal. Marry as you will, and with my best wishes, so long as you stay away from Cleon Eirenos.”

“And if I decline?” Angharad curiously asked.

Theofania’s slender face hardened.

“Then I will be forced to bring to bear against you the full weight of my house,” she said. “It would be unpleasant business for the both of us, I suspect, but needs must.”

She feigned consideration of Theofania’s words, letting the seconds stretch heavily – thick as taffy. Eventually she nodded.

“I do not command his attentions,” Angharad warned.

“Nor do I expect you to,” Lady Theofania replied, politely nodding.

She hesitated a moment.

“You may expect every due courtesy from me when next we meet,” she added. “I regret the damage that may have been inflicted on your prospects, and will keep it in mind over the next months.”

A polite way to say that, should Angharad’s reputation turn out thoroughly ruined by this, the Varochas may arrange a pity marriage for her with whatever household man they could rustle up. It was the least kind of mercy, but mercy nonetheless. Angharad suddenly found she believed her when she’d said there had been nothing personal about this, not that it made her any less of a viper.

“Good night, Lady Theofania,” Angharad replied.

The dismissal was courteous but clear.

“Good night, Lady Angharad,” Theofania replied, inclining her head.

She was left alone on the steps, looking up at the starry sky. How long should she stay? At least half an hour, Angharad decided. She must, after all, sell the notion that she was drowning in her humiliation. Cut up inside.

Bleeding deeply enough that Lord Gule would believe her, when she came to find him and spoke of moving on with her life.

Lord Gule, in deference to both his rank and the distance he had traveled to attend, was to be accommodated in the guesthouse overnight. As the feast was not yet over, however, he was not there. Instead, when Angharad put on a chastened face and asked the Eirenos servants where she might find the ambassador, she was directed to a small smoking parlor on the main floor of the manor. None offered to accompany her.

Evidently her humiliation had made her someone to avoid.

Lord Gule was seated inside on a comfortable cushioned chair, smoking a pipe, but when she was brought in by his valet – Jabulani, she recalled – he displayed good manners by putting it out. Bringing out his listening horn, he invited her to sit with him.

“I can only take so long of these evenings before I have to rest my mind a span,” he told her. “Smoking makes for a fine excuse and does not dull the mind as drinking overmuch would.”

She nodded silently, lowering herself into the seat across from his. Angharad had wondered how to approach this, ever since the notion first occurred to her in that bolt from the black, and decided against deception. She was not a deft hand at such games and never would be. Best, she thought, to keep to the truth.

“I have,” Angharad quietly said, “rarely been so shamed in my life as I have been tonight.”

Never, arguably. She had been on the bad end of tricks, when on the dueling circuit, and she’d had some enemies in Peredur society. None had ever shamed her as Theofania and her Iphine accomplices.

“A vicious one, the Varochas girl,” Lord Gule agreed. “Not that it will get her what she wants, but at that age it is a common mistake to confuse a successful plan for a wise one.”

She swallowed, then straightened herself from the slump she had consciously made herself fall into.

“You told me, once, that a time would come where I would begin thinking about the rest of my life.”

Angharad paused, met his eyes.

“That I should call on you, then.”

His gaze was gentle.

“You have had a difficult evening, Lady Angharad,” Lord Gule said. “Perhaps you should rest instead. It will pass.”

“It will not,” Angharad flatly replied. “This or its like will happen, again and again, so long as I remain as I am. That is no way to live.”

And there she let her very real anger at the public humiliation show. A long moment passed, Lord Gule watching with calm eyes, then he turned to his valet. The man had been inside the entire time, standing by the door silent and still.

“I told you,” the older noble said. “She is clever, she was bound to realize it soon: there is no future in being a courtier in Asphodel.”

He leaned back into the cushions afterwards, looking almost satisfied.

“You remember Jabulani, my attendant,” Lord Gule said.

Angharad nodded at the near-shaved man, whose stony expression she remembered from their short encounter at the green party. Lord Gule smiled.

“He holds, as it happens, a second position among my staff.”

Stomach sinking, Angharad turned her eyes back to Jabulani – whose expression had not changed, and who bowed at her again. When he straightened, he offered her a small coin to peruse. Lacquered wood, the color of copper, bearing on one side the shell of a helmet turtle and on the other a slender crown. Lefthand House. The man was ufudu, and Angharad felt her blood turn to ice.

“The Lefthand House greets you, Lady Tredegar,” Jabulani said.

Angharad kept her face blank, slowly nodding, and flicked a worried glance at Lord Gule. The induna shrugged.

“Jabulani serves the will of our queen on Asphodel, as do we,” he said. “There is nothing to fear.”

There was always something to fear when it came to the Lefthand House. Servants of the High Queen they may be, but Angharad’s own brush with their sort had made it plain they were nothing less than poison.

“Well met,” Angharad carefully said.

Did the man know the circumstances of her exile from the Isles? Did Lord Gule? Ancestors, did they know about Imani? She could not even be sure if they knew her to be a blackcloak. So many questions that she all bit down on until her gums felt as if they would bleed.

“You are called to service,” Jabulani told her. “Menander Drakos has shown lasting interest in you. Are you his lover?”

She choked at the blunt, rude inquiry.

“Sleeping God, no,” she vehemently replied.

“Then it must be on behalf of your patron,” the ufudu concluded. “Whoever sought him to introduce you into Tratheke circles.”

He then stared at her in pregnant silence, as if ordering her to elaborate on that patron’s identity. It appeared, at least, that the rector’s palace was not so porous as to reveal she was a blackcloak part of the Thirteenth Brigade. They would know there was no such patron otherwise.

“I would rather not speak of the matter,” Angharad curtly replied.

Lord Gule touched the other man’s arm.

“Even exiles can have friends, Jabulani,” he gently said. “Let us speak, instead, of the request Her Perpetual Majesty would make of us.”

The ufudu hummed, seeming unconvinced, but moved on nonetheless.

“Regardless of the reason, Lord Menander has taken a shine to you,” Jabulani said. “It is expected that he will invite you to a private dinner at his personal mansion in two weeks. Every two months, the man invites his inner circle and those he intends to bring into it to a private evening. We require that you attend.”

The hint of frustration on that stony face, Angharad decided, meant that the Lefthand House had not been able to get someone in despite efforts otherwise. Her esteem for Menander Drakos’ attention to his security rose a notch. Excitement mounted, carefully buried. She had wounded her honor, tonight, but it was opening some sort of gate. It had not been for nothing.

“Why?” she bluntly asked.

“It has come to our attention,” the ufudu said, “that Menander Drakos might have obtained stolen property. We would have you confirm the presence of an object in particular.”

She said nothing, only meeting his eyes. It was Lord Gule who continued.

“It would have the look of a wine press,” the older man said, “only of Antediluvian make.”

The infernal forge, Angharad realized with utter bafflement. They were talking about the infernal forge. It took every scrap of mastery she held to keep herself from visibly reacting. Relief tested that control again, when it struck her that they could not know about Imani if they were asking her this. This part of the Lefthand House does not know who I am.

Why – no, it made sense. The ufudu were hoarders of secrets and there was no need for the ambassador to faraway Asphodel to know anything of House Tredegar’s disgrace. Word would have had time to carry, since the fall of her house, but no reason to. And had Imani not said that the High Queen did not count her as a foe? There would be no need for the Lefthand House to follow her too closely.

“That artifact is best shipped back to Malan,” Jabulani continued. “We do not require that you obtain it, only to confirm its presence on the premises.”

Stolen property, best shipped back to Malan. How carefully they were implying the infernal forge to be the High Queen’s rightful property without ever stating as much. Angharad might well have been fooled had she not known better. Had she been inclined to trust them, such trickery would have ended the notion. As she had not, it was mere confirmation that the pair sought to use her.

“I could do this,” Angharad finally replied.

Lord Gule softly chuckled.

“Could, indeed,” he said, then glanced at his companion. “I will handle the haggling, Jabulani. Kindly leave us to it.”

The stony-faced man studied them both, then shallowly nodded.

“We will speak again,” he told Angharad, then rose.

Though he closed the door softly, almost without a sound, the silence that followed in his wake was oppressively loud. Lord Gule set aside his listening horn a moment to help himself to a sip of brandy from a cup she’d not even noticed and looked like it had hardly been touched. Then he set it down with a smile, picking up his horn.

“You were roughly done, tonight,” he said after putting it to his ear, “but sometimes it is in the dark that we see most clearly. Good can come of evil.”

Good can come of anything, Angharad thought. That does not excuse evil. An induna ought to know better.

“I cannot go back,” she said. “That can no longer be denied.”

She was speaking truth, merely not the truth he thought. Lord Gule nodded approvingly.

“It can be difficult, leaving the Isles behind, but there is more than one hearth under firmament,” he said.

He then cleared his throat with an undertone of embarrassment.

“I will not ask as to the circumstances of your departure from Peredur,” Lord Gule said. “Jabulani looked through the latest list from the Lefthand House and your name is not on it, which is enough for me.”

Angharad’s eyes widened. It was said that the ufudu kept account books of traitors much as a treasurer would of coin, but never before had she heard it spoken out loud. So Imani spoke true, when she said Her Perpetual Majesty wishes me no ill will. She was not marked a traitor by the royal court, despite the Tredegar name being struck off the rolls of nobility.

“Whatever troubles there might have been in your past, Lady Angharad, they can be put to rest by lending aid to the Lefthand House over this matter of stolen property,” he said.

She raised an eyebrow, openly unimpressed. Even had she truly been the sort of exile she portrayed herself to be, this would have been a short thrift reward. The man laughed.

“They will not promise you more,” he said. “They believe your hand can be forced, you see, which Jabulani is the kind of man to prefer to the trade of favors. But it does not matter, for I would make you an offer in their stead.”

Angharad inclined her head to the side. She saw the guile at play here. Play up the Lefthand House as an enemy while binding all rewards to himself. A straightforward enough trick that would yet have been clutched at like lifesaving driftwood by a more desperate woman. It was rare for her to feel grateful for the Watch, but in that moment she did. How tempting would Gule’s words have been, for a woman downing along at sea? It had been good fortune, to find protectors before she ever came here.

Angharad waited in silence for the terms now, the true offer, but instead Lord Gule’s conversation took a surprising turn.

“You will have heard I am in talks with the Lord Rector on Her Majesty’s behalf, I expect,” he said. “Tell me, Lady Angharad: what is it that you believe Malan wants of this Antediluvian shipyard?”

Her brow rose.

“Skimmers, presumably,” she said. “I have not heard of them being able to build anything else.”

“That is the common assumption,” Lord Gule acknowledged. “Certainly, that is what Evander Palliades believes. It is also incorrect.”

“The aether engines alone, then?” she tried.

They would be the most valuable part, though given that anything made of tomic alloy was worth its weight in gold no part of a skimmer could be called inexpensive. He smiled thinly, shaking his head.

“What we want,” Lord Gule said, “is the whole shipyard to be irreparably scrapped.”

She choked in surprise.

“Pardon?”

“Save for Ingalapur on Tower Coast, there is no known city boasting large-scale shipyards capable of producing skimmers fit for war,” the ambassador said. “The capacity to build and repair such ships exists elsewhere, certainly, but it… artisanal.”

Angharad frowned.

“While the shipyard under Asphodel would have such capacity.”

He inclined his head in agreement.

“That is troubling for us in several ways,” Lord Gule continued. “Should the Tianxi obtain a fleet of war skimmers, the balance of power in the Trebian Sea will tip their way. The Republics will attempt to seize hegemony over the region and might well succeed.”

Unless Malan sent in its own fleet to check them, Angharad silently added. Which would be a nightmarish tar pit of a war, having to support a hundred small island states against the Republics while the other great powers meddled at every turn.

“The right treaties could avoid this,” she noted. “An agreement for Asphodel to limit its sales to the Republics, at least regarding skimmer warships. Why is the outright destruction of the shipyard desired?”

“Because,” Lord Gule said, “even should a diplomatic miracle be achieved and such a treaty be installed, the proliferation of the civilian ships would still be disastrous to Malani trade.”

It took her a moment to grasp why, but though Angharad Tredegar had not been raised to be a great lady of Malan neither had she been raised to be a fool. Besides, she was better taught than most when it came to the politics of the waves.

“It would crack open the Straying Sea,” Angharad belatedly realized.

The stretch of sea between the isles of Malan and the continent, deep in darkness and famously prone to Gloam storms, was a great source of wealth for the kingdom. Malani dominance over it had been cemented by two things: the first was the Serpentine Roads. These were a great modern wonder, pathways of floating Glare lighthouses built at the order of the Queen Perpetual which foreign merchants could use to traverse the region safely – but at the price of tolls, and along routes that favored Malani ports and trade.

The second was ironwood sailing ships, which sailed faster than any other wooden vessel and cut clean through lesser Gloam currents. Ironwood ships were how Malan had first been able to reach the continents to the north and the west, and how the High Queen’s ships could treat the Straying Sea as their backyard instead of the ship killer it was for every other great power. Skimmers could do everything ironwood ships could, which was hardly trouble when they were so rare, but should they become… perhaps not common a sight, but no longer rare?

The seal on the ambitions of the other great powers would be broken, madness spilling out on all the world.

“Exactly so,” Lord Gule praised, as if she were a student as the isikole. “Bad enough if the Tianxi got their hands on a fleet of skimmer warships, but at least their ambitions are to the south and the east. If the Izcalli did, or the Someshwari?”

He grimaced.

“It is not only damage to our trade and rampant piracy that we might face, but fleets of skimmers sailing out to found colonies rival to our own.”

“A grave danger,” Angharad murmured.

“I tell you this,” Lord Gule said, “so that you might understand that by tying his fortune to the shipyard so closely Evander Palliades has dug his own grave.”

Her eyes sharpened.

“The assassin…”

The ambassador shook his head.

“There is no need for that,” he said. “It can be done properly. There is a strong claimant for the throne and her supporters will not suffer that shipyard to become her property. If owning it can make of a threat of the ailing Palliades, it could make an already powerful house untouchable. No, by simple virtue of the nature of her cause she will have to dismantle the shipyard.”

‘Her’. Minister Apollonia Floros, Angharad thought. It had to be, even though Lord Gule was avoiding speaking the name outright.

“A sad end for the Palliades,” she finally said. “But such is the turn of history.”

She suspected Song was taken with the man, but as the Watch seemed indifferent to who sat the throne of Asphodel the truth was that Angharad saw little need to concern herself with it. After tonight, what little warmth she’d had for the people of Asphodel had cooled. I am a woman of the Watch, she told herself. I came here on contract, and owe not a thing more.

“You may be wondering,” Lord Gule said, “why instead of speaking of reward for your services I instead attended to such grand matters.”

“The thought occurred,” Angharad replied.

And now came the offer. Finally. Let it be that you are a cultist, she thought. Ancestors preserve me, but I hope that you are wicked. Nothing else could possibly make what she had out herself through tonight worth it. Had Song’s inspection of the rector’s palace not proved a dead end she would not have had to, but it had been. And she owed the Thirteenth too much not to reach for the key when it was on the table.

Even if the key was forged out of her public humiliation.

“Apollonia Floros will sit the throne of Asphodel,” Lord Gule bluntly said, dispensing with the earlier pretense, “but she will not rule. A more… discerning circle will see to that. One to which I was invited for representing the might of Malan, and to which I would invite you in turn.”

“A hidden faction,” Angharad murmured, meaning ‘cult’.

Her hear beat against her ears, blood rushed up. Was this it? Had she been approached by the cult of the Golden Ram at last?

“A society assembled under the auspices of a spirit,” Lord Gule said. “When change comes to Asphodel, Malan and I will find ourselves showered in rewards– but then the allies of today will become tomorrow’s rivals. I seek a champion to stand at my side in anticipation of that tomorrow, and what finer champion can there be than a mirror-dancer?”

Angharad swallowed. She’d done it. She had done it, tonight, and without once wielding her sword – save perhaps against herself.

“I can hardly walk without a cane,” Angharad said. “I would be a decoration, not a champion.”

Go on, she thought. Sell me your healing spirit.

“Nothing is absolute, save for the Sleeping God,” the ambassador replied

Reaching at his belt, he removed from a slender silken pouch a small sphere wrapped in paper. It was pressed into Angharad’s hand and she opened it to find a small red medicinal ball – it smelled faintly metallic and was warm to the touch.

“Eat it,” Lord Gule instructed. “Not here, it would be too noticeable, but when there are fewer eyes on you.”

“What does it do?” Angharad asked.

“It is a taste of what the Golden Ram can offer you,” he said. “Healing for a span of eight hours.”

She breathed in sharply. That was tempting, even knowing it was likely a trap.

“And this spirit can heal me for good, without need of a pill?” she pressed.

“I so swear,” Lord Gule smiled. “I have, after all, been promised the same – and would already be whole again, if such a boon was not at risk of being discovered.”

They knew someone like you was coming, Song, Angharad thought. You never found a trace of the Golden Ram at court because they went into hiding long before we reached this shore. The older man leaned forward, closing her fingers around the paper and the pill.

“Do as the Lefthand House asked and you will have bought a pardon from Malan,” Lord Gule gently said. “Then when the dust has settled on Asphodel, Lady Angharad, you can stand by my side in the open – and without any need for a cane.”

Found you, Angharad Tredegar thought.

And though it was as ugly as victories got, this one felt like a first payment on a debt.

Chapter 53

Mistakes had been made.

“A satyrian, Lady Angharad!” Cleon Eirenos exclaimed for the fourth time, eyes bright as stars. “Between that and the robbers, it was an encounter worthy of song.”

She hadn’t even killed the thing, she mutinously thought. So why was half of Chalcia convinced she had saved them from being murdered in the night by a tower-sized satyrian leading an army of lupines? A few of them had cheered her at breakfast, this was the opposite of spycraft! And she knew the source of it all, too. When she came down for porridge Mistress Katina had winked at her and loudly refused to be paid the second half of the travel fee because ‘saved my life, you did’.

While Angharad suspected the old woman had been trying to do her a good turn, the rumors spawned by whatever she said the previous night had swiftly got out of hand. While it was true satyrians were clever enough to use tools and open gates, they rarely attacked towns and certainly did not raise massive packs of lemures to do so. Chalcia was safe: it was a walledtown, with an informal militia guarding it. A fact that Angharad knew for certain because its captain had come to shake her hand.

Apparently by the second wave of retelling the highwaymen had been decided to be working with the lemures. These vile traitors were, Angharad was informed, plotting to destroy the town with the satyrian’s help so they might loot it afterwards.

It had been too much to hope for that these wild tales would not reach the Eirenos manor, and sure enough Lord Cleon himself came riding with the carriage having already drunk deep of the nonsense. Like everyone in Chalcia, he seemed convinced that her protests about the significant exaggerations were a mark of humility instead of Angharad stating the bloody facts.

As the alternative was a slow, infuriating descent into frothing madness Angharad instead grasped for anything at all that might change the nature of her conversation with the lordling riding besides her carriage. The Eirenos estate was not enormous but neither was it small, and barely half an hour out of Chalcia they had passed its boundary stones. The private road to the manor was in much better state than the one she had suffered over the last few days, which she complimented him on. He demurred in accepting her words.

“When Minister Floros was still regent, she passed a decree that every estate must maintain a road finely enough that the tax collectors could reach the manor within,” Lord Cleon told her. “Else a most unpleasant fine will be inflicted on the owning household.”

Clever of Lady Floros, Angharad thought. A ruler telling a noble household how to rule their own lands was sure to be met with resistance and rebellion, but to coach it in terms of tax collectors being able to reach said household would make any defying such a decree sound like they were avoiding paying their taxes instead or fighting to preserve their privileges.

A shame this cleverness had not also been put to work turning the roads of Tratheke Valley into something less deserving of indignation.

It was a pleasant enough trip to the estate chatting with an eager Lord Cleon, until they were past the outskirts and approached a small cluster of hills. Up a shallow slope, past the rise of the largest hilltop, finally waited the Eirenos manor.

It had a long, lime-white rectangular façade with a slightly angled red tile roof, and though it was not particularly large Angharad thought the row of large glass windows on the second story more than made up for it. Twin stairs – with a small passage between them slipping below and to the back the of the manor – went up to a triad of plaster arches bordering an open vestibule. There were shuttered windows on either side, and further out on the estate another two buildings. A guesthouse, Angharad decided, and some sort of annex.

The grounds were more impressive, a large pond flecked with slender reeds out front and a garden in the Asphodelian fashion spreading out in every direction: a mere step away from being wild, loosely paved paths winding through groves of orange and lemon trees as silver-leafed shrubs and long grass grew in clusters. Near the guesthouse, to the side of the manor, was a manmade clearing ringed by trees bearing yet-unlit lanterns, long tables already set in anticipation of the reception tomorrow. There was even a stone floor in the center for dancing.

Lord Cleon rode ahead, to make room for his coach, and Angharad saw through the gap in the drapes that on the front stairs waited a handful of servants in dark green livery. One of them bowed to the lordling and took away his horse after he dismounted, leading it around the back. As the coach began to slow, she watched the young lord be fussed over by a… sister? No, she corrected as the coach closed the distance. The fair-haired beauty embarrassing Cleon Eirenos, despite her youthful looks, wore too fine a dress to be anyone but his mother.

Angharad had not met many women taller than her since leaving Malan, but Lady Penelope Eirenos came close – and wore that height rather differently. Hair of red gold, wavy and so long it must reach down to the small of her back, crowned an elegant face with seductive lips and vivid green eyes. The hourglass figure barely contained by a loose pale blue gown had Angharad struggling not to stare, disbelieving that Lady Penelope was old enough to have a son. She looked barely thirty.

No wonder Lord Artemon had bought a herd of horses. Angharad might also be tempted to the unwise to put a smile on such a beauty’s face.

The coach came to a halt, and after the door was opened for her she was welcomed in a whirl of attention. Lord Cleon introduced the eldest of his servants, though none were named majordomo, and then pulled his mother away from giving orders to introduce her properly. Her beauty grew all the more dangerous from closeness, the slight marks of aging that Angharad now noticed – subtle laugh lines and wrinkles – only adding a certain undertone of maturity to the curves and smiled.

“My mother, Lady Penelope,” Cleon introduced.

“It is a pleasing to finally meet you, Lady Angharad,” Lady Penelope smiled.

“The pleasure is all mine,” Angharad assured her.

She had restraint enough not to seek to kiss her hand, trading curtsies instead. Lady Penelope had arranged refreshments, and while her luggage was brought upstairs she sat for lemon water and small talk. It was inevitable, of course, that questions would be asked about the run-in with the lemures and the poachers. Angharad did her best to dispel the rumors, with some degree of success.

“It is still quite the feat to drive off a band of poachers then escape a satyrian and his hunting pack,” Lady Penelope said.

Her gown wasn’t even all that revealing, Angharad reminded herself. It mere drew the eye to the slim waist and the contrasting curves around it.

“If Mistress Katina had not scared off the third poacher, I expect it would have gone quite differently,” she replied. “If we had still been skirmishing when the satyrian arrived…”

“I’m sure you would have found a way,” Lord Cleon firmly said. “Your heroics made a strong impression on the people of Chalcia.”

He shot a look at his mother after the words, the moment that passed between them hard for her to decipher. Lady Penelope, after the refreshments were well emptied, suggested that Angharad be given a tour of the manor’s surroundings. She accepted, naturally. Much of what she had come here to accomplish must be through talk with Cleon Eirenos, and a walk was fine enough setting for that.

Lord Cleon was eager to show her the grounds, though he took care that his enthusiasm would not go beyond what her limp allowed. He kept an eye on her stride, a hawk for signs of pain or exhaustion, and Angharad could not quite decide whether she was irritated or impressed. Regardless, it was gallant.

Cleon was not the kind of man she would consider handsome. His shorter stature and wisps of a mustache did not help. Yet he seemed to her a lord of respectable character and his conversation was engaging as he guided her through the garden around the manor, though she glimpsed through his affected calm the occasional burst of nerves.

She suspected he had rehearsed some topics, too, given the almost literary turns of phrase he occasionally used.

After an hour, in deference to her tiredness he suggested they retire to the manor for a time so they she might rest before he took her to hunt quail in the nearby woods. There had, to her mild frustration, been little opportunity for her to ask about what she had come to investigate. Patience, she reminder herself. Lord Cleon was younger than her, by a year, but he was no fool. She must not be suspicious in her questioning.

A room had been prepared for her on the highest story of the house, along with Lord Cleon’s own and that of Lady Penelope, and Angharad’s affairs had already been brought up. She napped for an hour, as offered, and had a small midday meal with the Eirenos.

Lord Cleon had dressed for the woods and ate carefully, constantly looking her way as if afraid that some small breach of etiquette would sour her on him, while Lady Penelope eyed the scene with open amusement. The beauty languorously ate orange slices, the light come through the window catching her mane of hair and wreathing her in gold. Her pale blue gown, cut in that Asphodelian way that evoked ancient chitons, should have been loose but was too filled by a splendid figure for it to be so.

It was an effort not to stare at those elegant fingers as she ate her meal, leaving most of the conversation to Lord Cleon as she observed them.

They went hunting afterwards, she in her traveling clothes and he attired like a proper woodsman. Angharad was no great huntress, but she knew how to use a fowler and Lord Cleon assured her the quails in the nearby woods made for easy hunting. The manor raised some of them in captivity before releasing them, to weaken the breed. The young lord offered to carry her gun, but she tucked it under her arm instead.

Within the turn of the hour he’d twice startled a quail into flight and snapped a shot that downed it, while her own struggles were… mixed. She caught a wing, once, but honesty compelled her to admit it had been pure chance. She’d simply never had to line up a shot so quickly, or on so small a target.

Angharad was not used to being unskilled and must not have hidden her frustration as well as she thought.

“New to fowlers, I take it?” Lord Cleon said.

“My father was a fine huntsman, but I never took a deep interest,” she admitted.

Mother had dabbled, but she’d always said that if she was to head out and kill an animal it might as well be a whale so the profit would be greater than a pot of stew.

“I imagine the sword took up much of your time,” he said.

Angharad shot him a surprised look. She had never spoken of being a mirror-dancer in Tratheke society.

“I asked a well-travelled cousin about your silver marks,” Lord Cleon admitted. “I apologize if you feel it untoward of me.”

“It is nothing hidden, the stripes are meant to be seen,” Angharad assured him. “It is only…”

She hesitated, looking for a sentence that would be neither a lie not too revealing a truth.

“I understand,” he grimaced. “The cane took the place of the sword.”

“Something like that,” Angharad precisely replied.

“In the interests of honesty,” Lord Cleon said, “I followed advice and also asked one of the royal sniffers as to whether or now a god endowed you with contract. I was informed that you were, though I know nothing more of the matter.”

She gritted her teeth, but curtly nodded. It was not an unreasonable precaution when inviting a foreign noble into your home. Indeed, it was to his honor that he would so straightforwardly tell her of it.

“Such knowledge can be asked for?” she said, surprised.

“If you ask coin in hand,” he said.

Angharad felt a silver of contempt. Not for Lord Cleon but the contractor taking bribes for secrets even when in the service of the Lord Rector of Asphodel. Sniffers were rare and valuable enough even the lesser of their kind would be able to take such liberties, which spoke well of Song. She was anything but the least of such contracts, yet held discretion as a virtue. Almost to a fault.

“I am contracted myself,” Lord Cleon continued. “It is a strange thing, to hold a god so close.”

Angharad raised an eyebrow. Not how she would have described it, but then she feared the Fisher as much as she respected his power. Closeness was not something she sought from that old monster.

“How so?”

“They see our weaknesses,” he said, “but in such a tight embrace it is inevitable we might glimpse theirs as well.”

The Fisher, Angharad thought, was the last entity she would associate with weakness. It abhorred the concept, and even as a diminished prisoner the great spirit remained a fearsome thing.

“I prefer to keep mine at arm’s length,” Angharad admitted. “We do not often see eye to eye.”

“I can sympathize,” Lord Cleon nodded. “Mine grew… odd, as time passed. Harsher, even as the granted boon thinned. I might not make the same choice now I did then.”

“Oh, mine thins not at all,” Angharad murmured. “Sometimes I worry of that.”

They left it at that, neither inclined to speak more in depth of their contract. Angharad knew, of course, of his. Song had skimmed his contract and told her of it. She felt guilt at that, but a shallow sort. He, too, had asked a sniffer about her. Angharad’s was simply the finer of the two.

They pushed deeper into the woods, Lord Cleon taking the time to show her how to more quickly snap a shot, and as the topic was on hunting she guided the river where she needed it to flow. First as to the many hunting grounds to which the Eirenos had rights, and his own experience with them. Then to what she wanted to know.

“I am told that the lictors patrol the valley in depth, now that there has been some trouble in the hills,” Angharad innocently said. “Do they not scare off the game when you take the field?”

He hummed, wiggling his hand.

“Most of the patrol routes have been the same since my father’s youth,” Cleon told her. “They do not change, and none come anywhere close to our hunting grounds. But there have been a few changes in the last few years, it is true.”

He frowned.

“The Lord Rector – it only began after Evander Palliades took the throne – claims the new expeditions are to drive back lemures, but before that mischief began in the hills there was no true need for that,” he said. “There has long been rumors that arms are being smuggled into Tratheke, so I have wondered if it might not be an attempt to catch the smugglers.”

“Smuggling from where?” Angharad said, as if disbelieving.

“The western hills, near the mountains,” he said. “That is where they stomp around most. It’s not done wonders for stag hunts in that slice of land, but it was always better out east anyhow. No great loss, though it sometimes has me thinking of selling our lodge out there.”

She considered, for a moment, telling him of the blackpowder and arms she had found in the wrecked carriage where the poachers had waited. Yet, weighing the matter, it seemed like there was little to learn by telling him. More importantly, it might be she had narrowed down where the entrance to the shipyards might be hidden: out in the western hills, near the mountains.

Not exactly a small stretch of land, but knowing that Eirenos lodge there was close enough to the patrols for hunting to be affected should help narrow it down.

Having learned as much without need for true skullduggery pleased her greatly, lifting her mood on the way back to the manor visibly enough Lord Cleon almost commented on it. He thought better, though, and instead began to tell her of the feast he was to throw the following evening.

“It will be mostly families from our part of Tratheke Valley,” Cleon said. “The Pisenor, the Saon and the Iphine foremost among them. From further out there will be only Lord Arkol, who did business with my father, and Lord Gule who was kind enough to accept my invitation.”

Angharad blinked in genuine surprise.

“The ambassador from Malan?” she checked.

Cleon seriously nodded.

“He has been a benefactor and something of a mentor, these last few years,” the young lord said. “I am pleased he was able to spare the time, given his duties.”

“Ah,” Angharad said. “That shipyard business, yes?”

Lord Cleon inclined his head.

“What the Kingdom of Malan wants with skimmers I know not, given their lauded ironwood, but I suppose everyone wants a piece of the Lord Rector’s pie these days.”

He paused.

“Good on him,” the younger man feelingly said. “Minister Floros can play the paragon all she likes, the lords of the valley know better.”

Angharad’s brow rose.

“I must admit I have heard little but compliments of Apollonia Floros’ character,” she said.

Even the Lord Rector seemed to respect her, according to Song, and they were sworn enemies.

“Oh, I’m sure she’d rather die than dirty even the least of her handkerchiefs,” Lord Cleon sardonically said. “Honorable to a fault, Apollonia Floros. So much that the very day the regency ended she withdrew all her troops from the capital and dismissed all her vassals and allies from positions of power.”

Angharad’s eyes narrowed. An honorable act, yes, yet…

“How many such appointments were there?”

Honor could be a knife, a daughter of Peredur well knew. Cleon grinned unpleasantly.

“Near every key post in the capital and valley,” he replied, and she winced. “And she had been resisting building back the lictors for years, volunteering her own men to patrol instead to raise the crown’s income. So when she pulled everyone out…”

“Chaos,” Angharad quietly said.

As if most the officers on a ship died overnight, leaving it to drift aimless and angry.

“The Lord Rector spent the first year of his reign struggling not to drown in that mess,” Cleon said. “And when the man proved his mettle, kept his head above the water, what was said?”

He wrinkled his nose in disgust.

“Praises for Minister Floros, at having taught him so well,” he scorned. “As if she had not just set a fire and watched with her hands in her lap as he fought to put it out.”

“Such disorder must not have endeared her to the valley lords,” Angharad ventured.

“It is good of you to think so,” Lord Cleon coldly laughed. “But you think too well of my fellows. Sleeping in a viper pit for too long has a way of making one grow scales. Apollonia Floros was firm and just and most importantly of all she ruthlessly ground the Trade Assembly beneath her boot.”

“While the Lord Rector has pursued a more… measured policy,” she delicately said.

Meaning he was not powerful enough to grind anyone under his boots and needed the Assembly’s support against the Council of Ministers besides. Lord Cleon nodded.

“I understand that in Malan honor is greatly prized,” he delicately said, “but most of my fellow lords prefer profit to principle. Even those with fine reputations. I would not have-”

And suddenly he hesitated.

“Is something wrong?” she asked.

He coughed.

“I understand that Lord Menander is something of a patron of yours,” Cleon said.

Angharad cocked her head to the side.

“While we are acquainted, and it was arranged for him to introduce me into Tratheke society, I do not consider him close to me,” she said. “We are not overly familiar.”

He searched her face for a moment, then nodded sharply.

“Good,” he muttered, then his voice firmed. “Good. Menander Drakos likes to act like the court’s kind grandfather, a man who takes no sides, but he is as ruthless as the rest of them.”

His lips thinned.

“My father, you might have heard, once tried to begin rearing horses.”

“I had,” Angharad cautiously said.

“Then you will also have heard it was a fool’s venture that nearly bankrupted our house,” Cleon said. “Lord Menander was the one who helped him obtain the horses, negotiating on his behalf, so he knew exactly how deep the debt ran and what our means were.”

The young lord clenched his teeth.

“And when the interest payments began to pile up, he slid in with his snake’s offer,” Cleon said. “There could be no loan, but oh he did love antiquities. And House Eirenos could buy them back when they had the means, he swore.”

Angharad’s eyes sharpened. That sounded exactly like what Song had tasked her with finding out.

“He bought house treasures,” she said.

“Gobbled them up like a pig at the trough,” Cleon bit out. “Always hungry for more. My family was granted treasures by the Lissenos, Lady Angharad, over our century of service to that line. Now they serve as adornments in his many manors instead. The man bought up everything he could, from paintings to papers.”

“He bought the whole collection?” Angharad asked.

The young man snorted.

“We’ve some correspondence in the annex safe still, I think, along with some statues,” he said. “Only dregs remain.”

The annex, was it? That was where she must look for what Song wanted. Tomorrow, Angharad thought, during the reception. It should not be difficult to feign exhaustion and sneak off. It could also be true, she reflected, that the desired information might now be in the hands of Menander Drakos. Bought years ago. In truth that might be best for the Thirteenth. Lord Menander knew of the Watch investigation and might well accept a request from Song.

“You have righted your house,” Angharad said. “Can you not buy them back as he promised?”

“He has been putting me off,” Lord Cleon darkly replied. “I thought to take this to the Lord Rector, but I was advised otherwise by Lord Gule. There are other recourses, he showed me, which would not bring shame to my father’s name.”

Sensible. Lord Gule was induna by birth, he would understand better than most the necessity of maintaining one’s name.

“But let’s leave that grim talk behind,” he said. “Come, let us find out if you can bag a quail on the way back.”

Alas, though many a tree branch suffered her wrath the birds all neatly escaped.

After a small evening meal and drinks in the garden, Lord Cleon retired for the night.

He apologized twice for it, but he was to rise early on the morrow and could not afford to be exhausted when receiving so many noble guests. Angharad waved all apologies away, perfectly understanding the necessity, though she requested a pot of tea so she might enjoy the quiet of the darkened garden for a span before retiring to her own rooms.

It was a little embarrassing how eager he was to accommodate her.

Night on Asphodel was different, so far from Tratheke. It felt like a true land again, with the distant pale stars and wind in her hair. The only lights still left on were a few lamps inside the manor, mostly around the kitchen, and strangely enough candles at the upper window of what Angharad believed to be some sort of annex. Hopefully it was not lit every night, else it would make sneaking there on the morrow significantly more difficult.

She had mostly finished her tea and it was beginning to run late when a maid returned to her table. Not, as Angharad had expected, to take away the pot and make inquiries as to bedding. She was bringing an invitation.

“Lady Penelope would speak with you in her parlor, if you are not too tired,” the girl said.

Far be it from her to deny the whim of such a beauty. Besides, Angharad suspected she knew what this was about. After having observed them over the day, Lady Penelope was now to either approve or disapprove of her as a prospect for her son. Disapprove, most likely, but that was only sensible. Angharad would not have wanted to wed herself, in their shoes.

A valet took her, leading her across the grass with a lantern until they reached the dark silhouette of the building.

Angharad had half-guessed the inside of the annex to be little more than a warehouse, but she had been wrong. There were wooden floors and hung tapestries, a single lantern lit and revealing shelves of dusty curios. Wrapped paintings were propped up against walls, to safeguard from vermin and the elements. The floors here were swept, but not well. This main room was too small to be the whole of it, and there were side doors hinting at the space being partitioned, but that was not where she was headed.

At the back of the room narrow stairs went up to the second story, where waited the candles she had glimpsed.

She sighed at the thought of more stairs to suffer, but limped onwards. The thick, iron-barded door at the end of the stairs was open. Through it, the noblewoman found a room that was halfway between  the promised parlor and a gallery.

Half the den was crammed full of statues, bronze and stone, that went from simple busts to a large marble piece depicting a boy-child riding a swan. A few shelves of ancient, carefully tended books were tucked away against the wall while below them glass cases with iron honeycombing displayed empty wombs in the trembling candlelight. The precious pieces once filling them must all have been bought.

There was a heavy steel safe with two different locks, resting in a corner, and Angharad took note of it. Her short lesson on lockpicking would be of no use here, which meant she must find the keys.

The other half of the room was a lady’s parlor, wrested from the gallery. A wooden writing desk had been brought up and displayed some correspondence, but the heart of it all was a lushly carpeted salon with two elegant love seats flanking an oval low table. A small dressing table with a mirror also bore a handful of books, and to the side lay an elegant little loom which did not seem to have been used in quite some time.

Lady Penelope sat on a love seat, a cup of wine in hand, and Angharad swallowed at the sight: she wore only a pale embroidered nightgown, baring shoulders and drawing the eye to the generous swell of her breasts. A simple leather cord hung as a necklace, bearing two small iron pieces tucked away in her cleavage. Keys, Angharad thought. She let her eyes linger there an additional half-second to make certain that was truly what they were.

Well, that was one of the reasons.

“Lady Angharad,” the lady of the house smiled, resting her elbow on the arm of the seat. “I am pleased you could join me. Do sit.”

Angharad did, and the older woman poured her a cup of wine before leaning over to press it into her hand. She dutifully took a sip, then almost choked.

“Valley wine,” Lady Penelope slyly smiled. “Rarely great vintages, but surprisingly strong.”

“So I see,” Angharad said, then coughed into her fist.

Not something to drink too quickly.

“An evening conversation like this,” the fair-haired beauty said, “is how I should make inquiries into your background, Lady Angharad.”

The Pereduri sipped again at her cup, more shallowly this time.

“Implying you will not,” she finally said.

“There would be no point,” Lady Penelope said, “when you are about as interested in my son as you are in statuary.”

She hid her surprise.

“Lord Cleon is a skilled huntsman and a fine conversationalist,” Angharad mildly said.

“He also has a few years of growing left to do before inheriting the best his father’s looks,” Lady Penelope said, then paused. “You also occasionally look at me as if intending to devour.

Angharad flushed in mortification, straightening on the loveseat.

“I meant no offense, my lady,” she said. “I only-”

The tall beauty waved her words away.

“It’s quite flattering, really,” Lady Penelope said. “And when I told our maid Elena to dip her neckline when serving you at midday you did not look, so you do not appear to be a philanderer.”

Angharad might have taken that as a compliment, had she at all recalled such a thing. She did not, but then that meal had been a balancing act of listening to Lord Cleon and not staring at his lovely mother’s graceful fingers.

“I do not consider myself one,” Angharad choked out.

Lady Penelope arched an amused brow. It was unfairly seductive on her.

“Neither does it appear you paid Katina to make a stir on your behalf, which dispels my first concern about you,” the lady said. “Given your character and obvious good breeding, you did not come here to take advantage of my son being taken with you.”

Her eyes narrowed.

“Had I seen you string him along today, we would be having a very different conversation.”

Angharad silently nodded. It was almost a shame that Lady Penelope’s expression softened after that. The tall older woman looking at her so imperiously had… not been unpleasant.

“I imagine turning away your first friendly face at court would have been difficult, even suspecting his intentions,” Lady Penelope said, not unkindly. “You must understand, however, that no matter sympathetic I am to your position I cannot leave him with even the illusion that pursuing you is possible.”

“It would be unkind to him,” Angharad quietly agreed.

The lady drank deep of her cup, then set it down.

“Good,” the older woman said. “Good.”

She sighed.

“I failed him, after my husband died,” Lady Penelope said. “Watched as he broke his own heart selling Lord Menander those old papers the man is so obsessed with. I will not see him so wounded again.”

“Lord Menander has an interest in papers?” Angharad said with forced casualness. “From Lord Cleon’s depiction of the tale, I thought him more concerned with artifacts.”

“Oh, he always put on a good show about wanting the jewels and the rings,” Lady Penelope snorted. “But I could tell what it was he was really after – papers from the days of the Lissenos, old land deeds and maps. He paid a fortune for them.”

Now why, Angharad thought, would Menander Drakos be so interested in these? Enough to pay good coin for them, anyhow. Something was afoot.

“Drink,” Lady Penelope ordered her.

Angharad drank.

“I will be telling Cleon,” she said, “that after having made inquiries into your background, while I do not find you personally unfit there is unpleasantness to your family name that makes you unsuitable.”

She paused.

“That will wait until you have left, the day after tomorrow. By all means you should enjoy your stay here, Lady Angharad, but do not accept an invitation to the manor again. Keep a respectable distance.”

The Pereduri silently nodded, for these were fine enough terms. In truth this might be the best way to cleanly end her ties to Lord Cleon, though for the kindness he had offered her she would attempt to find a way to repay him.

“I will take my leave, then,” Angharad said. “Thank you for your forbearance, Lady Eirenos.”

“Oh, finish your drink,” Lady Penelope sighed. “Or am I such terrible company you would prefer risking the servants talk when you emerge after a mere minute or two? I am supposed to be interrogating you.”

“I would never dare offer you such slight, my lady,” Angharad replied, inclining her head.

She had not drunk enough to excuse how flirtatious that had sounded. Yet instead of an arched brow, Angharad was graced with a smirk.

“I thought not,” Lady Penelope said.

Angharad was not one to refuse a beautiful woman curious about her, so she soon found herself skimming over the top of how she had been raised in Peredur – Lady Penelope complimenting the stripes when shown, and trailing a finger to see how the tattoo felt to the touch – as well a painting a picture of the cities she had visited on the path that eventually led her to Asphodel.

It was difficult for Angharad to consider herself well travelled, given whom her mother had been, but her tales about the ports on the way to Sacromonte garnered eager interest for Lady Penelope. The older woman seemed almost wistful when the City was mentioned, mentioning her parents had once intended to take her there for a span but that a sickness of her mother’s had prevented the journey.

When Angharad next eyed the candle, she realized that at least half an hour had passed and she was well into her second cup of wine. Hardly even tipsy, but there was a certain warmth to her cheeks that came in part from the drink.

“Never, truly?” she asked.

Lady Penelope sighed, leaning on her love seat and looking like a painter’s finest rendition of beauty of lush beauty.

“There was no true cause for me to leave Asphodel as a girl,” she said, “and I married Artemon at seventeen. I was pregnant within the year, and after that the troubles put an end to any notion of traveling abroad.”

“You could now, surely,” Angharad suggested. “Sacromonte is not so far by ship, and though it is a fading kind of splendor it is still a splendid city.”

Not that Tristan would agree. The man took a queer pride in hating the city of his birth more than most foreigners did.

“When my son is wed, perhaps,” Lady Penelope said. “I must confess that staying out here in the valley sometimes feels… confining.”

“I felt the same in Peredur,” Angharad said. “It was one of the reasons I so embraced the dueling circuit.”

Penelope chuckled, sliding a finger along the rim of her cup.

“You must think me hopelessly provincial,” she said. “Wed young and then buried in the country.”

“I was to be a country peer myself,” Angharad dismissed. “How could I look down on such a life?”

“Well,” Lady Penelope idly said, “I did live a little, before marrying.”

Angharad swallowed.

“Oh?”

“There are risks to dallying with a boy before one weds, but with a girl…” she trailed off. “Well, I learned a thing or two before being swept off my feet.”

An electric tingle went up her spine.

“Enjoyable learning, one hopes?” Angharad lightly said.

“Very,” Lady Penelope smirked, a sight that had her stomach clenching with want. “And I am not so old a widow, Angharad, that I have never thought of taking a lover.”

“It would be a genuine shame,” she replied, “if you did not.”

“The issue has always been one of timing and discretion,” the lady continued, pushing herself up to rest her elbow on the side of the seat.

It did not feel like a coincidence that this flattering pushed up the frame of her nightgown.

“I will be leaving the day after tomorrow,” Angharad said. “Never to return.”

Lady Penelope cocked her head to the side.

“So you are,” she replied.

She said nothing more.

It was madness, Angharad thought. Thoroughly unwise. But then she watched Penelope Eirenos sitting on that loveseat in that pale nightgown clinging to her curves, looking like a present in need of unwrapping, and madness struck her as the only reasonable course.

The moment the decision was made she shed the last of the blushes, instead smirking back at Lady Penelope. This, she knew how to do.

“It would be a shame,” she said, rising with her cane. “To end your education at a mere thing or two.”

She went around the table, green and heavy-lidded eyes following her as she did, before sliding next to her on the love seat. The cane was discarded, ignored, and even as Penelope’s hands went to feel up her arm and shoulder she leaned over the other woman. Flushed cheeks and bitable lips, all looking up at her with only the thinnest veneer of calm.

Angharad did exactly what she had been accused of wanting: she devoured Lady Penelope.

A surprised moan as she deepened the kiss, hands attempting to draw her in until she withdrew and dipped to nip at Penelope’s neck – she felt her shiver, kissing her way down to the shoulder as another hand trailed down the side of the nightgown until she found the bare skin of her legs.

“Angharad,” she gasped as her neck was nipped again, just enough it would not leave marks. “I-”

She silenced Lady Penelope with another kiss, heated enough their teeth almost clicked, and while the older woman pawed at her shoulders Angharad moved to slide a knee between her legs. Not yet slid all the way up, taking her time. She made a mess of the older woman, pulling down the nightgown to paw at those firm and rounded curves, to thumb her nipples and watch her squirm. Angharad’s hands ran up her bare legs under the nightdress, finding that the peach of her ass was exactly as full as the gowns had hinted – she almost groaned, the need to pull that dress off her an almost physical thing.

But she forced herself to patience, to taking her time as Penelope moaned and flushed red and nearly tore the strings of Angharad’s traveling dress getting her out of it. The widow’s eyes burned at the sight of her own figure finally bared, groping for her breasts, but Angharad caught those wrists and pressed them above her head even though she ached for attention.

Instead she knelt before Penelope, pulling the nightgown’s hem up to her waist and opening those long, smooth legs. She pressed a kiss against her thigh, then another few further and further up until the gorgeous widow’s hand in her hair was trying to drag her all the way between her legs. She shot up an amused look, hands keeping those thighs open and in place.

“Do pay attention,” Angharad said. “After I’ve shown you a new trick, I will be expecting a demonstration.”

Lady Penelope nodded, biting her lip, and Angharad leaned forward.

It was for the best the window was closed, for little of what followed was quiet.

The warmth of another body pressed close against hers was satisfying, something she had missed without knowing it.

All the more when Angharad’s gaze could stray down the curve of Penelope’s slender neck to her bare body, the blanket they had taken to sharing when dozing off hardly covering a thing. Her lover’s breath was deep, steady. In the throes of sleep. Much as she would prefer to simply enjoy the other woman’s embrace, she had a duty.

So Angharad closed her eyes and breathed in.

First she slowly, gently reached for the leather necklace bearing the keys. She caught the iron pieces and held them as she lifted the necklace off Penelope’s neck, but quickly realized there would be no passing it through those beautiful gold-red curls without waking her. So instead she carefully slipped out, bit by bit as not to wake Penelope, and padded over to the writing desk. There, standing on wobbly legs, she found a letter opener and returned to the love seat.

She cut the rope and lifted the necklace, waiting to see if Penelope would rise from slumber. She did not.

The letter opener returned to the desk, where she had found it, and move to the safe. The keys were small, small enough that she could hope the locks were not large either and so would not be noisy. That proved true of the first she opened, a barely audible click, but the second felt stronger against her grip when she turned.

Looking back at the sleeping Penelope, who the fading candlelight of the last candles lapped at hungrily – unless that was Angharad’s own gaze, which while sated still craved more. There was a snippet of guilt, but more of worry.

She covered the second lock as best she could with her palm to muffle the noise and turned the key.

It felt like a cacophony, so loud as to be deafening, but it opened. Another worried look back showed that Penelope had stirred but did not seem awake. Angharad cracked open the safe’s door, finding it mostly empty save for two things. One was a pouch of jewels, which she left untouched. The other was a small pile of letters, each bearing the ancient seal of House Lissenos in the corner.

These she brought out in the candlelight, gaze skimming them one after another.

She had in her hands correspondence between Lord Rector Hector and his mistress ‘C. E.’, which was lovely and rather poetic but likely not what Song had wanted. Still, it must have some importance for it to be kept in the safe instead of on the bookshelf. Was ‘E.’ for Eirenos? Not for her to decide, Angharad mused, and simply looked through all the letters before putting them back.

Out of thoroughness she closed the steel door, and that must have been one noise too many.

“What are you doing?” Penelope Eirenos coldly asked.

She did not turn to look at the expression on her lover’s face, which was sure to be a harsh thing.

Instead she released her contract.

Angharad Tredegar opened her eyes and breathed out.

She slid out of Lady Penelope’s embrace, leaving her to her slumber, and dressed before slipping out of the parlor. She fancied she felt the other woman’s sleepy gaze on her back as she left, retiring to her room in the manor. Not that Angharad would be able to sleep quite yet.

Her recall was only impeccable for a day after the vision. She would need to write down everything she had read before it faded, if she was to get Song the information she had wanted.

Chapter 52

By the end of the first day, Angharad would have been willing to fight another gray mirror for the prize of never again having to ride a coach.

It was no reflection on the coachman, a grizzled old woman who knew the country roads like the back of her hand and drove to Chalcia – the town nearest to the Eirenos estate – at least twice a week. It was the roads themselves that were devil’s work, the quality having wildly dropped a mere two hours out of Tratheke and never daring another swing upwards from there. It was as if someone had built a trail entirely out potholes and loose stones, occasionally throwing in some rain damage just to keep the coachman sharp.

Angharad, damned by deception to remain inside the coach instead of sitting on the bench outside with the driver, spent the day being treated like the insides of a saltshaker.

They stopped for the night at an inn within a roadside village, for though a large Glare lantern hung at the front of the coach it was meant for use only if they were caught out in the dark. Angharad felt at once tired and restless, so she decided on stretching her legs through a small walk around the nameless village while Mistress Katina secured their rooms and meal.

She limped around for a quarter-hour, contemplating mud streets and a surfeit of cabbage fields. Was cabbage so profitable as to warrant entire fields being sown? She’d had no idea. By the time she returned a warm meal was ready and she sat with her coachman, making idle conversation over profoundly average cabbage soup.

Admittedly, she should have seen the latter coming.

Mistress Katina had done business with the Eirenos for decades, she learned, having been known to Lord Cleon’s father the Lord Artemon. While not overly familiar with the Eirenos themselves, she had from a distance seen Cleon grow from a child to a young man and seemed fond of him in an abstract sort of way. As one who had regularly passed through Chalcia during decades, she was also a font of gossip about the noble house.

“His mother, Lady Penelope, she was from a fine family out east and she liked horses,” Mistress Katina said, lowering her voice as if confiding. “The good lord Artemon bought a herd after they wed, said they’d breed and sell them, but the land’s poor for it and half the horses died of sick on the second winter. They say belts tightened at the Eirenos manor after that.”

Horse breeding could be a lucrative trade, Angharad knew – some noble houses in southern Malan made a fortune off supplying the royal army and izinduna with warhorses – but it was not something that could be attempted lightly or half-heartedly. Buying several breeding pairs would have been a heavy expense for a small noble house. The finances of her own House Tredegar would not have been able to bear such a burden even though Mother’s foreign ventures had made them wealthier than most their neighbors.

“Lord Cleon seems to have led the house to recovery,” Angharad tried.

He had been finely dressed on every occasion they met and not treated like a beggar lord by his fellows.

“He’s a steady one,” Mistress Katina approved. “After Lord Artemon passed, they say Lady Penelope fell deep into grief and her young one had to handle the servants and rents on his own. By the time the Lord Rector recognized him as Lord Eirenos he’d been doing the work for two years already.”

Titles were formally inherited at sixteen, here in Asphodel, which meant Cleon Eirenos had begun running his house at the tender age of four and ten. It was impressive of him, Angharad thought. No wonder he had attracted a spirit’s interest enough for a contract to be offered. Song and Maryam clearly believed this Odyssean to be sinister, but Angharad disagreed. It was a spirit as spirits had been since the Old Night, harsh and bloody and never to be trusted too closely.

The notion that some spirits were trustworthy was what Angharad took exception to.

Fed plenty gossip and soup best complimented as being of the appropriate temperature, Angharad retired for the night in the rented room. It was clean, if cramped, but exhausted as she was the Pereduri would have fallen asleep on stone. The innkeeper woke her an hour before daylight began, providing an offering freshly baked bread deplorably accompanied by further cabbage soup. Simmering overnight had not improved its taste or texture.

A surprise came when she was told that the mail rider come overnight had left a package for her, however, paid for by sender. She opened it and found that a certain ‘Lord Allazi’ was allegedly returning her hat to her. His lordship’s handwriting was remarkably similar to Song’s, which had her retiring to her room to put the hat away in her traveling chest while Mistress Katina finished feeding the horses. Door closed, Angharad discovered that inside the round-crowned, short-brimmed gray felt piece there was a discreet black lining with a folded paper tucked inside.

She teased it out, learning after opening that that Song believed the Eirenos might be in possession of ancient royal property that could shed light on the nature of the spirit contained in the empty layer. Angharad was requested to find out if such property was truly in Eirenos hands, and to obtain it if she could. Both requests were suborned to the necessity of maintaining her cover, which Song stressed was more important than any short-term gain. She was then bid to burn the paper as soon as feasible.

The noblewoman promptly fed it to her room lantern and joined Mistress Katina in the coach, keeping her thoughts off her face.

None of her assignments ran, strictly speaking, contrary to the duties of a guest. To find out if he had any knowledge of the shipyard entrance – however indirectly – and tease out any involvement with the cult of the Golden Ram were no breaches of guest right. Neither, arguably, would be inquiring after old family history and treasures. Yet it could not be denied that Angharad had been invited in good faith and would repay this with petty sneakery.

No, she reminded herself. Not so petty, save what she committed on her own behalf. To learn about the roots of a rampant spirit, to investigate the good name of one who might be a cultist, these were not unworthy things. They only felt so because Angharad was used to attending as a guest, not a watchwoman. For a noble guest to spy would have been dishonorable, but for a rook it was only her duty.

Save, of course, for one part: the dishonor she had brought with her, the liar’s deal taken. It was tempting to tell herself that looking into Eirenos knowledge of the shipyard would also aid the Thirteenth’s investigation, but it would have been half a lie. Even if there had been no use at all for the test she would have asked. Was it dishonor, to pursue a private task while undertaking oathsworn service? Some scholars of honor would say so, that to dilute service was to destroy it, but Angharad was not so sure.

If getting her answers did not war with the higher duty…

The coach shook her out of her thoughts, quite literally, as it hit a pothole and Mistress Katina cursed most uncouthly. Angharad groaned, stretching out her aching back and resisted the urge to lean forward and bury her face into her bag. It would crease her only traveling dress and it would be a tedious chore to straighten it out when they stopped for the night. How long had it been since they left the town, a few hours? Let it be at least that, the day was stretching on most intolerably.

When the coach kept on inching forward at a crawl after that bump Angharad swallowed a second groan, for that seemed to her the herald of a wheel in need of changing – or, ancestors forbid, a whole axle – but the coachman did not stop outright. Frowning, Angharad reached for her traveling bag and prudently grabbed her pistol and a hunting knife borrowed from the Black House armory. The former was already loaded, and with it in hand she drew back the carriage drapes and peeked out.

Ahead of them were hilly woodlands with the dirt road slithering through a dip in the heights, tall fig trees casting shade on white bindweed flowers. Just before the road went into the hills, though, was a crashed carriage – it must have had at least four horses, by the looks of the harness, though there was no trace of them. Two wheels had come off, snapped, and it lay tipped over on the ground with a wall caved in and merchandise spilling out. Barrels and crates, bundles of cloth with glinting contents.

Two men in hunting coats stood by the wreck, one rummaging through a crate while the other kept watch. And at the latter’s feet Angharad saw a corpse – not that of a man but a beast, a thick-furred lupine felled by a hunting spear still lodged in its side.

“Mistress Katina?” Angharad quietly called out. “Why do you hesitate?”

The old woman leaned past the edge of her bench, her grimacing face cast in shadow from the lit lantern at the front of the carriage. Lit for the forest crossing, Angharad idly guessed.

“We’re still too close to Tratheke, my lady,” she said. “These are the Lord Rector’s woods, which means these are no hunters.”

“Poachers,” Angharad immediately grasped.

A plague on any noblewoman’s forests. Llanw Hall had been thin on trees, and thus such troubles, but she had sat at her mother’s table while some of their highborn neighbors complained of such lawbreaking on their own lands. And while Angharad was not sure of the punishment for poaching on Asphodel, even less so when poaching in royal land, it was sure to be unpleasant. These men might well see them as witnesses to silence.

“Is there another way to Chalcia?” she asked.

“Not without risking the gullies, which is treacherous traveling,” the coachman said. “It is too late, besides. They’ve seen us.”

Mistress Katina spoke true, for the poacher who had been keeping watch now walked away from his confederate and towards them, down the dirt road. He had in hand a musket loosely held – no, not a musket but a fowler. Slender, of smaller bore, but quicker on the shot as was needed to clip a bird’s wings.

“Ho there, on the road,” the dark-haired man called out. “Who goes here?”

“We may have to pay them off, my lady,” Mistress Katina murmured. “Let me do the talking.”

Reluctantly, Angharad nodded and withdrew. She mostly closed the drape, leaving herself just wide enough an opening to be able to see through and aim.

“Katina of Teon’s Hill,” the coachman called back. “I am headed for Chalcia, down the road, with a guest but no goods. I want no trouble.”

The man laughed.

“Neither do we, good woman,” he replied. “We were only passing through when we saw the fallen carriage and came to look for survivors. All hands lost, it seems.”

“That lupine your work, then?”

“It was,” the poacher agreed. “Waiting there, though there was no corpse to feed on and hardly any traces of blood. A passing strange accident, this.”

“No business of ours,” Mistress Katina said. “We are headed north and have no time for distractions.”

“Then by all means,” the poacher said, “be on your way.”

Through the slice of room she had left, Angharad saw the other poacher had abandoned his inspection and ripped his spear out of the lemure’s corpse. Precaution or preparation? Her fingers tightened around the pistol. Keeping it at the ready, she leaned to the side and blindly began digging under the bench. There the saber Uncle Osian had gifted her lay hidden. She set it over her traveling bag, in easy reach, as the coach began to advance again.

Five feet, ten, twenty – the poacher kept pace with them on the side of the road, the dark-haired man with poor teeth smiling all the while. It was the movement from the other one that told Angharad everything she needed to know. The second poacher, with his spear and knife, moved to get in the way of the horses with his spear at the ready. Horses, unless trained otherwise, did not charge into spears. Mistress Katina’s aging plodders did not strike Angharad as having been raised such.

The coachman had a musket of her own, and Angharad heard it getting cocked, but then the smiling poacher was flanking her with his fowler. Smaller bore or not, that gun would kill.

“Might be you’ll get me, but I’ll bring one of you along onto the Sculler’s boat,” Mistress Katina harshly said. “And then who will help the survivor carry the loot? Let’s settle this with coin, boys, parts ways bloodless.”

“There’s no need for blood,” the smiler agreed. “My oath to Oduromai King, you will leave with horses and coach and traveler.”

The other one laughed, as if there was some sort of private jest.

“We’ll only take everything else,” the first poacher continued. “Don’t make this ugly, old-timer.”

Angharad breathed out, closed her eyes.

(Angharad Tredegar grabbed her saber and pushed open the door on the smiling man’s side, jolting him in surprise. The pistol shoot took him in the head, pulping red, as the coachman leveled her musket and unloaded in the other’s belly. He fell screaming. A shot from the edge of the woods, the hill to the left, and a furious red-haired woman charged out with a smoking fowler as the coachman slumped dead on the bench and the horses went wild.)

“It will be an evil eye on all of us, if you push this,” Mistress Katina insisted, “it’ll only-”

Angharad grabbed her saber, tucked it under her arm and pushed open the door on the smiling man’s side.

He hesitated just a moment too long, knowing about the coachman’s gun but not yet having seen hers, so the shot took him just to the side of the nose at it had in the glimpse. He dropped, but before Mistress Katina could drop the other Angharad raised her voice.

“Woods, to the left,” she curtly ordered.

The old woman cursed and fired, a scream resounding in the distance, and Angharad barely spared a look for the red-haired woman running deeper into the woods while the last poacher – gone white-faced and wide-eyed – leveled his spear at them. Angharad tossed her pistol onto the coach bench, taking her saber and sliding it out of the sheath.

The poacher knew he was good as dead if Mistress Katina got in another shot, so he rushed towards the old woman before she could reload. That made him predictable, and predictable was half the walk to the graveyard.

It should have been child’s play to reap him, would have been if Angharad were not just as much of a wreck as the toppled carriage. So instead of darting in past his guard and cutting down the back of his knee, Angharad’s own leg gave under her as she hurried and she stumbled with a groan.

She tossed her scabbard at the poacher’s face instead, just as he got past the panicking horses, and though it only clipped the side of his head he had to bring back his spear to protect himself – which let Mistress Katina leap off the bench before he blindly stabbed at where she had just been. The poacher snarled out a curse, panic rising as he looked around. Angharad had to push herself up with her saber to remain standing. She saw the choice being weighed behind his eyes: use the cripple as a shield or chase after the nimble older woman.

He picked the cripple.

Angharad had fought skilled spearmen before. In spars, and twice with death on the line: Tupoc, in the visions, then the hollow warband and Amrinder on the field. Warriors trained and tempered, some first-rate in their skills. The poacher was no such thing, just a scared man with a hunting spear, and because of that in the first breath of the exchange he came a hair’s breadth away from killing her.

She flicked to the side, feinting, and would have caught his arm when he moved to parry. Only instead he shouted and smashed the shaft blindly in her direction. She tripped backward trying to catch the haft with her guard, getting knocked on her ass, and he kicked her in the chest. Angharad groaned, limbs already trembling, but she had kept her saber in hand – she hacked at the side of his leg and cut deep, the poacher pulling back with a shout.

She feinted up at his face, the point near enough he panicked and slapped at it with his spear, and that was enough. When his arm extended to the right she rose onto her knees, delicately pressing the tip of her blade between two ribs as he stepped into the blow and it slid deep in him. The poacher let out a ragged gasp and fell to his knees while she ripped out the blade, eerily mirroring her. Angharad leaned on the coach to get back to her feet and kicked his wrist when he tried to reach for his hunting knife. It went flying on the dirt, soundless. Panting, sweat-soaked and her saber held more like a crutch than a blade, she forced herself to put the steel to his throat.

“Wait,” the man gurgled, holding his gut wound. “Wait. We weren’t going to hurt you, we were just paid to-”

“Paid,” she repeated, disbelieving. “By whom?”

“I didn’t see,” the poacher said, looking pale as he clutched at his wound. “Someone’s servant. Iris said she saw blue and green sown on the pouch, but we never got a name.”

“And what,” Angharad coldly said, “what were you paid to do?”

The man swallowed.

“To wait here,” he said, “for a coach. With the old-timer and some Malani girl in it. We were just to take everything but your smallclothes and let you go.”

Angharad blinked. What manner of plot was this? Nonsense.

“And the broken carriage?” she pressed.

“It was like that when we got here,” the man insisted. “We were looking through when the lupine came, to take the guns.”

The guns? No, that hardly mattered. She could look herself.

“The servant who paid you,” she said. “What did they look like?”

“He wore a hood,” the poacher said. “Please, we weren’t going to hurt you-”

“Ha!”

Mistress Katina, having gone around the coach, stepped out with a loaded musket.

“Well done, my lady,” she said. “Not hurt us, my boot. You can tell it to the magistrate.”

Angharad shot her an odd look. Magistrate? The man was a poacher, a highwayman and he’d bared steel on a woman of noble blood.

“Whatever for?” she asked.

“They’ll question him,” Mistress Katina told her. “Get to the bottom of this.”

“I already have,” Angharad said, and struck.

Well-aimed and deep, a clean stroke even with her leaning against the coach. The poacher’s head tumbled into the grass, looking surprised. Proud of the blow, Angharad turned to flick the blood off her saber and was surprised to find the older woman staring at her in horror.

God’s blood, girl, what did you go and do that for?” she barked.

She was halfway to pointing the musket Angharad’s way.

“His guilt was evident, what need is there for a magistrate’s involvement?” she frowned.

“You can’t just go around killing people,” Katina snarled. “I run a coach, not a bloody slaughterhouse. He was unarmed!”

“And still has an accomplice out in the woods,” Angharad flatly reminded her, unimpressed. “One with a fowler. But if you care so much for highwaymen, by all means dig them a grave. So long as you are ready to depart by the time I’ve finished inspecting the broken carriage.”

She was inclined to leave them to the lupines, herself. The coachman looked like she wanted to argue but Angharad had no taste for it. She picked up her sheath and slid the blade back into it before putting it back in the coach, reaching for her cane and pistol instead. It took her longer than she would have liked to reload the gun, her fingers still trembling. By the time she was finished, the coachman had calmed down some. Anger was still tight on the old woman’s face, but she held her tongue.

Katina began dragging the corpses to the side of the road, silent, and Angharad left her to it.

Leaning on her cane, pistol at her side, the noblewoman went to have her look at the wreck. There had been half a dozen small and portly barrels inside the carriage, some of which had rolled out. All were sealed tight with wax and painted with blue fish silhouettes on the side. A mark Angharad felt no guilt at disbelieving when the bundles of cheap cloth spilled besides it were revealed, when unfolded, to contain muskets. Rough-shaped and unwieldy, but muskets nonetheless.

One of the crates was broken, revealing that among the straw were nestled large balls of stone. Cannon shot. She dragged up one of the barrels, grunting and almost tripping down, and after panting while leaning on her cane for a good minute she brought out her hunting knife to break the wax seal. Prying the barrel open, she found inside exactly what she had expected: blackpowder.

And though it was hard to tell, by the looks of it the carriage had been headed towards Tratheke instead of away.

There must be more, she thought. Some hint as to who was seemingly bringing arms and powder into the capital. It could not be the Lord Rector, else why the false label on the powder barrels? Song and Tristan had found the trail of what might be a dawning coup by the Ministers, this might be one of their smuggled stashes. There had been no place for a seat inside the carriage, given how tightly it was packed – and wax or not it was wise to keep powder away from the weather – but after lowering herself near the front of the vehicle Angharad found that there was a compartment beneath the driver’s bench.

Broken glass, wetness and smudged papers. A pistol and two knives as well as something that smelled like tobacco in a leather sheath. Nothing of use. Only Angharad then narrowed her eyes at the compartment, for this was a matter of intrigue. She emptied it out the compartment before feeling out the bottom. No sign of anything hidden. Ah well. Grunting, she got up.

She returned with one of the muskets, violently smashing its butt into the bottom plank of the compartment. It was the only way to be sure.

It did not sound like there was a hidden compartment, from the first impact, but after three rough blows something broke. Ah, so there was something! The secret compartment turned out not to be even an inch deep, just enough to hold a small journal. Of which there was one. Angharad flipped through it, finding that the insides were nonsense.

It looked like Cycladic, but with numbers thrown in and the lines nonsensical. A cypher of some kind, she guessed. Song could cut her teeth on it if she liked, this was not Angharad’s wheelhouse. By the looks of the ink, the last few entries had been made recently: the black was deeper, had not faded or smudged. She tucked the journal of way, then pushed herself up with her cane.

By the sound of it, the coachman was digging the robbers a grave. Admirable kindness, however misplaced.

Deciding to keep her mouth shut and let Katina finish the labor she’d taken on, Angharad limped back towards the coach. Best put that journal away where no one would find it. Her underthings, she figured, were most likely to be spared too much pawing at by Eirenos maids. She opened the door, hearing the shoveling pause. After a moment passed and she said nothing, it resumed. Angharad put the journal away then slipped back out of the carriage, trying to straighten her aching back.

She was going to have to clean her traveling dress tonight, she saw. No amount of scratching with nails and spit would fully get rid of that muddy boot print. Hopefully the next inn would have a launderer, or at least a soul willing to launder for coin.

Those hilly woods were a pretty enough sight, she thought as she leaned back against the carriage and listened at the rhythmic noise of a grave being dug. The light of the Asphodelian day dripped through the branches, mottling the soft white flowers growing everywhere, and a slight wind almost covered the sound of – a deer? Angharad’s eyes whipped to the right, the opposite way the last robber had fled from, and she caught three silhouettes creeping through the undergrowth.

Two slunk low, furred and fang. Lupines. They were flanking a boy, she thought, but then her blood froze. It was a boy whose lower half was as a goat’s, hooves and all, and Angharad knew exactly what she was looking at.

“Katina,” she hoarsely called out.

The digging did not stop.

“Katina.”

The shovel stopped.

“I’m not your handmaid, girl,” the old woman grunted. “You’ll wait until I’m good and-”

“There’s a satyrian in the woods,” Angharad hissed. “Get on the carriage now and get those horses running.”

Angharad had killed a satyrian before.

Only she had done it down in the Acallar, when hale and with three other Skiritai with her. She’d also watched one tear through a triad of young Skiritai like they were made of paper, and that one hadn’t dominated other lemures into following it. It all made sense suddenly, the lack of bodies and the lupine that had stayed there even though there was nothing to eat. Strange behavior for such a beast, unless it was made to by something it feared.

They were clever, satyrians. Clever enough to use a wrecked carriage as bait for further travelers.

The coachman was no fool, immediately scrambling for the bench, and Angharad went with her. She would not wait in that cabin to die while the lemure picked off the horses and driver. The horses were still harnessed, thank the Sleeping God, and Katina whipped them to a gallop the moment she had her seat. Angharad, nestled next to her on the cushioned bench, bent back to look at lemures with her pistol in hand.

The satyrian had seen them move, felt their fear. It followed merrily, sending the lupines howling ahead like they were trained hounds. They weren’t, Angharad knew. She had made study of these beasts, learned that they often beat and spared lesser lemures to use them as chaff and bait – that the lemure they faced in the Acallar was less dangerous than those in the wild, for it stood alone. But those lesser beasts would only follow the satyrian as long as it was stronger, and turn on it the moment it was not.

Which helped nothing when the lupines shot towards them like arrows and their master followed behind with a leisurely, leaping gait.

The coach barreled down the forest road, Katina tanning their backs so they did not flag in the gallop, but the lupines were catching up – that damn road was kicking their wheels back and forth, and Angharad saw on the coachman’s face the terror that a wheel would come off and leave them to the mercy of the lemure. She turned, spun a glimpse, and leaned past the edge of the bench.

A little to the left, she adjusted after missing in the glimpse, and caught the leading lupine in the chest. It dropped, falling in the undergrowth, and the other ducked out of sight with a howl.  More howls came from the distance. Ancestors, how many were there? Still, nailing one should have – the shallow glow of satisfaction winked out when she saw the satyrian bounding forward, leaping over a fallen tree, and she realized she had been baited again.

It had been waiting for her to shoot.

And now it was closing the distance, Angharad fumbling to reload her pistol – only the powder charge she’d brought spilled out of her fingers when the carriage hit a bump and she cursed, because that was her only reload.

“Mine, girl, take mine,” Katina hissed, pressing the musket on her one-handed.

In her eagerness to take it she dropped the pistol, which fell into the undergrowth, but the satyrian was so close now she could not spare a moment to –

(She aimed, holding the musket as she had seen Song do a dozen times, and fired. It ducked to the left, its leaps almost mocking.)

(Ducked down.)

(Ducked to the right.)

(Left, coming so close that-)

It was following the angle of the muzzle, she realized, it understood what the gun was. It was too clever. Fear rising, Angharad looked back at the bench for anything she could use – and slipping past a blanket her eyes fell on the lit lantern hanging there. The Glare oil lantern.

(Angharad snatched the lantern and tossed it at the satyrian. It exploded in a burst of pale light, bright and blinding, and)

And ancestors damn her, she was just as blinded in the glimpse as the satyrian. Looking through her own eyes, how could she not be? The lantern wouldn’t help, it wouldn’t –

“Oh,” Angharad Tredegar breathed out, fingers closing around the lantern and ripping it off the hook.

In a glimpse, she saw through her own eyes. But not in a vision, where saw outside of herself as if a third party.

Her eyes fluttered, the sound of panicked horses and the smell of burning oil replaced by salt and the quiet lapping of the tides, and she saw. Saw how it moved, where it moved, and remembered it perfectly because when she used her contract she was gifted such recall for a day.

The lantern hit the ground, Katina shouting in dismay, and Angharad did not open her eyes as she aimed the musket and pulled the trigger. The kickback struck her shoulder, hard enough for a grunt to slip past her lips, and she felt the tongue of fire spit out a bullet into the blinding light-

She opened her eyes, spots still flecking her vision, and with a swell of triumph saw the satyrian stumble.

Angharad had wanted the knee, but she would settle for the leg she had it. It opened its torso-maw, revealing rows of jagged teeth like curved goat horns, and screamed in hatred as it tried to hop and found the shot lodged in its leg something of a hindrance. Ichor dripped down its fur.

“Choke on it,” Angharad shouted back. “And let us find out how loyal those lupines are, now that you are bleeding.”

Howls filled the woods again, but this time no shiver went down her back. Why would it?

Of the two limpers in these woods, she was the one moving the fastest.

It was the better part of an hour before they were out of the woods, far enough out on open ground they were sure they would see an ambush coming.

Only then did the coachman let the horses rest, Angharad stepping down from the bench and not faking in the least when she collapsed. The older woman hurried to help her back up, and the Pereduri noted with faint amusement that she was now ‘my lady’ again instead of ‘girl’. Well, she would return Mistress Katina’s courtesy in kind. After that race, it would feel petty not to.

As she sat on the coach’s steeple, drinking from a waterskin, it occurred to Angharad that she owed her life to Maryam Khaimov. To the other woman’s curiosity, to be precise. Had the signifier not so thoroughly explored the boundaries of what glimpses could do before beginning the same work with the vision, Angharad would have never thought of the difference. Not in a hundred years, with that fear in her nose and her blood running cold.

“Another debt for the pile,” she murmured.

One she had little idea how to repay. It seemed to her that even when Maryam claimed to be taking payment, it was Angharad who benefitted most from it. She got back in the carriage, Mistress Katina informing her they would press on another quarter-hour at a quiet pace then rest the horses by a stream where they could drink their fill. Angharad returned to sit on the bench outside while the coachman settled her mounts, murmuring comforts.

“A satyrian, this far out?” Mistress Katina deplored. “It is the bad luck of a decade, my lady. I’d heard the rumors, but I would never have thought it truly got this bad. Not even out of crown land yet!”

“The rumors?” Angharad asked.

“Some sort of petty god is said to be making a mess in the hills up north,” the coachman said. “Driving lemures out of their usual hunting grounds. It is making the roads unsafe, and the lictors are doing dust to take care of it.”

Oh? That sounded to her like the trail of the Eleventh’s exorcism contract. It had not occurred to Angharad that strange rituals and apparitions would ripple out in such a dangerous manner, but thinking back now it should have. Their instructors in Teratology all insisted that nature was as a chain, that no link could be taken out of it without changing the whole.

“I thought the lictors patrolled the valley often,” she said.

“The last three years maybe,” Mistress Katina shrugged. “Not that it’s helped any – the clever beasts don’t get caught by twenty armored men making a racket. And no one wanders the deep hills, my lady, there are graves there best left undisturbed. Word is some fool stepped on the wrong stone out there and now the whole valley is paying for it.”

The last few years, Angharad thought. How long had it taken for House Palliades to refurbish the shipyard? It must have been years. Had it been the labor of Evander Palliades’ reign to do so, or begun when his father still reigned? Surely the Lord Rector’s regent would not have done it, for if the shipyard bloomed it might well doom Apollonia Floros’ cause. Still, only three years? That seemed a small time for such a grand achievement as restoring the work of the Antediluvians.

Perhaps it had begun earlier but more quietly, enough that the patrols hiding the supplies being brought in were not easily noticed.

“-ike that.”

Angharad blinked.

“Pardon,” she said. “I was lost in thought. What did you say?”

“That I understand why they say Lord Cleon took to you now,” Mistress Katina said. “I haven’t met many who could make a shot like that, much less off the back of a rolling coach. You must be a fine huntress.”

“Fortunately, the lantern blinded it,” Angharad demurred.

The older woman looked skeptical.

“As you say, my lady,” she finally replied. “Still, you must have been a regular terror before whatever wasted your leg.”

The noblewoman looked away, pressing down on her grimace. She should be pleased that the deception was holding, not aggrieved at how closely it still hewed to the truth. They departed again soon after, at a sedate pace so the horses could gain back their strength. They arrived slightly late to Chalcia for it, after night fell, and the last stretch was treacherous: the only lantern they had to replace the one Angharad had thrown was smaller, and not Glare oil.

It barely cast light ahead of the horses, leading the wheels to seemingly seek out every hole on that accursed road. Would that Song was truly the Lord Rector’s mistress, for surely she would not tolerate such abominable traveling conditions.

The innkeeper waiting for them began to chew them out for arriving past dinner, but Mistress Katina whispered a few things and suddenly the man was all commiseration and reverence. Angharad grimaced again, for the last thing she needed was a reputation in these parts. She was to slip in and out with as little notice as possible, a simple disgraced foreign noblewoman from the Isles who would decide she was not fit to be courted by Lord Cleon.

Not to worry, Angharad thought. When a coach was sent from the Eirenos manor tomorrow, she would depart far ahead of any rumor spreading.

Chapter 51

Come night, Tratheke looked like a sea of lights.

Black House was not so tall that the view from the roof garden was not cut into by higher edifices still, but the spread offered to Song’s eyes was still a striking sight. The gas lamps of the capital lit up the dark like a thousand fireflies, their burning glow reflected on green glass and brass, and above it all towered the Collegium. That grand structure’s bones of brass were hard to make out from a distance, weaving the illusion that its massive transparent glass panes were instead made of pure light.

And atop that cube of light rested, like a slender crown, the palace that Song Ren was avoiding thinking about.

The bench beneath her was forged iron, digging enough into her back she was regretting declining the offer from the servants to bring up cushions. Perhaps it was for the best. Sitting alone in the dark surrounded only by grass, fragrant flowers and the sound of flowing water it would have been all too easy to fall into some sort of romantic melancholy. An iron ridge digging into her back detracted from the picturesque feeling, like a fly in the soup.

Pulling her black cloak tighter around her, Song’s swept the city’s skyline. Beautiful, she thought, but inherited. The sole claim the people of Tratheke had to this was that they had kept the lights on, tinkered replacements for the Antediluvian machines sucking gas out of the earth when they began breaking apart after the rough treatment of the First Empire. In Tianxia, such a thing would have been looked down on.

Her people’s pride was in what they built with their own hands, not the wonders bequeathed by long-dead titans. There was beauty in that as well, she thought. Not one so unearthly as this dream-city of glass and light, but no lesser for it.

Silver eyes flicked up to the palace above the city of lights, until she realized what she was doing and winced. Song was not a child; she had dallied before. With boys, as was her preference, though sometimes she suspected she was not entirely indifferent to the charms of women – merely discerning, as one should be in all things. Her mother had tacitly allowed it, almost encouraged it, so that Song would not be fooled by some seducer out in the world.

Yet her account book of some heated kissing and the one banal evening in bed had not felt like… that. How was it that a nothing haunted her more than the times she had actually indulged? It must be the denial, she told herself. Denial excited the mind, even when self-inflicted, and the mind was the better part of her troubles here anyway. Evander Palliades was easy enough on the eyes, but she liked his conversation more than his jawline.

Well. The jawline didn’t hurt, admittedly.

“Boo.”

The moment she felt breath against her ear Song’s hand lashed out, grabbing a collar, and after fastening her second grip in the same heartbeat she tossed her attacker forward over her shoulder and the back of the bench.

A second later the word and voice registered.

“Oh Gods,” Song said, hastily getting up. “Are you-”

“I’m fine,” Tristan painfully groaned, face in the dirt and hips well slammed into the back of the bench. “Ouch.”

She smoothed her face. It would not do to laugh, even though with his legs half-lifted and his face in the grass the Sacromontan looked like a manner of beached porpoise. His goddess showed no such restraint, the red-dressed beauty guffawing so strongly she almost fell to her feet and had to catch herself on the bench. Song eased her Mask past the edge of the bench, letting him drop belly down on the grass, and he did not refuse the hand she offered to help him up afterwards.

Tristan Abrascal brushed off his clothes and picked off a strand of grass that had stuck to his face.

“Well,” he coughed into his hand. “There goes my daily reminder of the virtues of humility.”

Song cleared her throat awkwardly.

“I did not recognize your voice until too late.”

“I’m the one who jumped you,” he snorted. “I was asking for it. Nice throw, though.”

“I could teach you if you’d like,” Song offered.

He was dressed for the city, in a belted brown tunic and trousers. In wool, which was common in these parts given how many Tratheke workshops made such cloth, and though his hair was bereft of a cap it was flattened in a way that implied he’d worn one for hours. Tristan was also, she noted, scrupulously clean from the fingernails to the shoes. He must have washed before coming here. Had he finally begun to notice the stink of cities? She’d thought Sacromonte had ruined his nose for life.

“Best to get my shooting up to par first,” Tristan ruefully said. “I would rather not split my attention when we already have so many plates to balance.”

Sensible enough. And the mention of plates led into an immediate curiosity of hers.

“Which begs the question,” she said, “of why you missed dinner.”

Late service should be finishing up around now, but he had missed the expected evening meal with Maryam. All trace of mirth left those gray eyes at her words, as if it had been suddenly squeezed out by some twitching grip.

“You should sit down,” Tristan said.

She did not, instead crossing her arms.

“What happened?” Song asked.

“The Kassa workshop is solidly guarded,” he said. “I could try to break in, but odds are it’ll be noticeable. The best shot for access is taking a job there.”

She nodded warily. He was circling around what he would rather avoid talking about, she could tell.

“To get that job I will need a recommendation, and to get that recommendation I will have to make a deal with a basileia the Kassa are friendly with,” he added. “Passing through the Brazen Chariot for an introduction seems the most feasible.”

“And you would pay in favors,” Song said. “In both cases.”

He nodded and she almost grimaced. A small favor to the Chariot for the introduction, then a larger one to the more powerful basileia for the good word. She would have preferred paying in coin, but since the misstep with the Brazen Chariot she had been educated on the difficulties of this. As a rule, most criminals were poor in actual coinage and had to pass through third parties to turn what valuable property they did own into something that could spend.

For a basileia to suddenly be flush with clean gold would draw much attention and speculation, something neither the Watch nor the basileias would want. And still she hesitated, because providing the services of a trained Mask to basileias was no small thing. An even halfway clever criminal could use his talents for a great many things best left undone.

“I’ll make it clear to the Chariot there are limits when they broker for me,” he told. “Nothing that can blow back on us too hard.”

She hesitated. Two months ago, the thought of letting Tristan Abrascal effectively freelance for criminals under the auspices of the Thirteenth Brigade would have had her writing a report to the garrison recommending his imprisonment. Yet things had… changed, since, in many ways. He knows what lines to cross and not, she reminded herself. An agent of the Krypteia could not be expected to operate under her gaze, that was simply not their purpose.

Tonight or some other day on the horizon, Song would have to extend this trust. Why shame herself by balking at giving it now?

“Keep me informed as much as you can,” she said. “I take it you will be leaving Black House?”

“I can’t risk the constant back and forth, someone might follow me,” he agreed. “I’ll pass reports through Hage regularly.”

“If it takes too long to infiltrate the warehouse, we may have to take another angle,” she told him. “Maryam’s experiment with the flowers at the shrine was inconclusive, but I have confirmed the existence of at least a second one.”

Maryam had not been able to reach beyond the brackstone to find out if there was resonance, which in a way was good news. The lack of answers had visibly irritated her Navigator, however, and yet another letter had been sent to Stheno’s Peak as a consequence. She wanted to know everything they did about the flowers, these Asphodel crowns.

“So the odds are good we’re looking at some old god slipping out of its cage,” Tristan muttered. “Bad timing for us, that. The priority is establishing if that cage and prisoner actually have anything to do with the Golden Ram, then. We might have stumbled into something much worse by accident.”

He frowned.

“And Brigadier Chilaca’s an ass, but he’s not wrong that between the noble plot and the aether lock we might have strayed away from our actual assignment.”

There had been no ‘might’ in the sentence the stern, older Izcalli used. But Brigadier Chilaca was the same man who had ordered Song not to warn their client about the coup brewing under his feet, most likely to use that as a bargaining chip in negotiations, so the Tianxi was disinclined to heed him any further than she must according to the rules of the Watch.

“I found no trace of the cult in the palace with my contract,” Song reminded him. “Considering the suspected membership, it is also rather unlikely the cult does not have some involvement in the planned coup.”

He grunted.

“I’m not unaware we’re running out of leads,” Tristan said. “I’d been hoping Maryam would find something more practical in the archives, but it has been all politics and old horrors. The Lord Rector really doesn’t know anything about the shrines?”

“There is reason to believe those secrets might have been swiped before the Palliades took the throne,” Song replied. “The finger is being pointed at House Eirenos – which was, it seems, once significantly wealthier in coin and land.”

“Bad news, that,” Tristan noted. “Empty coffers are when nobles start selling off the antiques they don’t show guests.”

Ah. She had not considered that, in truth, too pleased with the happenstance. If House Eirenos had sold land, it had very likely sold antiques as well. Hopefully not all of them. Tristan cocked an eyebrow.

“Does Tredegar know this?”

“I sent word after her,” Song said. “Under the guise of a lost hat being returned to her by her acquaintance ‘Lord Allazi’. The message is hidden inside the lining.”

Removing a letter from the word Allazei was not the most elaborate of deceptions, but then Angharad was no deep intriguer. Caution was the order of the day. Paying a messenger rider to take the package had been wincingly expensive, but it was the only way for it to reach her before she made it to the Eirenos estate – where it was not impossible her mail would be looked through.

“That should do,” he approved, rolling his shoulder, then changed tack. “I’ll be spending the night here, I think, and leave after our pistol practice tomorrow. Is Maryam still awake?”

“I believe so,” Song replied.

Neither had lit a lantern, she for lack of need and Tristan evidently finding the street lights sufficient, so calling his face shadowed would have been somewhat on the nose. Yet there was something, Song decided, to the cast of him right now. Tristan tended to geniality, or at least the show of it, but tonight it felt brittle. That look in his eyes earlier, when the laughter went out, it had not been the look of a man who had middling bad news to tell her. Despite his attempt to play it off that way, those eyes had not about the basileia business.

It had been too personal for that.

So when he inclined his head in goodbye and made to leave, Song cleared her throat.

“And if I were to ask what it is you aren’t telling me?”

He mastered his expression, but not quite quickly enough. Aware of the slip, the gray-eyed man grimaced and pivoted her way in more ways than one.

“Would you like to talk,” he replied, “about why you are sitting alone in the dark brooding?”

Song heard that, measured it. Headed it off at the pass.

“No,” she said. “But I will, if you do the same.”

Rank meant little to him, there was no point in even mentioning it. Trying to force him would make her an enemy – she had not forgotten Maryam’s words – and set back their functioning relationship. But they had a degree of trust between them, now, so she figured he’d not wave away a trade if offered.

The two of them stood in the dark, her watching him watching her, and she could almost hear the creak of the balance’s scales as he weighed the risks. His hand twitched, almost reaching for his chest. Where he kept his watch when in uniform, the one the old clockmaker had given him on the Dominion.

“You first,” he finally got out.

Song cleared her throat. In her eagerness to seize the advantage she had not quite realized that she would, in fact, have to tell him her… troubles. Her reluctance only seemed to sharpen his interest.

“The Lord Rector forced his way onto the expedition to the brackstone shrine today,” she said.

He snorted.

“The Lord Rector of Asphodel fought to visit cheapest brothel in Tratheke? Now there’s the opening line for half a hundred jokes.”

She grunted in dismay.

“When we took a room there, to avoid revealing we had come solely to investigate the wall, we spent some time alone,” Song said, then swallowed. “He tried to kiss me.”

It was like watching a folding knife flick open, the change that came over him. Almost instant.

“Our contract is to the throne, not the man,” Tristan Abrascal mildly said. “It would not be too difficult to-”

Oh, oh. He thought that Evander had tried to… insist.

“Not like that,” Song hastily said, clearing her throat again. “He was mortified when I refused, apologized effusively.”

He cocked his head to the side.

“We can send Maryam to give the reports from now on,” Tristan suggested. “Or have her accompany you if you would prefer. That should discourage him trying his luck again.”

She watched the knife slowly fold back into place. As if he had not just offered to arrange the death of a king on her behalf.

“It is not on your head that he should delude himself of an interest,” he assured her. “Nor would we blame you if he grows miffed and attempts complications. That would speak of him, not you.”

It was very kind of him to say that, Song thought, which made it all infinitely worse.

“It is not entirely a delusion,” she miserably said.

A long moment of silence, Tristan studying her as if she were a five-legged dog or some manner of wingless bird.

“That is inconvenient,” he finally said. “I don’t suppose sleeping with him once would cure you?”

She might have been offended, if he had not spoken of sex in the same way one would speak of mopping a dirty floor. A vaguely disagreeable chore.

“You really have no interest in it, do you?” she asked, oddly relieved.

It was like confessing to her seasickness to a desert tribesman deeply skeptical of ponds.

“I sometimes like the kissing,” he shrugged, “but not the rest, no.”

“Besides being a wildly bad idea in several different ways, I assure you sleeping with Evander would not ‘cure ‘me,” Song sighed. “Or him. I think he is lonely, and that I represent an adventure in several ways.”

She paced back and forth before the bench, ignoring his eyes on her.

“And you fear… succumbing to the bad idea?” he tried. “Or that he will try to pursue you again? Your refusal seems like it would settle either matter.”

Only there were refusals and then there were refusals. Song was no great seductress, but she knew that much. She could have confronted the matter, but it to rest for good. Instead she had handed him the excuse of the wine, which they both knew to be false. It was leaving the door cracked open, however slightly.

“If he were not king of Asphodel, tangled up in everything we do here, I would have let him kiss me,” Song admitted.

He shrugged.

“Then let reports to the palace become Maryam’s responsibility,” he bluntly said. “And ask to have her along when you are dragged into serving as his sniffer.”

“That simple, is it?” Song snorted.

She felt almost foolish now. As if she had made a mountain of a molehill. She sat on the bench, iron digging into her back.

“I don’t think desire is simple at all,” Tristan quietly said. “I wouldn’t find it so tricky to understand if it were. But it seems to me that if you do not trust yourself, you should turn someone you do.”

Song passed a hand through her hair, pushing the braid back over her shoulder.

“I thought I was better than this,” she told him. “That I had better rule over myself. Gods, the things that would be said back home if the sole Ren who fled the Republics was found to have lain with a king-”

It was not merely the Yellow Earth that would vilify her for that. Even her family would hold her in disdain, her own sisters. That last thought had been what kept sense in her, at the brothel. The visceral fear of it.

“You aren’t going to impress anyone with virtue, Song,” Tristan said.

Her gaze turned to him, frowning.

“My conduct must be without reproach,” she told him. “Much rides on it.”

She must distinguish herself, in record and deed, so flawlessly that there was no choice but the Watch raising her. That even those who most cursed the name of Ren found nothing to complain of in her, when word of her actions reached the Republics.

“You’re waiting for a payoff that will never come,” the thief said. “Virtue’s what they expect of you even when they dine on gold plates and you drink from puddles. It’s the rule they put in place so when they live easy and you live hard they can say you broke some natural law and deserved the gutter all along. They don’t actually care, Song.”

Tristan shrugged.

“It’s why it’s always excused when they do it, when they cheat their cousins out of fortunes and assassinate their rivals. Because virtue’s never about virtue, it is about the power to allocate vice.”

“There is right and wrong, Tristan,” she flatly replied.

“Would it be wrong to sleep with Palliades, or disreputable?” he challenged.

That was… it didn’t matter.

“Reputation is a virtue,” Song insisted.

“Virtue’s not going to get your family name out of the pit,” Tristan retorted. “It makes people speak well of you at the burial, that’s all. I’d worry less about what people back in Tianxia might say and more about doing something that’s worth talking about.”

She clenched her fists.

“Are you truly encouraging me to sleep with the Lord Rector of Asphodel, Tristan?” she crisply asked.

Daring him to say as much, or withdraw.

“You roasted Tredegar, back on that first day at the palace,” Tristan said instead. “I don’t know what was said, but it was writ plain on her face. The way I see it, though, you two share an affliction: you spend so much time thinking about what others would decide for you that those same others end up making your choices for you.”

He smiled thinly.

They don’t want you get out of the pit, Song,” he said. “They put you there in the first place. So maybe do what you need to do, instead of whatever that faceless tribunal allows you.”

“I do not need a dalliance, Tristan” she coldly said.

“Then don’t have one,” Tristan shrugged. “His hair looks stupid anyway.”

Coming from Tristan Abrascal of all men, that was absurd. And though Song wanted to chew him out, to lay out in great detail why he understood nothing of the stakes and needs of the years ahead of her, the more she went fishing for arrogance to rip out the more she found out he had not tried to tell her what to do. He interrogated her motives, not her actions.

And the truth was Song knew, deep down, that being a perfect daughter of Tianxia was not going to save her sisters. If she believed otherwise, she would not have enrolled in the Watch in the first place. She rubbed the bridge of her nose.

“You have a way with words, sometimes,” she finally said. “Allocating vice. Is it from something you read?”

He shook his head, then shrugged.

“You can only get stepped on so many times without getting a good look at the boot,” Tristan said. “Besides, I’ve known hundreds who thought the same thing I said. Only I was taught to talk, and they weren’t.”

“To talk,” Song repeated. “And to distract. I, however, was taught never to forget a bargain. What happened out in the city, Tristan?”

He had stayed up the whole time, barely moving on the grass, but now he went entirely still. Face blank, eyes considering her as he picked and chose what to tell her – what would get the reaction he wanted. That she would not allow.

“Good faith,” she said, “goes both ways.”

A twitch of the lips – it could have been a grin or a snarl, either way gone so quick she could not tell. A few seconds passed before he sighed.

“The abduction business, it’s not over,” Tristan said. “It followed me here.”

Song straightened in her seat.

“Students,” she slowly said, “are still trying to abduct you here on Asphodel?”

He curtly nodded.

“I eavesdropped on them discussing it.”

Song closed her eyes, breathing in. Still? Even after the fate of the Forty-Ninth, even on Asphodel, even when her brigade was hip deep in conspiracies that might well usher in a civil war that would kill dozens of thousands? A bleak, dark thing coursed through her veins.

“There is a degree of stupidity,” Song Ren calmly said, opening her eyes, “that can only be considered a capital offense.”

Her fingers clenched. She would certainly treat it as such.

“Who?”

Gray eyes searched her face.

“That’s it?” Tristan asked.

“I do not care for their reasons,” Song told him. “I don’t believe the Watch allows for final words during hangings either, but should they leave behind written explanation I might one day be moved to read them on a particularly boring afternoon.”

“Don’t be obtuse,” he bit out. “The last time I brought back-”

She breathed in sharply, the look on her face enough for him to let the sentence trail off. No, of course he would think that.

“I am sorry,” Song said.

He blinked.

“Pardon?”

“I now realize I never apologized for what I said that night,” Song said, ashamed it had taken so long to remember. “Blaming you for those hunting you.”

Tristan’s face was a blank mask.

“It is trouble I bring with me,” he said. “That is simple truth. They hunt no other in the Thirteenth.”

You were half ready to kill the Lord Rector of Asphodel for unwanted advances at me, she thought. Who was it, Tristan, that taught you everyone is worth the knife except for you?

“They are criminals,” Song said, simply and clearly.

He laughed.

“Well, that’s a new one,” Tristan admitted. “Song, they have contacts. Bylaws are nothing.”

“It does matter,” she replied. “You’re not wrong, when you say that power makes laws for its own sake. That rulers turn it to their own means. But that is not cunning or mastery, Tristan, not mortal hands handcrafting some divine right to rule.”

Her jaw clenched.

“It’s fear,” Song said. “Because there is right and wrong, and they may not always be clear or easy but there are times when evil’s face is bared and people say enough. When they push back, when the crowns of the world are remembered that no number of levees can truly hold the sea. They only hold until a storm makes the waves tall enough.”

She held his gaze.

“They are criminals,” Song said. “You are not. It matters.”

“Not if their friends are high up enough,” he said.

“And yet they hide,” she said. “Their friends hide. Because the Watch isn’t a handful of captain-generals and marshals, it is not cabals of monsters in secret rooms shaking hands. It is hundreds of thousands of men and women in black cloaks, and they do not approve of selling their own like cattle. That is the sea, and they know enough to cower from it.”

She gritted her teeth.

“Who?” she asked again.

“I do not know yet,” he said. “I have a brigade and two names, but there is another further up.”

Gray eyes unblinking.

“I killed a watchman tonight,” Tristan Abrascal said. “Lieutenant Apurva. Umuthi Society, part of the delegation.”

Studying her all the while, watching for her reaction. A test, like a cat dipping a paw in the water.

“Why?” she asked.

“He was their contact, an Ivory Library catspaw,” Tristan replied. “I knocked him out, then tortured him for answers.”

He leaned in.

“I mutilated him, cut his throat and dumped he and his clothes at the bottom of different canals.”

He spoke calmly and evenly, as if to make sure she would hear every syllable. Testing her still, as if they were again standing over a traitor in that room deep inside Scholomance. Bloody, ugly reality dying at her feet once more. Last time they stood here, she’d damned him for a decision she had all but forced on the two of them.

Song did not always learn from her mistakes, but that one she would.

“We will have to report as much when we are done cleaning up the traitors,” she said. “Given the circumstances, I expect punishment will be light.”

Tristan swallowed half a dozen replies in a heartbeat. Most of them sharp, she figured. The word that gave him pause was the first one she’d spoken. We. She would not abandon him, when the time came to answer for their actions. The Thirteenth would stand before the higher-ups as one.

“Who?” Song asked again, for the third time.

Gently.

And she got, in that moment, a look at what lay under the easy smiles and the wit. Under the hundred faces he knew how to put on. For a flicker of a second he looked furious, as if he wanted to strike her, then there was cold assessment – weighing odds, consequences – and then something… fear. And not for their enemies. The terror of an old soldier when the war ended and he realized he did not remember the last time he had put down his spear.

“Fuck,” Tristan Abrascal snarled.

She did not flinch and that, Song thought, was what tipped it over the edge.

“The Nineteenth,” he said. “Tozi seems the driving force. Coyac wants to back out, but he’s also the one who organized the grab after the terror room.”

So much for being better, Coyac. So it was to be Tozi Poloko, then.

Captain Tozi, who Song had believed she tricked when she pushed the other woman into taking the contract that would have the Nineteenth moving around the same city that Tristan was sure to wander alone on behalf of the Thirteenth. Captain Tozi, who had only yesterday mentioned in passing that when the other brigades were all gone from Black House theirs should take to dining together. Captain Tozi, who had begun playing Song long before they left for Asphodel.

Her jaw clenched. It was never a pleasant, realizing you had been the fool instead of the fooled.

“Do they have a ship?”

Tristan nodded, still hesitating heartbeat before he continued.

“The Grinning Madcap, at the Lordsport,” he said. “Apurva said they were getting impatient, that eventually they would have to leave. The other name is Sergeant Ledwaba, from the delegation escorts. Unlike him she’s an actual member.”

She hummed.

“You want to kill them,” Song plainly stated.

“I can’t handle someone good enough to cut it as a Watch escort, and poison would draw too much attention,” he replied. “Ledwaba is out of my reach.”

Who he did not mention was telling.

“We are no longer on Tolomontera,” Song said. “If even blackcloaks attempt to illegally abduct a member of the order, you would be entitled to defend yourself through violence.”

Poisoning them at dinner, however, would be harder to defend to their superiors. There was, however, one difficulty with that.

“If they try to grab me, I am done,” he flatly replied. “I’m not sure I could take Barboza and she is the least martial of the lot. Either I take them first or I end up in a sack.”

“The true prizes are the sergeant and the higher-up,” Song said. “With those in hand, we can prove to the Obscure Committee that another part of the Watch has been interfering in their backyard. That might well see this Ivory Library disbanded by the Conclave, pulling out the root of the problem.”

Although such a thing was likely to take months even with irrefutable proof in hand.

“I would settle for corpses, but if you can do better I will not argue,” Tristan said.

You already wrote the officers off, she thought. Too strong, too hard to reach. It’s the reaching hands you turned your gaze on.

“The Nineteenth-”

“Are too much of a threat to be left alone,” he flatly said.

She was not sure she agreed, but it was not Song Ren they intended to shove into a sack. Besides, Tristan was soon to be out of Black House and no matter what she said he would not change his mind about this. If she could not change that decision, she must work with it.

“I will memorize Tozi’s full contract and write it out for you,” Song said. “Hage should have it by the time you seek him out for your first report.”

A flicker of surprise. He nodded.

“It will take me time to find a way around Tozi’s contract, I expect,” Tristan said. “I am not sure how it would react to something like a two-part poison, or second degree peril.”

“With one man already dead, they will be suspicious for at least the next few days,” Song warned him. “You will not have two chances, and if you overplay your hand…”

“They might well turn the laws of the Watch against me instead,” he acknowledged. “I will not rush, Song. I will be as sure of success as I can before striking.”

Good, she thought. That gives me time to find the second traitor in the delegation. If she found proof, anything she could take to Brigadier Chilaca – or to someone else about the brigadier, a pleasant thought – then she would have a thread to pull that would unravel everything else. Tristan was not the sort of man to insist on killing the Nineteenth if the Watch had already removed them as a threat to him.

And a single corpse would be much easier to talk their way out of than five.

“You need to tell Maryam,” Song added. “Before you disappear into the city.”

He grimaced.

“She doesn’t have the guile, Song,” Tristan said. “She’ll look at them like she wants to hatchet their limbs, which after a suddenly disappeared handler is sure to tip them off.”

“I’ll keep her away from them until she’s cooled off,” Song said. “Have her replace me at the palace, as you so wisely suggested. By the time she returns it will pass as general surliness.”

Which, for all her grace in other aspects, she possessed in spades. Maryam Khaimov had the temper – and snores – of a fully grown bear. Tristan eyed her, sighing when he came to the conclusion she was not going to be moved on this. Accurately so.

“We don’t need to tell her what I just said, I don’t think,” Tristan suggested.

She eyed him amusedly.

“We are already two corpses deep into this relationship, Abrascal,” she said. “I think you can rely on my having some discretion, yes?”

Instead of the laugh she expected, she found Tristan staring at her silently. For a long moment, made uncomfortable by how unforeseen the reaction was. What had she said?

“I suppose I can, at that,” he softly said.

He nodded at her, almost smiling, and though it was but the slightest of movements she felt there a solemn weight to it.

“See you in the morning, captain.”

Song stood there, watching him leave, and wondered if he had ever called her captain before. No, it wouldn’t matter if he had. She could tell the difference now.

This was what the word sounded like, when he meant it.